The Wounded Head, Part 3 – 1992, November

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

Rev. Raymond M Jackson




Horns Speak Of Power

We have read the verses from Daniel 7 and Revelation 13; so we will not go back there at this time. Remember, Daniel saw the Roman Empire rise up and go off through time. Time always moves westward, just like the sun does. Daniel saw the ten horns on the beast; and he saw a little horn arise in the midst of the ten and pluck up three of the first horns by the roots; but he did not see one thing concerning the seven heads on that same beast that had the ten horns. There was a reason for that. Those heads were a long time forming and one must depend greatly upon recorded history in order to gain a proper understanding of all that contributed to it; therefore, I am praying that the Lord will help me present all of it in a way that will not be boresome. In this twentieth century, we are not looking at this beast as Daniel saw going off in time. We are the people that are the hereafter people. You remember reading Rev. 4:1, how it was said to the apostle John, “Come up hither, and I will shew thee things which must be hereafter.” We are the people of that hereafter. We are the ones chosen of God to receive a revelation of what this symbolic terminology pertains to. We are starring the whole thing in the face as it comes back up to continue on. I am sure we will all agree that the world was at one time ruled from the great city of ROME; but do you know it is destined to be so again? That is a fact so many people fail to see when they try to understand prophecy of the scriptures; but it will happen just as sure as two plus two is four. All through the Dark Ages Rome still ruled the world; but in a mysterious way. Then there came a time when it no longer ruled the world; but later power is seen going right back to Rome. That is what I want to help you understand. I want you to understand it in a way that you yourself could give a general profile of the entire picture. Not necessarily every detail, but enough to outline the thing. We are living close to the time when any one of us could be called upon to either stand for what we believe at any cost or end up compromising to save our necks. That is why it is so necessary to have a revelation of what you stand for; so when the time comes, you can stand for it. Just to refresh your memory, let me say this, The beast Daniel saw was old imperial Rome under the rulership of the caesars. That beast developed ten horns and seven heads as time passed; and in process of time that same beastly system of rulership was taken over by an ecclesiastical power; (the little horn) and there came a time in history when its power was rendered ineffective for a time; then it is restored again. That is why we want to look at the whole thing as it came about. What happens that causes it to go back to Rome? That is why it is necessary for us to go into the explanation we are about to enter into. We will go to Revelation 17 where we find a picture of this whole monster; as it was, then was not; and as it will be again to continue for an allotted period of time; until the Lord comes and destroys it. That will bring an end to this beast forever. The angel of the Lord said to John; Come hither; I will shew unto thee the judgment of the great whore that sitteth upon many waters. John was then taken in the spirit out into a wilderness place; but keep in mind, that wilderness place was in a future tense: in a time that was to be hereafter. In other words, it was not for John’s day and hour, but for a time afterwards; and by revelation, we know that hereafter the angel mentioned (at least the part of the restoration of that beast system) was to be almost two thousand years beyond John’s hour. That puts it over here in the hour we are living in. There, he saw this Catholic Church system portrayed as the great whore, the mother of harlots, sitting on a scarlet colored beast. Keep in mind, the woman was not the beast in that first setting: where she was seen sitting upon a scarlet colored beast. That scene was for a time when Rome was still ruled by the emperors. Notice verse 3, “So he (the angel) carried me (John) away in the spirit into the wilderness: and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet colored beast, full of names of blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns.” The seven heads are forms of Roman government. The horns are symbolic of power; and the woman sitting there on that beast is a symbolic reference to a church system that this whole European community has supported, and carried right on through the centuries of time. Now we want to pay attention to what the angel said to John a little later. Verse 8 of the 17th chapter says this, “The beast that thou sawest was, and is not; and shall ascend out of the bottomless pit, and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth shall wonder, whose names were not written in the book of life from the foundation of the world, when they behold the beast that was and is not, and yet is.” I have illustrated it like this several times in other messages. Keep in mind, John physically lived in 96 A.D.; but in chapter 4, when it was said to him, Come up hither, and I will show you things that shall be hereafter, that took him out of 96 A.D. and put him somewhere in the future, in a time when this beast is going to rise again for its last day fulfillment. John saw it rise up for the last days. Daniel saw it come into power and go off in time; and then somehow or other just disappear. The fact that it disappeared proves something happened to it to make it disappear. But then, here as it comes back up again: which shows that it has been restored from whatever happened to it to make it disappear. But then, here as it comes back up again; which shows that it has been restored from whatever happened to it. Whatever its image was when it went down, that is the same image it will have, and will reflect to the world when it comes back up. That is why I have said, There are certain words in here that are keys to our understanding. Our doctors of divinity using their hypothetical words, trying to show you what everything is by using economics, science, and all that intellectual jargon just simply distort the whole picture. Instead of helping people, they just drive them deeper into confusion. Let us again look at this verse 8, and notice the keys. The angel said to John, “The beast that thou sawest was.” That means that it was at one time old imperial Rome. History verifies it. “And is not.” That means somewhere in time there actually came the hour when society, (man in general) could not see Rome any longer as that powerful city that influenced territories, peoples, governments, and kingdoms, like it had in the past. That did not end it though; for the angel continued, “And shall ascend, (That means rise up. From where?) out of the bottomless pit.” Now anyone should know that the bottomless pit is none other than hell. Is that not right? Well, when you are dealing with the bottomless pit, you are dealing with something in the spirit world. You do not take a clump of dirt out of hell. That is already here. Neither do you get a man out of hell, speaking of course in the physical sense. Therefore I ask you, what is the angel actually saying? There is a spirit coming out of hell itself, to resume something it had been doing on earth in a prior time. Only a spirit comes out of hell, the bottomless pit. We will not read it again just yet; but what did we see in chapter 12, of the book of Revelation? As John’s attention was drawn to it, he saw what he recorded as a great wonder in heaven. He saw a woman clothed with the sun and the moon under her feet and upon her head a crown of twelve stars. The woman was in a period of expectancy, travailing, and in pain, waiting to give birth to a child. That of course was the nation of Israel travailing, looking constantly for the son to be born that would turn out to be their long awaited Messiah. The moon under her feet was symbolic of the Law Age she had passed through. Being clothed with the sun and wearing a crown of twelve stars, symbolically speaks of that nation of twelve tribes being clothed with her Millennial glory after this entire plan of redemption this side of the Millennium is completed. That was not all John saw there in that heavenly scene though. In verse 3, of chapter 12, he wrote, “And there appeared another wonder in heaven; and behold a great red dragon, having seven heads and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his heads.” He saw that dragon draw one third of the stars of heaven with his tail and cast them to the earth; and then he saw that it was standing before the woman which was ready to be delivered, waiting to devour her child as soon as it was born. What did that great wonder portray there in the heavens? That was a reflection of the satanic power incorporated in an earthly, political, territorial system of rulership. Satan’s aim was to destroy that Son of God at birth if possible; and he certainly did try. He even had the king of Israel trying to kill Him; but when that plot failed and he was foiled on every attempt, he turned to that old Roman imperial beast for what he wanted to accomplish. Rome was not the dragon. The spirit of Satan is pictured as the dragon; and that is the spirit that was in that old pagan system referred to as the beast. That spirit is out of hell. However, it can only manifest itself at various periods of time as God allows, in the fashion we are looking at. Satan is not free to do just anything he wants to do, any time he chooses. No. What he can do is still subject to what God will allow. Furthermore, what God allows him to do is designed to accomplish some specific purpose in the plan of God. The great Creator allows him to put HIS (God’s) people to the test; but he is not free to take their lives from them at his own will. Anyhow, as we look at the beast Daniel and John both saw, there was a time when it did not have seven heads nor ten horns; but it was always a tool of Satan. That beast ruled the world. What a kingdom it was! You could not possibly believe that was God’s kingdom in power; so what is the obvious conclusion? Satan was being allowed to rule the world through that old Roman imperial system. It was a beast all along; but until 68 A.D., the death of Nero, it only had one head. Neither did it have ten horns back in the days of the birth of Jesus, and the birth of the New Testament Church. It was a beast feared by one and all. It was totally pagan, as superstitious as it could be and devil controlled. What more can you say? There is not much more to be said of it until after the death of Nero, the last Caesar of the old line of Caesars. Then as her (Rome’s) leadership began a steady decline and decay, and process of time began to strip her of her original identity, there began to be a time when Rome no longer looked like it used to look. It was no longer feared like it used to be, yet there eventually came a time it was feared like that once again; but it was the Roman Catholic Pope sitting in the seat of those old imperial rulers.



There is quite a bit to fill in to make this whole picture we are looking at understandable; but we have to take it one step at a time; so let us continue with Revelation 17: where the angel is speaking to John concerning the beast that was, and is not, yet is; because it comes back up out of the bottomless pit and resumes its former ways. “It ascends, (That means it comes up) out of the bottomless pit, (Then what happens to it?) and goes into perdition.” Now that ought to tell you something. The word perdition speaks of destruction. This proves as Daniel saw the Roman Empire arise, way back here in the B.C. time, and then go off through the centuries, right on into the Christian era of time it was not in perdition then. However, it reached a point in time that it seemed to diminish. That is when the actual life of it, as it had originally been, began to take on a change. That is why we have to look at this mystical head to see how the 7th head was wounded. You just have to be aware as we go along; that some of the references to the beast speak of a system of government, while other references speak of a beast man and so forth. You have a beast spirit, a beast system, and a beast man in the total picture and you just have to be aware of the application as we go along. We have to get into the mystical head then, and so forth in order to see how the wounding came about, and also how the healing came about. But for now we need to consider the rest of verse 8. When this thing comes up out of the bottomless pit, it is destined to end up in perdition; but not immediately. It only comes up here in the end time for a little short period and its end is brought about by the coming of the Lord. The spirit of that thing is cast into hell. That is the end of that beast system forever. There is a lot of talk going around about a new world order; but I want you to know that the mouths are being set in motion by the devil. The spirit of God is no more interested in a new world order than a jack rabbit is in snow skiing. Oh yes, it will come; but God will not be glorified through it. It will be the devil turned loose to finish his work of deception on gullible mankind. What will look so good to them at first because of gross deception through flatteries, will turn out to be a curse. That is how the old pope will move in and take over; through flatteries and deception. Unbelieving mankind will be completely taken in by the way he presents himself in such a humble way. The same goes for denominational Christendom, the very people who have worked so hard forming an image to the first beast. No wonder the Bible says, “All that dwell upon the earth shall worship him, whose names are not written in the book of life of the lamb slain from the foundation of the world.” Why will so many people run after something like that? Because a few years back there began to be a spirit in this country working to get prayer out of the schools, do away with the Bible, and assign religion to some remote place where it could not have any affect upon anyone. The thought seemed to be, If anyone wants to worship God at home; do it there; but keep your mouth shut about it. The purpose was to brainwash society; so when the devil brings his man upon the scene the world will say, Oh this is wonderful! Now we can spend our money on something other than fighting. We can build theaters, amusement centers. We can have all the luxuries of life and not have to worry about a thing. People want to live forever and glorify their flesh; they have no time for God. Well, when you leave God out of the picture, you are subject to fall for just about anything the devil brings along. Without God, we have nothing to stabilize us. That is why the Bible says all will worship this beast (beast man) we have been talking about “whose names were not written in the book of life from the foundation of the world, when they behold the beast that was, and is not, and yet is.” That fixes it right there. Since WW2 we have had preachers right in this nation harping, Russia is the beast, Russia is the antichrist; and all such as that. Charles Price, an old Pentecostal faith preacher years ago, just about the time the war was over, when Mussolini was still in power, took a bold stand on this thing. I heard later about how, as the war years were beginning to come to a close, he wrote a book, “Proof that Mussolini is the Antichrist.” The book was in print and he was ready to distribute it when it became known that Mussolini had been rounded up, him and his mistress, and had been hung by their feet in Italy. This preacher said he announced, You know, this does prove that a man can be wrong. There have been many wrong about that very thing through the years; because they missed the keys that unlock the revelation. You do not need to think that because some have been hinting at it, hoping they could figure it out, and their predictions turned out to be wrong, that everyone is going to be wrong. No. There are some that are going to be right. As we get closer to the end, God will see that there are some that know who the Antichrist is, how he came to be the wounded head of the beast system, how that head was healed, and how the devil is going to use that certain pope of Rome to deceive the world. They will see the picture like it really is; and they will see it soon enough to prepare for it. On the other hand, great multitudes will fall right into the trap that is being set. When we come to verse 9, we find the angel taking time to make sure John understands what he is to write. I love this verse, “And here is the mind which hath wisdom.” Do you know what this tells me? The angel is actually telling John as he is to write it like this, that only in the time when this beast is actually appearing for its last days or its end time fulfillment, will there be people alive to see it appear as John in the spirit that will have the kind of wisdom come forth from God to identify this thing as it really is. Any other mind prior to this hour, back in any other century or decade, has only speculated and calculated according to their own human thinking without the wisdom given by God to put the picture together. The wisdom needed to understand this terminology cannot come through a school of theology. It has to be imparted to chosen vessels by the Spirit of God. It is going to be something God imparts to the kind of mind He can condition, mold, and purge until it is cleansed from all this earthly theology and whimsical nonsense. Let me read four verses the way the angel presented it to John. (Revelation 17:9-12) And here is the mind which hath wisdom. The seven heads are seven mountains, on which the woman sitteth. (10) And there are seven kings: five are fallen, and one is, and the other is not yet come; and when he cometh, he must continue a short space. (11) And the beast that was, and is not, even he is the eighth and is of the seven and goeth into perdition. (12) and the ten horns which thou sawest are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings one hour with the beast.” Verse 9, if you would look closely at it, here is the mind that hath wisdom; goes with something Jesus said in Matthew 24:15 concerning the time when the beast is in power, the time when the antichrist is in Jerusalem. “When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, (whoso readeth, let him understand.)” Both of these references speak of understanding something given for the end time. The mind that has wisdom here at the end of the age is supposed to understand what these symbolic references apply to. “The seven heads are seven mountains on which the woman sitteth.” The clue to understanding this is twofold; and right here is fold number 1. That lets us know that Rome is still the head of this thing as it comes back up; but we must look at it with a different understanding than from the old imperial caesars it started out with. The seven heads are seven mountains on which the woman sitteth. That is Rome of course; but it is also the seat of the Vatican, the headquarters of the Roman Catholic Church. That lets us know the picture does not move away from Rome. Then the angel said to John, “And there are seven kings: five are fallen, and one is, and the other is not yet come; and when he cometh, he must continue a short space. And the beast that was, and is not, (that shows there was a period of time when this thing was silent.) Even he is the eight, and is of the seven, and goeth into perdition.” That word perdition has to go back to the 13th chapter where it speaks of how when it comes up in these last days, it is not coming up to be here a long drawn out time, as it was before. It has an allotted time to remain before it again leaves the scene. God allows that thing to continue for 3½ years and then he is going to destroy it at His coming. What will He destroy? The beast man, (the Antichrist) the beast system and the beast spirit all are destined for destruction when God finishes up this whole plan of redemption and restoration. Everything will eventually return to what it was before the fall of Adam; but it will be a different picture in that the earth will be replenished (filled with sons and daughters of God) and God will have the family He saw in His mind before He ever created anything. Hallelujah! That is what this whole thing is all about; God having the earth filled with His family without Satan’s family around to cause trouble.


If you will bear with me, I will try to illustrate this seven head thing in a way I hope will be clear to everyone. If I was to draw a straight line across the board here (pointing to chart) and let this end of it represent the beginning of the rise of Rome, as it began to rise up and come into preeminence according to history, the other end of my line will represent our present era of time. In between, we would have a whole string of names of men who have been emperor’s of the Roman empire. However, coming closer to the advent of the birth of Jesus who was the Christ, there was already established within the overall political leadership of ancient Rome, a family that the rulership passed down through. I say, a family of people; but that takes in brother, nephew, cousin and so forth, but always a relative. One dies, or is assassinated, the next in line takes over, whether a half brother, a nephew, a cousin or what. They were called Caesars. Now the word Caesar is a word that identifies that line, that genetic family line of rulers. Let me illustrate what I mean. Egypt, centuries ago, had the pharaoh. No matter who the man was, he was Pharaoh of Egypt. Russia, before it fell to the hammer and sickle, had a line of heirs to the throne that were called Czars. Germany, before WW1, had a family of heirs to that throne that were called Kaisers. Nevertheless, in these examples, what you are looking at is the king, the leader. However, in this long list of Roman leaders that have existed through time, when we look at them from the political viewpoint as to how they functioned in that position, they would not take the title king. They were called emperors instead. Take the word emperor and look it up in the dictionary and see what it means. It means universal, sovereign leader. Saints do you realize that in the eyes of God that is blasphemy? It is. There is only one that is sovereign universally. That is God Himself. He is the one who puts up whom He will, He puts down whom He will, He gives to this man a little period of time and then He will let some evil thing happen. Then on the other hand, He has allowed some to stay a long time. Any way you look at it though, there is only one universal ruler. That is God Himself. Well, those Roman leaders, Caesars, were called emperors; so we now need to focus on how these seven heads came about to fulfill the scriptural prophecies; and bring in the spirit of it all, because the spirit behind all of this is the devil. That spirit comes right out of the bottomless pit. As for the seven kings, (God called them what they were, kings.) Here is how we relate it to history. When we know from history there have been many Caesars, emperors, rulers of the Roman empire, we have to look beyond just the mere fact that So and So ruled for so long and was assassinated, and someone else took the throne. Some of them were military men just substituting for the hour at hand until someone politically oriented could take over. If we were to count all that have been in Rome, that sat in this position of authority, we would go into a vast number of leaders. That is not what we are doing. We are looking for the seven the prophecy speaks of. When Rome ceased to hold that former identity, the spirit of that old system went back down into hell; but now it has come back out of there to fulfill its role for the last days. To illustrate what you need to see, I am going to ask Brother Bud to stand over there away from where I am. John was projected into the future tense of time; so we are going to say Bud represents where John has been taken to in the spirit realm to see this prophesied event coming up for the last day fulfillment of its purpose. The angel has told him the seven heads are seven mountains on which the woman sitteth. Well, Rome sits on seven hills. Rome is the seat of the Roman Catholic Church. No one will deny that. Neither should we try to take these heads in this next meaning and place them anywhere else. As I said, The Seventh Day Adventists explain the seven heads as seven territories; but you cannot see them as territories, and still have them as heads of this one beast. Territories are not where the brains of this revised Roman Empire is coming from. It is something that must stay within the territory of Rome. Furthermore, in order for the angel to use the terminology he used, five are fallen, one is, and the other is not yet come, here is what we have to realize: He had to transport John in the spirit to the hour of the emperor Constantine. I will explain why. Nero, being the last of the old line of Caesar emperors, that means 68 A.D. marked the time that great sovereign imperial head (as it was called) came to an end. We have already spoken of how other men ascended to that throne between the death of Nero and the time it took Vespasian to return to Rome to answer his call to fulfill that position. He and his two sons all sat upon that throne one after the other until 96 A.D., the year John had this visitation of the angel that showed him all these things. From 96 A.D. to 180 A.D., there were five men on that throne one right after the other, that history records as being the five good emperors. Yet, Christianity suffered something awful under the reign of those men; so one might ask, Why were they called good emperors? It was because each one of them tried their level best to establish another line of Caesars as the old order had been. However, as each one would meet his end, it was not a kinsman that stepped up to sit upon his vacated seat, it was always a separate. That is why, after going through all five and coming to the end of that era, Rome was still in the same shape as before; in a state of decline with different territories coming against her. Those emperors were trying their best to hold on. Christianity was being persecuted. Martyrdom was commonplace. There was bloodshed everywhere. All five of them made a good showing in that they effected a period of stability, build various things, and had more affect toward regaining what was lost than any of the others since Nero’s death; but they failed to bring about everything they had as their goal’s. They build the arena; and I am sure most of you have heard of the great coliseum, where they would take the Christians brought in from various areas and feed them to the lions just to entertain a bunch of savage, blood thirsty, pagan, Roman citizens. We have something in this area that is of a kinward spirit to that. We have people that want to raise these fighting bantam roosters and some that raise these pit bull dogs; just to fight them so they can gamble on which one will win. That is all of a spirit; and that spirit is out of hell. I have no use whatsoever for any of that kind of thing; and neither should any other Christian. When you raise something like that just to entertain your blood thirsty nature, your nature is being controlled by something out of hell. You are certainly not going to heaven acting like that. Heaven has no place for bantam roosters with long metal spurs on them. Neither do they have bulls that are destined to die because the matador is there with a spear to stick in it. All of this is demonic. Anyhow, history declares that when those five good emperors were gone, Roman government entered into a long period of decline. Rule after rule came to that throne; but none of them seemed able to make a name for themselves nor have any great influence upon that society. That brings us back to what the angel said to John. Look at the scripture. Five are fallen. That terminology puts it in the past tense; but in 96 A.D. they were just coming upon the scene. That alone proves the angel had taken John to a certain point in future time where he could look back upon all of that as something that had already taken place. This is how prophecy can be foretold; because it is portrayed just as it is destined to develop in time. Well, five had already fallen “and one is.” That speaks of present tense. Therefore, as you study this thing out using the scripture and recorded history, you have to come to the conclusion that the angel had transported John in the spirit to the hour of the emperor Constantine; for he proved to be head number six on that beast system of government. He was the next emperor to make any kind of noteworthy difference in managing the affairs of the empire. History proves that Constantine, out of decay and anarchy, arrested the thing and restored stability. What did he do? Some may ask. He saw how thousands of Christians up until his hour, had been martyred. He also had a vision, which we mentioned earlier in the message. This was when Christianity was introduced to the pagan, Roman society; and at his command, the Roman government decreed that the Christian faith would from that time forth, be accepted and protected by the Roman society. His was the sixth form of government that made a notable difference in the way the empire was stabilized; and in its progress. Then after so long a time, the Roman government again went into a state of instability and decline. Those ten horns were getting their positions. Boundaries were being established. National, Royal families were beginning to be established. That is why you see crowns on those horns up here on our chart. Royal families begin to show themselves. It was no longer just Gaul as it had been called at one time; and neither was that vast area all called the Roman Empire any longer. Those horns had their own identity. The seven heads remained to be heads on the same Roman beast; but the horns were called German, France, Spain, Italy, Belgium and on through the original ten divisions of the old Roman territory. That is the explanation of the ten horns the beast grew. It had ten horns long before it ever had seven heads.


As John stood with the angel in Constantine’s hour of time, far in the future from 96 A.D., where John was still living at that time, here is what John heard him say, (Rev. 17:10) “And there are seven kings: five are fallen, and one is, and the other is not yet come; and when he cometh, he must continue a short space.” One is, which was head number six. That is how we know they were standing in time over in Constantine’s hour, because head number seven had not yet come. Notice the last part of that verse, “And when he cometh, he must continue a short space.” Meaning a little period of time. Between Constantine’s hour and the time head number seven came on the scene, history records show that there was terrible political turmoil within the old government of Rome. It kept getting weaker from the political standpoint; but I am here to tell you, The office of the pope was not getting weak. It was getting stronger and he was playing those two ends against the middle. As the various rulers that were marking these distinct positions in time were getting their identity, this papal power was growing and getting an identity also. Each pope had his own particular way of maneuvering things so that papal office would continually gain in favor with the right people. Satan knew just how far each one should go: setting the stage for his next great move. It took many centuries; but when an emperor by the name of Charlemagne came to that much sought after throne, he (Satan) was ready to make his move. On Christmas Day, A.D. 800, the people of Rome declared him to be emperor of the Romans’ and Pope Leo III capped it off by placing a golden crown upon his head. The coronation was held in St. Peter’s basilica: which served to demonstrate the close alliance between church and state that had been so fervently cultivated by Charlemagne. He died January 21, 814 A.D.; but history declares that the Holy Roman Empire that was so cherished by him, survived for a thousand years until Napoleon came into the picture. That will give you a little preview of what actually put head number seven on that old Roman beast and actually paved the way for the Pope of the Roman Catholic Church to move right over into the emperor’s seat later on. You will remember that Daniel saw what was described as a little horn come up in the midst of the ten: before whom three of the first horns were plucked up by the roots. He said that horn had eyes an a mouth that spake very great things, whose look was more stout than his fellows. Well, we are going to watch how this scene developed. This was not speaking of Charlemagne, but of the Pope or Popes that would rule Western Europe with an iron fist long after Charlemagne was gone. Remember now, we are looking at (Rev. 17:10) “And there are seven kings: five are fallen, and one is, and when he cometh, he must continue a short space;” and the one that had not yet come, speaking of the seventh head on the beast, was this emperor Charlemagne. Read the history between 800 and 900 A.D. if you get the chance. He come on the scene at a very crucial time; when the old political hold of Rome over the vast areas of Europe was really dwindling away. Charlemagne was of German origin. When he came on the scene, he had such an attraction to this Pope Leo III in Rome, and being a religious man himself, he went throughout the vast domains of Europe with the military sword making Christians everywhere he went. All of society either had to become members of the Roman faith or off went their head. That is all recorded in history. In that period of time, was when this great conquest of the Catholic Church in missionary work came about; sending priests at the head of militia to the vast territories. It spread throughout and went even into Norway. (We have been in Norway several times. Bro. Strommen took us to the actual spot where the last war was fought.) That place he showed us is as far as the Catholic hold of Rome ever reached into the country of Norway. All of this was established in Charlemagne’s hour. He was that head that had not yet come when the angel was talking to John; and when he comes he continues a little space. In his short reign, he did something outstanding for the Roman Empire. He made everyone a Christian no matter what their origin was. Whether it was Spain, Portugal, France, Italy, or what, it mattered not to him; they all had to become Christians. It is no wonder the old Pope was standing ready to step into his place when Charlemagne departed. You have to remember these things did not take place instantly and certainly more than one man was involved. Many times, when we speak of a man, we are really speaking of his office. You will see that as we go along. Oh yes, Rome still had emperors one right after the other; but from a certain point after the death of Charlemagne, they were just figureheads; the Pope called all the moves.


We have seen that the five good emperors of Rome, Nerva, Trajan, Hadrian, Antoninus Pius and Marcus Aurelius accounted for the first five heads on the beast John described as having seven heads. They represented a gradual decay of the old imperial government. The emperor Constantine was head number six; and what did he do? He introduced Christianity to a pagan controlled political state for courtship. The state then embraced Christianity. In John Marsham’s book printed in 1835, (I have it.) he tells in this book how, when Constantine made the decree that Christianity will no longer be persecuted, the world began to view christianity from a different way; and then the world came into the church. As the world came into the church, the church became flooded with all kinds of influence. That is when the church really began to plunge into apostasy. That is what eventually caused Roman Catholicism to really begin to be looked upon as the church; and it was the church the way Satan wanted to form it. Then Charlemagne was head number seven; but what about the eighth being of the seven? That is what we want to look at now. Let us read the 11th verse of Revelation 17 to get the actual words spoken. “And the beast that was, and is not, even he is the eighth, and is of the seven, and goeth into perdition.” That refers back to verse 8, which says, “The beast that thou sawest was, and is not; and shall ascend out of the bottomless pit, and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth shall wonder, whose names were not written in the book of life from the foundation of the world, when they behold the beast that was, and is not, and yet is.” That sounds very confusing; but there is an understandable answer for it. Certainly, it sounds like it would put eight heads on the beast; but just as the little ecclesiastical horn (which is symbolic of the Pope) did not put an eleventh political horn on Europe, neither does this ecclesiastical head (we will say, which is also symbolic of the Pope) put an eighth political head on it. That is the way we have to look at it if we are going to get the correct picture in our minds. We call it a mystical head and a mystical horn, because it is a power that deals with human souls in the spiritual realm. That does not exclude the Pope from any exercise of political authority; but his power is over human souls instead of human bodies in a political sense. But Bro. Jackson, Why does it say he is the eighth, and is of the seven? Simply because by the time we go through Charlemagne’s hour and the old political regime in Rome once again began to lose its hold, here came a man one hundred and some years later by the name of Otto the Great. Read it in history. He was called the pope maker. History says he was an outstanding leader. His words had great influence. He began to establish tranquility; and it was his idea that since everybody in every area was Christians and belonged to the church, the Pope should have more recognition. Really, out of that came what was known as the Holy Roman Empire even though history attributes much of that recognition to Charlemagne. That is because he was the emperor that went out campaigning, forcing every subject to join the church. I will just have to say to any doctor of divinity, If you close your eyes to history, to the things that happened back there, and from the fact that from that hour on the popes began to rise to the challenge, you will never understand what we are talking about. Therefore the eighth head, (what looks like an eighth head) is papal government, papal political ideas, taking over the last framework of the then existing political form of government. When he blended church government with state government and then elevated the church above the state, there was no king in all of Europe until after the Reformation that could resist the power of the Pope and get away with it. Any doctor of divinity ought to know that; so why does what we teach sound so strange to them? I am going to read to you from history, just what those old popes did. It tells us in this 13th chapter of Revelation that one of those heads was wounded as unto death, but was healed; so how in the world can preachers read that and still try to get the antichrist out of Russia? They want to place that scripture somewhere else, all over the world; anywhere except where it belongs. When you look back, whatever that head was that was in such control over Europe before it was wounded, that is exactly what you will have again after the healing, when the time is right. From about 1100 A.D. on to the Reformation, the time when those old Popes ruled Europe, they exercised all the power the old imperial Caesars exercised when The Roman Empire was reaching out to conquer everything around. That spirit of Satan, right out of the bottomless pit, ruled the world through the Pope, instead of through the emperor. It was just like the devil put on a different suit. Therefore, when we say it is old imperial Rome coming back, yes, but keep in mind, it is not old imperial Rome with a Caesar; it is old imperial Rome with a pope ruling, just like it was before that papal head was wounded. The only difference is the title of the ruler. That is why Daniel said it was diverse (different). Therefore, we just need to understand that when Rome goes through time and these heads represent the evolutionary changes the ancient forms of government have gone through and each head marks a distinct period in time wherein a certain leader or ruler has stood out and then it went to the next form. But regardless of which head was in power, it was still the devil in charge. The devil has always been the same old beast spirit, regardless of what instrument he worked through. Evil spirits do not die; they just continue on in another vessel when the one they have been using dies. I hope you realize that. Lucifer has been around a long time and ever since his fall he has been against everything good. He is the adversary of God and of every purpose of God. He ruled the world through those political beasts as long as they survived and then he ruled the world through an ecclesiastical power when the Pope elevated himself above every other ruling power; and it remained that way until the Reformation began to strike that papal power or papal head and eventually bring about a wounding that looked fatal; but was not. Knowing this, we can see how what looked like an eighth head on the old Roman beast, really was not another head; because it was just a continuation of what was already established. What was called, The Holy Roman Empire, was already established under the rulership of the emperor; before the Pope became the dictator in charge. Therefore, the key to understanding is to first understand that the seven heads on the beast were not seven men, but actually seven distinctly different forms of Roman government; that seven certain men were credited with originating so when the Pope just simply took over and continued on as the sovereign ruler of the Holy Roman Empire which was actually established by the emperor Charlemagne, that in no way put another head on the beast; for he just continued on in what was already established. You could say this and be correct. That what was referred to as the eighth was more powerful than the seven; because he claimed to have power ov the destiny of human souls. That is why those various men of the Reformation were able to inflict what appeared to be a deadly wound to that papal head; because they began to hack at it with the sword of the Spirit of God which is the truth about who holds sovereign authority over the destiny of human souls. Yes, it was the word of God delivered to mankind by those anointed men of the Reformation that eventually brought about the wounding of that head; but now we need to take a little time to look at what brought about the healing of that deadly wound.


Let us go back into the 13th chapter of Revelation and read about the “Lamb Beast,” which in reality is greatly responsible for the healing of the wounded head of the first beast. Many people have no concept whatsoever of what that first beast was, nor of its head being wounded, and certainly not of what has brought about its healing. I will just use the scar of my own forehead to illustrate something for you. There was a time when I did not have such a scar; but it took what caused that scar to bring me to the Lord; so every time I comb my hair, instead of hating the scar, I thank God for loving me enough to do what it took to get my attention. Forty some years ago, up here on old Highway 31, I was minding my own business, just driving my tractor up the road when all of a sudden it looked like my life had come to its end. A drunken driver in an automobile was used of God to change my whole life. It looked like my wound was a deadly one. The doctor said, Even if he lives, he will never be right. Well, as you can see, I did live. I have to be honest though. There are a lot of people out here today who accuse me of not being right, but Hallelujah! I am on the right track and I have my God to thank and praise for that. Having my head wounded, cut wide open, is not what put me in the truth. That only served to turn my attention to the things of God and cause me to join the Methodist church; but that was the starting point. God had to work on me some more before I would humble myself enough to accept some other things which are written in the same Bible that caused me to acknowledge my need for the Savior. God works on us one step at a time, as we are able to bear it. I have been in places and have someone say, Where is the world did you get such a scar? I do not take time to tell the whole story every time someone asks that question; but I do take time to be thankful to God for what He has done in my life since the day I received the wound that left that scar. If it were not for what caused that scar, I might not be standing here today. I might not even be interested in all of what I am endeavoring to make clear to you from the word of God. I thank the Lord that it does not bother me any more for society to see that scar. What thrills me is the fact that as the wound on this papal head is healed, there is going to be an element of people in the earth that will recognize what is happening; because they have allowed themselves to be taught some things from history, that the true revelation could not have come without. Because of history, we know what happened and why it is like it is today. Now let me read the scripture. (Rev. 13:11) “And I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth; and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a dragon.” What I want you to pay close attention to is that John did not see this lamb beast come up out of the sea like the first one he saw. This beast came up out of the earth. It had two horns like a lamb and spake as a dragon. That is a completely different setting than what he saw concerning the beast that came up out of the sea. This lamb-like beast is none other than a picture of America, founded a little over two hundred years ago as a Christian nation. Where was she founded? Apart from Europe, the old world, over across the Atlantic in a wilderness continent. A little bedraggled bunch of Pilgrims traveled across the ocean in sailboats, wanting to get away from that old beastly system; and that old mother church, where they would have freedom to worship God according to their own convictions. This nation did not start out as a super power in the eyes of the world. As she gradually began to make her appearance, in the eyes of the rest of the world, she was more like a lamb. The lamb is figurative of the fact that America started out as a Christian nation. It was a territory of Christian people. They had no thoughts about world conquest and did not ask to be leaders in anything concerning the rest of the world. Willing only to mind their own business, and seek a place where they could freely worship God, they were content. This nation did not have two horns, nor speak like a dragon for many, many years after it was founded. Eventually it got two horns and eventually it spake as a dragon, and eventually it formed an image of that first old beast Daniel and John saw; but these other things have come about in the twentieth century. If you will earnestly examine all that we are presenting to you, I do not believe you will have any trouble understanding that time and various conditions of healing are restoring the territories of Europe back to world preeminence with Rome eventually being the center of authority. Yes, that takes you right back to the old imperial city, geographically, when once again this whole system is going to be controlled out of Rome, by this power right here. (Bro. Jackson is pointing to the Pope on the chart.) It says the dragon gave him this beast, his power, his seat, and great authority. Of course, this refers back to the first beast John saw coming up out of the sea and I feel that we should go back and read verses 1-3; because not everyone who will read this, will be as familiar with these descriptions as some of the rest of us are. “And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beat rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy. And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: (That description of the body is what allows us to know the body of the first three beasts Daniel saw are incorporated within the structure of this fourth one.) and the dragon (the devil) gave him (the beast) his power, and his seat, and great authority. (That takes in the full scope of the 4th beast Daniel spoke of.) And I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed; and all the world wondered after the beast.” In so doing, they worshipped the dragon, the devil, Lucifer, that gave this thing its life, its existence and power. Those last eight words of that verse are about all that is left to be fulfilled of that prophecy; for the world is right on the threshold of being totally deceived by the working of Satan in and through the man who holds that papal office; whether it be the present Pope, or his successor. That part is immaterial to the revelation of the total prophecy. Let us also read verse 4 while we are here, because it tells what those who wonder after the beast that has his head healed, those who are taken in by the smooth words of the peace promoting Pope of Rome will be doing, worshipping the dragon (Satan). “And they (All the deceived of the world) worshipped the dragon which gave power unto the beast: and they worshipped the beast, saying, Who is like unto the beast? (That reference is to the Pope who stands at the head of that beast system in the last hour of this dispensation.) who is able to make war with him?” All we really need to know is where the antichrist will come from. Our own spiritual understanding will allow us to recognize the individual man that will fulfill that part as he beings to make his move. When it says, “All the world wondered after the beast,” that does not include revelated children of God. That will be these various elements claiming to be Christians that are without revelation and totally vulnerable to the devices of Satan along with the rest of the world. Those who are deceived by all of that will find themselves right in the grips of the great tribulation, with the old Pope cracking the whip; and the only chance any of them will have to escape damnation, will be in martyrdom. They will have to exercise that measure of faith that caused them to believe in Jesus in the first place; to stand for God in the face of the worst persecution that has ever been turned loose against believing mankind; and their only hope of salvation will be in martyrdom. Nevertheless, the 7th chapter of Revelation lets us see that there will be a great multitude wash their robes of salvation and make them white in the blood of the Lamb during that dark hour of human history; and whose who do, will be resurrected to live with Christ and His bride throughout the Millennium. Having cleared that up, let us get back to this lamb beast that came up out of the earth and see if we cannot clear up something that has been a great mystery to many church going people through the centuries of time. Verse 12 says “And he (the lamb beast, America) exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him and causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed.” Now I know some will say, How could that be? America is not like that. America does not have to be like the Roman Empire in order for the devil to use her to accomplish an all important purpose in his ultimate plan. Demons are demons, no matter where they are working; and their works are not always recognized to be works of evil in the beginning of an endeavor. We just simply have to realize that this lamb beast, though once a Christian nation, by the time it comes to this final period of time, it will no longer be considered as a Christian nation. Neither will it be of the dragon beast system; but it will be a tool of the dragon, the devil, to influence and actually lead the world to do something for the benefit of this other beast. The word CAUSETH, means it influenced and such like. Think about it! Who took the lead in the idea of the restoration of Europe? Who was all for this reunification of these Common Market nations of Europe? Was it not the leaders of this very nation called America? While America was influencing the world, telling the world what we need to do, she painted herself into corner. We are broke. We have no one to actually come to our rescue; and now they (that reunified empire) sit across the waters, and empire restored and ready to fulfill what is written in the Bible for these last days. The European Common Market will be a super power; and the Pope will control it all. When the Pope has designs for the structuring of everything pertaining to world affairs in these last days, it is going to require some serious thinking on the part of revelated children of God because they know for sure that he is going to wind up a tyrant instead of a spiritual leader. You can rest assured, he will not be a spiritual leader that God has set in that position. He is going to be the antichrist so many people of the world have talked about, argued about, and tried to figure out what kind of a man he would be. We still have an image of that Roman beast to consider; and it was this very nation, America, that promoted that thing; and we will get back to it later; but right now I want to finish the part that leads up to the wounding of that head.


We can see from history, as we have already brought out, that once the church in Rome, after Otto the Great did what he did, began to exercise complete dominion over all affairs both political and spiritual, the Pope was the man to be reckoned with. I could read everything I am presenting to you from these history books; but I do not feel that it is necessary. I realize that wherever this goes, by video tap, audio tape, or in printed form, those who will receive it first have to settle it in their own mind’s whether they believe me to be right in what I teach. I do not have the time nor space to furnish proof of everything I say: but I do have the proof right here in these history books that I have studied for years; and I can go to any time it is necessary; but in these messages, I ask that you just trust me not to put out a lie. What would be the purpose of teaching anything in this last hour of time if it were not something the bride Church will need to know as this whole thing winds up? The apostle Paul never carried history books with him, when he went out to preach his revelation to the people. Naturally though, the natural mind wants proof of everything; but we are not ministering just to natural minded people; but rather to people who have the Spirit of God in them to give vindication to the truth they hear. Did not Jesus Himself say that when the Spirit of truth comes, He will teach you all things? That does not mean He will teach every person in a supernatural way; but He will cause those whom he indwells to recognize truth when they hear or read it. If you are going to be ready to meet the Lord when He comes, you are going to have to believe someone to tell you the truth and give you the right picture; because God has ordained it to be that way. I am just fulfilling what I believe He has called me to do in this hour of human history; and I have to trust Him to give me the right picture to present to you. Having said this for the benefit of some who may have been wondering, Is it right in the sight of God, just to take the word of another man? Let us continue on with our thought. When Constantine did what he did, and brought the Christian belief, we will say, down on the same level with the world, it started a courtship that lasted from then until we come to Charlemagne’s hour when he set the stage for the marriage of church and state. As I have said, it was not Charlemagne himself that was the seven the head on the beast; but it was the form of government he instituted that is actually the head. Therefore, the head remains the same, even when the man who was responsible for the inauguration of that head is replaced by someone else. That is how the Pope was able to take over a dictator of what would an would not be allowed without forming another head on the beast. He is referred to as the eighth, only for the sake of emphasizing a change in the administration of Roman government. That is why it says the eighth is of the seven. The old Pope just simply moved from the papal set over into the seat of th emperor. Not literally, but governmentally. He still retained his ecclesiastical authority along with the authority he assumed over every element of the political realm of government. Anyhow Charlemagne is credited with establishing the seventh form of what was left of the old imperial headship in the government of Rome; and after that is when Christianity and state were married. Why do I say that? Because at the point of the sword and the spear, his armies marched through Europe demanding the people to either be made Christians and accept baptism into the church or be killed. After Charlemagne’s death, there was a spirit that began to intertwine the whole thing. While it looked like these horns, which were symbolized by the crowns on them, were sovereign powers in their own right, we have to realize they actually symbolized mainly the royal family of kings that were a the head of those ten nations established in the break up of the old Roman Empire. Regardless of how powerful some of those kings of those other nations might have been at times, there came the day that none of them were able to resist the power of the papacy and get by with it. The spirit of Satan in Catholicism and in those bishops of the Roman church had a plan in motion that was destined to change the whole picture; and it is all recorded right here in the pages of these little history books. Even when Satan was ruling the old world through those old Caesars, his long range plan was to be in this man, the pope; but it took many centuries for that to come about. I have to read from history, to show how this came about. This is why you need to understand that when the Bible gives you a profile of a prophecy, of an earthly event that is to take place, it does not draw it all out in detail. It does not give you all the dimensions. It gives you a little something to look at; and if it is not something you need to know immediately, God just lets history show you how it became applied to humanity long after the actual fulfillment. Christians before the age of Laodicea had no need of the revelation God has reserved for His end time bride Church; therefore, there is no reason for anyone to ask, Why this, why that? You must have enough faith in God to believe He has in every age of Christendom, given the revelation needed for believers to live an overcoming life in that hour. As we read this account form history, we are looking at the period of time between 962 and 1190 A.D.


Notice, “One might suppose there could be no interference between pope and emperor. They seemed to have separate spheres of action. It was said that God had made the pope as successor of St. Peter, (I have to say this to any doctor of divinity or any Christian person, the pope today is not the successor of St. Peter. Furthermore, he never has been. That is a hypothetical prognosis that they put out to an ignorant society; because they use the scripture where Jesus spoke of giving the keys of the kingdom of heaven to Peter; but I want you to know, Peter was never even considered to be the apostle to the Gentiles. The Bible says that. It was the apostle Paul who wrote more epistles than all the rest put together. The apostle Paul said, I am the apostle to the Gentiles. Why does the Catholic Church not say something about the apostle Paul, who truly did minister in Rome; and give him recognition for what they claim Peter did? All this goes to show they are projecting to society a hypothetical, presumptuous picture that has no scriptural foundation; simply because they have no revelation whatsoever of what they try to be authoritative on. Let us continue reading.) supreme in spiritual matters and the emperor as heir of the Roman Caesars, supreme in temporal matters. The former ruled men’s souls. The later, men’s bodies. The two sovereigns, the emperor and the pope, (Keep in mind, the emperors they are talking about were those kings represented in these horns.) thus divided on equal terms, the government of the world. The difficulty with this theory was that it did not work. No one could decide in advance where the authority of the pope ended, and where that of the emperor began. When the pope claimed certain powers which were also claimed by the emperor, a conflict between the two rulers became inevitable. (Now listen) Otto the Great in 962 A.D., (He is the man between the seventh and eighth, that was instrumental in bringing about a definite transition of power; and I want to say this, He was like the magician that put a rabbit in a hat; but had another hat. Where is the rabbit? Keep in mind, this man was not doing by deliberate design what he did; there was something motivating and forcing him to go the route he went; just like Judas went and betrayed his master for thirty pieces of silver. Why? Satan entered into him and caused him to do it.) restored rule in the west, thus founding what in later centuries came to be known as the Holy Roman Empire. (He was a ruler in Germany, but a ruler of this magnitude, as he began to establish power within his political realm, he was also living up the power of the papacy, but only that papacy that played into his hands. Let us read what he did.) Otto made the city of Rome the imperial capital. He dethroned a pope who proved disobedient to his wishes and appointed another. Otto’s successors repeatedly interfered, (Listen to this, the ones that followed him, they repeatedly interfered.) in elections to the papacy. One strong ruler, Henry the Third, has been called the pope maker. Early in his reign he set aside three rival claimants to the papacy, creating a German bishop pope, and on three subsequent occasions filled the papal throne by fresh appointments. It was clear that if this situation continued much longer, the papacy would become simply an imperial office, it would be merged in the Empire. The death of Henry the Third, which left the Empire in weak hands, and gave the papacy a chance to escape the control of the secular power in 1059 A.D. From that hour on the popes gained supremacy. This growing friction became very evident. N Daniel 7, as Daniel saw this little horn rising amidst the others, and how he exalted himself above the fellows. It says he reached over and plucked up three horns by the roots. Do you know what that sounds like? It sounds like he literally tore away from three of these ten national horns their identity; but that is not the way the prophecy was fulfilled. It is how he dealt with certain kings within that particular ten horn realm. Keep in mind, that this is the territory which is symbolized in the power of its leadership. That is why they are all on there. Let us see how they were plucked up. Most evangelists today think the three are yet to be plucked up somewhere in the future. That is why when I read from Malachi Martin and the man who refers to him, they put these three horns being plucked up somewhere out in future time, somehow looking at the fact that there are ten horns now in the Common Market and still more joining and seeking membership. They evidently feel that by the time the week of Daniel comes, something will happen that this oncoming antichrist will pluck up three of them by the roots, leaving only ten. That is why I say, The religious leaders in the world we live in today are never going to get the picture straight. They are not supposed to because they have turned their back on true revelation that supersedes the revelation of these beast scriptures. However, there is no way you can stop them from playing around with various ideas. God Himself has no purpose in preventing anyone from expressing their own ideas about His word. He just makes sure truth is available for all who want to know the truth for the right reason. As for the multitudes out here in the realm of religion today, if they cannot get the trinity straightened out and get a revelation of the Godhead and of proper, scriptural water baptism, do you think they are going to get this great mystery straightened out? Only the bride of Christ is going to have a true revelation of the whole picture. Let us watch how he plucked up these three horns. Otto is gone from the scene; but Otto was the transition man between the last form of imperial power and the lifting up of ecclesiastical power. Once you go beyond Otto, that imperial power was no longer there. It was papas power from then on through to the Reformation. Now we will go into what is written in history about this papal power. “A remarkable man now became pope. This was the monk Hildebrand, who on elevation to the papacy, took the name of Gregory the Seventh. Gregory devoted all his talents to the advancement of the papacy. A contemporary document which may have been on his own composition, at any rate empresses his own ideas, contains the following statements. (Notice the chart we have up here, the great red dragon, it has seven heads. On each one of those heads you see a crown. Then when we come down here and place it in its earthly embodiment in the earthly system, what did Revelation say was written on these seven heads? Blasphemy. That is why I said earlier, the word emperor is a blasphemous title for a man to carry. Only God is Emperor. Only He is universal, sovereign ruler. Blasphemy was not written on the ten horns. Blasphemy was written on the seven heads. Therefore, these seven crowns on the heads all have to dovetail into something. It all goes back to the fact that when the ancient Caesars sat here on this imperial seat, in this imperial city and sat with that old Caesar’s crown on their head, claiming that emperor title, that word emperor itself is what God looks upon as a blasphemous title for a man to hold because the Roman citizens worshipped them and felt that the gods had put them in that position. Just hold that word blasphemy and let us read some more. This is what that document said.) The Roman pontiff alone is properly called universal. (That is what the Caesars used to say of themselves. Think of it. When the Caesars, Augustus and all those ruled Rome, they were called sovereign, universal rulers. So what the old Caesars used to say of themselves, the pope began to say of himself. That spirit in him caused him to see himself like that.) He alone may dethrone bishops and restore them to office. He is the only person whose feet are kissed by all princes. (That is also blasphemy in one form; and just think, they claim to be Peter’s successors; not even considering for one moment that Peter would not allow Cornelius to honor him like that. If those fellows are successors of the apostle Peter, why do they not conduct themselves like Peter did? My Bible tells me in the book of Acts, when the Holy Ghost, the spirit of God, led Peter from Hoppa to Caesarea, to the house of Cornelius, as Peter walked in, Cornelius fell before him and was worshipping him, What did Peter say to him? “Stand up; I myself also am a man.” That is why I say, If Peter was the first Pope of the Roman Catholic Church and he responded to being worshipped like that, why have all the Popes through time demanded worship? Do they not read the scriptures at all or do they think God has changed His mind? Peter refused to accept worship and so did the apostle Paul. Therefore, do not come to me with this junk that the world has to kiss the pope’s feet. It takes a demon spirit to devise such a plan as that. That is how the ancient Caesars used to talk, so any person with a spiritual mind ought to be able to see where the Popes get such an idea. Simply because the same devil that motivated those old Caesars, is now motivating the Popes of Rome. To me, all of that is so very clear. Let us read some more.) He may be judged by no one. He may absolve all alliances, agreements, and contracts. (I just have to say this, if they can get their subjects to believe that line, it is no wonder that they went a step farther and concocted this idea that they can pray you out of purgatory. They used all these gimmicks for a monetary gain. They will put you in limbo, in purgatory, anything else, just so they can use your relatives that are left alive to add thousands of dollars to their assets. Just listen to this next line.) The Roman Church never has erred and never can err. (That is Catholicism talking and it is the Pope. Therefore, I just want to say to Billy Graham, Oral Roberts, Pat Robertson, and all the rest like them, shame on you. You call yourselves servants of God; yet you want to trot off after something that is totally blasphemous in the sight of God. That is the way those Popes talked back then; and regardless of how sweet natured these last ones may have seemed, they still hold that blasphemous title; and they are still pawns in the hands of the same old devil. Inside, they still have that same spirit; or they would not allow themselves to accept adoration and worship that belongs only to God Himself. The Catholic Church is the error of all errors. She is the product of Satanic deception. I have nothing against any man in particular from the standpoint of his personal being; but sure have plenty against some of the things they promote and stand for. Therefore, when I speak against Catholicism, Methodism or any of the rest of those systems of religion, I am speaking against the system itself and not against the poor, deceived souls that are held captive by them.) Gregory testifies he did not originate these doctrines. (Whether he did or did not, he was the first Pope who ventured to make a practical application of them and from then on one would have to be spiritually blind, not to see that little horn of Daniel, (the papal power in Rome) magnify himself above his fellows. Now let us see how he plucked up three horns by the roots without totally destroying them.) Gregory soon issued a decree against lay investiture. He declared that no emperor, king, duke, marquis, count, or any other lay person should presume to grant investiture under pain of excommunication. (You can see that he was really cracking the whip over all those national powers by this time.) The decree was a general one applying to all states of western Europe, (That would be all of the ten horns.) but circumstances were such that it mainly affected Germany. Henry the Fourth, the ruler of Germany, at this time did not refuse the papal challenge. He wrote a famous letter to Gregory calling him no pope, but a false monk, telling him Christ had never called him to the priesthood, and bidding him to come down from St. Peter’s throne. Gregory’s reply, he deposed Henry as emperor, excommunicated him and freed his subjects from their allegiance to him.” A severe sentence was placed on this man and he had to go over the Alps in the cold of winter, stand outside the papal papacy in flannels, for a certain long length of time before he got an audience with the Pope. He was forced by circumstances to do that because everything at home was paralyzed. Let me at this time explain something. Viewers, listeners, and readers of this message, I am reading to you from the pages of history, how this horn plucked up another horn by the roots according to the prophecy of Daniel. He did not destroy the German nation. Neither did he destroy the German people. But at that particular time there was a king, and his name was Henry the fourth. He somehow or other just did not want to knuckle under to the Pope. This was the first time an emperor had acted like that; and the minute he did, Pope Gregory accepted the challenge and became the first Pope to start started fulfilling what Daniel saw in his vision. He plucked up a horn by the roots. In other words, he completely immobilized not only the ruler of Germany, but the whole nation. What we need to realize is, He did not destroy the German position of leadership; but what he did do was plucked up his sovereign ability to make decisions until such time as he came under subjection to the Pope. It was a rivalry between secular and ecclesiastical powers, that proved the Pope was the most powerful. This is how we have to understand the part about the fourth beast being diverse from the first three. It became diverse after many, many centuries. It was much like the other three in its beginning; but it is winding up very much different. That is the mystery of the whole thing. This mystery is what camouflages the whole thing and keeps people from looking through the multitude of pages of history and getting the picture of what they are contributing time and energy to. Well finally, the king got in to see the Pope; and we will read what history tells us about that meeting. “At last upon the entreaties of the Countess Matilda of Tuscany, Gregory admitted Henry and granted forgiveness. This dramatic scene at Canosa did not end the investiture conflict.” Why? Because that little horn is going to pluck up two more of those ten horns in order to fulfill what the Lord showed Daniel centuries before. Time passes, and it came time for another horn to be plucked up. I wish preachers and theologians who would disagree with this teaching would just spend a little time reading these history books, instead of their theology books; and maybe some of them would realize that their theology does not produce what they have imagined it will. They are still looking for these horns to be plucked up somewhere out in the future; and they have all been plucked up already. What we are looking at here as we study these accounts from recorded history is a head that was wounded unto death; but was healed. We want to see how that wounded head fits into this total beast picture. Our next look at the power of the papacy, referred to in Daniel as a little horn, takes us to a period between the years 1122 to 1273 A.D. There was a ruler in Italy by the name of Barbarossa, Frederick the First, he succeeded to the throne. It says here he took certain ideas from Charlemagne, the emperor we just talked about. In so doing, (Now we will read.) “His reign is the story of many attempts ending at length in failure to unite all Italy into a single state under Germany. Frederick’s Italian policy brought him at once into conflict with the papacy. The Popes gave their support to a league of the free cities of northern Italy, which were also threatened by Frederick’s soaring ambitions. Having suffered a sever defeat, such reconciliation with the Pope, Alexander the Third, in the presence of a vast throng assembled before St. Mark’s Cathedral in Venice, Frederick knelt before the Pope and humbly kissed his feet. Just a century had passed since the humiliation of Henry the Fourth.” (That little horn was on the move. He was cracking the whip. Nothing could have prevented these instances; for God by his foreknowledge had already foretold every bit of it.) “The papacy reached the height of its power under Innocent the Third. The eighteen years of his pontificate were one long effort, for the most part successful, to make the Pope the arbitrator of Europe. Innocent announced the claims of the papacy in the most uncompromising manner. (Listen to what he says. That is why you need to understand what is meant in Revelation 13, where John was made to see this thing coming up in these last days. Blasphemy was written on every one of those heads. Whichever that head was that was in power when it was wounded back in time when it comes up again here in the end time in another Pope it is still going to have blasphemy on it; because whoever sits in control of the government at that hour, they are going to say things and do things that will fulfill this prophecy exactly; and it is blasphemy in the eyes of God. There is yet one horn to be plucked up; and we will see that the Pope which did the plucking was Innocent the third. Notice.) As the moon, he declared, receives its light from the sun, and is inferior to the sun, so do kings receive all their glory and dignity from the holy sea. This meant, according to Innocent, that the pope has the right to interfere in all secular matters and in the quarrels of rulers. God, he continued, has set the prince of the apostles over kings, over kingdoms, with a mission to tear up, plant, destroy, scatter and rebuild. (In other words, from now on the pope will rule the world.) Innocent’s claims were not idle boasts. When Philip Augustus, king of France, divorced his wife and made another marriage, Innocent declared the divorce void and ordered him to take back his discarded queen. Philip refused and Innocent put France under interdict. (That word means basically the same as quarantine.) From that hour all religious rites ceased. The church doors were barred. The church bells were silent. The sick died uncared for. The dead lay unburied. Philip, deserted by his people, was compelled to submit.” Do you know what that tells me? That pope, in this darkest hour of the Dark Ages, talked like that. That is why the Bible says he opened his mouth and blasphemed the God of heaven. I know a lot of people would say, Bro. Jackson, the Pope today would never talk like that; but I ask you, Does he? Will he? The reason he does not yet exercise that kind of authority is because it is not yet time for him to do so. The hour will come that if this present Pope is ordained to fulfill the rest of this prophecy, he will not only talk like these of the past; but his words and deeds will far surpass anything his forerunners ever said or did. When will he talk like that? In the last half of Daniel’s seventieth week, in what is commonly called the great tribulation. We have talked about that terrible hour of time that is yet to come; but I wonder how many really are able to imagine just how bad it will really be? If you would go back into the history of the Dark Ages, read what those old Popes were like back then, and then multiply that a few times, you might get a little picture of what is ahead for those who will have to face that hour without any defense. As for those three horns that were plucked up by the little horn, (those old Popes in the Dark Ages) I hope we have been able to make it clear to all of you that even though the rulers of those three nations were plucked up and their country paralyzed until repentance came, neither Germany, Italy nor France were destroyed. When it comes time for prophecy to be fulfilled, God always allows the devil to do, in that hour, whatever it takes to fulfill that picture exactly. Everything will always be precisely as it was prophesied to be. Therefore, from that hour until approximately 1500 A.D., the Popes were in supreme power over all of those political, territorial horns. That means, that for almost 300 years, none could resist their domination in any way. Every decision had to meet their approval. That papal horn truly did exalt itself above all the other horns and God did nothing to prevent it. Those nations still exist today and they are still a part of the total makeup of that old beast with seven heads and ten horns and Revelation 17:13 says of them, “These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength unto the beast.” Of course we know the Pope of Rome will be in full control of what that beast will do in the end time. That is what these European Common Market nations are all set to fulfill, whether they are aware of it or not. At least the true people of God are aware of their prophetic role in this end time wrap up. They are also aware of what the image of that first old beast is and what part it has in future time. The bride Church knows better than to give any kind of support to this idea of all religions coming together for fellowship, even though they do not agree doctrinally, “Can two walk together, except they be agreed?” (Amos 3:3) Not without much compromise. Out here in this world of religion, you can find a multitude of ideas about God; and how we should approach Him; but the apostle Paul wrote in Galatians 1:8, “But though we, or an angel from heaven, preach any other gospel unto you than that which we have preached unto you, let him be accursed.” That apostle to the Gentiles wrote that to the Galatian Assembly of believers; and I assure you, he meant every word of it. You will not find the Pope preaching the same gospel Paul and Peter preached; and neither do any of the so-called “Protestant” daughters of Roman Catholicism. They are all preaching another gospel; and are accursed because of it.


Before moving on, I want to go back to the seventh chapter of Daniel and read those verses pointing to this little horn we have been considering in what we have just read the history on. Verse 8, is where Daniel first saw it come u among the ten horns on that fourth beast, which we know was the Roman Empire. “I considered the horns, and, behold, there came up among them another little horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots; and, behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great things.” None of those other horns in that hour could talk like that little horn did. Therefore, we can say without a doubt that the old dragon spirit which was in those old Caesars to make them like they were, went right over into those Popes to continue right on. Only a devil would talk and act like they did. We have modern preachers today that refuse to look back. They are trying to look ahead and say, I just do not believe it was like that. Well saints, no matter how many of them may say, I don’t believe it was like that, it is all recorded right here in these history books; and I believe every bit of it; because the word of God had already declared it would be like that. Of course Daniel did not know what the vision meant, so he said, (verse 15) “I Daniel was grieved in my spirit in the midst of my body, and the visions of my head troubled me. (Then he said, verse 16) I came near unto one of them that stood by and asked him the truth of all this. So he told me, and made me know the interpretation of the things.” He went ahead and said, I wanted to know the truth about that fourth beast that was different from the other three before it, about the ten horns, and about the little horn which came up and before whom three fell, that horn that had eyes, and a mouth that spake very great things, whose look was more stout that his fellows. I beheld, and the same horn made war with the saints and prevailed against them. All of that troubled Daniel: so he was given the explanation. In verse 23, he begins to tell what was explained to him. “Thus he said, The fourth beast shall be the fourth kingdom upon earth, which shall be diverse (different) from all kingdoms, and shall devour the whole earth and shall tread it down and break it in pieces. And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten kings (or kingdoms) that shall arise: and another shall rise after them; and he shall be diverse from the first, and he shall subdue three kings. And he shall speak great words against the most High, (against God. This is getting into the last half of the seventieth week, the great tribulation.) and shall wear out the saints of the most High, and think to change times and laws: and they shall be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time. (That amounts to 3½ years the way God marks time. John wrote about the exact same thing in the 13th chapter of Revelation. Jewish believers and Gentile foolish virgins will be martyred by the thousands: before that 3½ years comes to an end.) But the judgment shall sit, and they shall take away his dominion, to consume and to destroy it unto the end. (This part gets into the coming of the Lord; when the wickedness shall be judged, the earth cleansed, and the Millennial reign of Christ and His saints set in motion.) And the kingdom and dominion, and the greatness of the kingdom under the whole heaven, shall be given to the people of the saints of the most High, whose kingdom is an everlasting kingdom and all dominions shall serve and obey Him. (God) Hitherto is the end of the matter. As for me Daniel, my cogitations much troubles me, and my countenance changed in me: but I kept the matter in my heart.” Daniel did not need to know any more than God showed him, about what his vision pertained to; but saints of God, we are living in the hour of time when the interpretation of those symbols are to be made known to those who have wisdom; (the true children of God) because this generation is destined to see all of this brought to a complete fulfillment. However I believe we have said enough about the ten horns, the seven heads, the little horn and the eighth head for now; so we will now turn our attention to those things that brought about the wounding of that head.


We have mentioned the wounding of the one head on the old beast, a wound that looked to be deadly; but was not so now we will go a little more into the actual details of how that wounding came about. The Reformation began around 1500 A.D.; when Martin Luther began hacking at that old papal head with the sword of the Spirit. What is the sword of the Spirit? It is the word of God. He had received the revelation of something the apostle Paul wrote to the Roman Assembly. Let us read verses 15-17, from the first chapter of Romans. “So, as much as in me is, I am ready to preach the gospel to you that are at Rome also. For I am not ashamed of the gospel of Christ: for it is the power of God unto salvation to every one that believeth; to the Jew first, and also to the Greek. For therein is the righteousness of God revealed from faith to faith: as it is written, The just shall live by faith.” The just shall live by faith was Luther’s theme. God did not restore all the truth the Church had lost at the same time. He did it little by little, through various instruments. After Luther, here came another man by the name Calvin; and he majored on the eternal security of the true believer. How many preachers do you find preaching that Bible doctrine today? Most of them are afraid of it because they themselves do not understand the true application of it. You certainly cannot apply it to every person who allows his or her name to be written on a church register somewhere. Nevertheless, every true believer sealed with the baptism of the Holy Spirit, has that eternal security; so the teaching belongs in the Church. A man by the name of John Knox preached predestination. That is another true Bible doctrine that is very badly represented by modern day preacher. Many of them have even gone so far as to say it is a doctrine out of the pit of hell. Shame on any man who claims to be a servant of God and then talks like that about a truth that is written so clearly in the New Testament Epistles. Predestination is nothing anyone should be afraid of; for it is based upon God’s foreknowledge; and what god knows by foreknowledge, (which I must remind you, is everything) can certainly be called predestination. We are not teaching on these various doctrines at this time. I am only mentioning them in connection with what these various men of the Reformation stood for in their hour of time. All of those men of the Reformation were hacking at the spiritual authority and power the Roman Pope exercised over all the people of the old world. Anyhow, when Martin Luther nailed his 95 theses to the church house door in Wittenberg, Germany in the year 1517 A.D., the Reformation was on. Believers ought to be interested in the Reformation; because without such a brave effort on the part of those various men back then, the Church would have remained under that cloud of darkness Satan had so shrewdly covered it with. Just think, saints: About the time the Reformation was getting its start in the old world, Columbus was on his way to discover a new world. Do you know why? Because the God of heaven was going to bring those people out to there, in their appointed time, to establish something and to do something that would fulfill prophecy of the scriptures. What those Reformers started, a man by the name of Napoleon Bonaparte finished; the wounding of that old papal head. I want to read to you the following article taken form the writings of Joseph Rickaby, found in the Catholic Truth Society of London, called The Modern Papacy, page 1. “When in 1793 on November 22, a convention of seventeen bishops and some clergy members, made a decree to abolish all religion. (Now in case some of you do not realize or understand, what happened in Russia back at the turn of the century: the Lenin and Marxist teachings went in. It had been going on in France a long time. When France did expel those teachings out of there, it went to Russia. How many know that? Let us continue reading) This (decree) was made under Napoleon Bonaparte. Then in the 1797 (The Reformation was already 200 years in the making.) Pope Pius the Sixth fell grievously ill. Napoleon gave orders that in the event of his death, no successor should be elected to his office and that the papacy should be discontinued. But the pope recovered. The peace was soon broken. General Bethier entered Rome on the 10th of February 1798 and proclaimed a republic. The aged pontiff refused to violate his oath of religious feelings was arrested and hurried from prison to prison in France. Broken with fatigue and sorrows, he died on the 19th of August, 1799, in the French fortress of Valence, aged 82 years old. No wonder half of Europe thought the papacy was dead.” Another write says this, “The papacy was dead and among all Roman Catholic powers, not a single finger was lifted in defense of it.” Now with this much history, I believe it should be easily understood how that head which was the last form of old imperial government taken over by the papacy, and that represents church over state, rather than state over church, was wounded as unto death. The Reformation and what Napoleon did by the military sword, wounded that papal head in an effort to kill the whole thing forever. That is why for almost 200 years the world had enjoyed a relative freedom of Catholic, Vatican influence. However, if this beast is to rise again here in the end time, and we know it is; because John saw that one of the heads that had been wounded unto death by the sword was healed. This should prove to mankind that the head had to be something you can find in history. Furthermore, we need to realize that what it was before, when it comes back up for its end time fulfilment of scriptures, it will be that again. When it says it was healed, that is exactly what it means. Therefore, whatever it was before, it will be exactly that again: not something else. It was Roman Pope in power before the wounding; and it will be the Roman Pope in power again when the last phase of the healing takes place. When it (papal power) is finally restored back to its original state, that will complete the fulfillment of Revelation 17:8, concerning the beast that was, and is not, and yet is. The period of time when he was not, was the time between what Napoleon did and the time when the spirit of Satan completely takes over the Pope which is destined to be the antichrist. A large number of people today will readily agree that the Popes of that long Dark Age period of history were bad fellows; but you will not find very many people today that readily accept the idea that the antichrist will come from that same office. Oh, those Popes for the last so many decades have been such nice fellows, they will say. Well, Judas might have been considered a nice fellow also when he was out with the other apostles of Christ healing sick folks and casting out evil spirits; but when Satan anointed him, look what he did. I will read something I have here in order to get the content of it in this message. As we come closer to the time for the eventual healing of this papal power, when recognition will be given back to the Pope, various things happen to show us just how the devil will work. As I said the other night, a few years ago I was selling hay to a neighbor of mine. He is a Catholic man, but he is a good man. Out in the barn he said to me, Raymond, from all indications we are living in the last days. I said, yes, but knowing he was a Catholic man I did not understand why he would be saying anything about last day happenings so I just listened. Then he brought up the subject of the blessed Mary at Fatima; what was foretold back in the time of WWI concerning what would happen in the last days. Right therein the barn lot he said, Russia will be brought back into the fold. Well, I had never heard of the Fatima vision or anything like it at the time. I certainly did not expect the Catholic Church to know anything about that kind of thing. Somewhere in the back of my mind I remembered being where I overheard one man say to another, “You know there is a Fatima vision. I believe that is going to be fulfilled in the last days.” Well, with that in my mind, I was still wondering what this was all about. Well, I know now. The book I was reading out of this morning was from a Catholic man, a professor of Catholic theology. He wrote the book. In it, I found some startling things. Am surprised that such information comes out of Vatican through a mouthpiece like that to be put in print so the world can read it. I am going to read to you what another preacher said who had an interview with the man that wrote the book. Malachi Martin is the author. He is a Catholic theologian. Just listen, “He is reputed to be the most informed person in the world in the field of economics and politics, as relating to ecclesiastical interests. He is especially informed about current religious and political affairs in Europe. Dr. Martin has served in the Vatican. He has been a friend and adviser to the last four Popes and he is a prolific author. Dr. Martin sees a super man coming to the forefront in the new world order before the year 2000. He so stated on our program. However, this Vatican insider, without fear or compromise, boldly proclaims that Pope John Paul II will be the ecclesiastical and theocratic emperor of the new Holy Roman Empire. (I was not the one who said that; I just read what is written right here. That is what Otto the Great helped to establish. (The Holy Roman Empire) Well, we have already looked at the records of history, what was written about that period when The Holy Roman Empire ruled the world in the Dark Ages. We know what it did back then. The Reformation did something to it before; but Jesus and His army from heaven will take care of it the next time. However, here is what this man continued saying.) Dr. Martin gives the pope credit for coining the phrase, the new world order. He predicts that Europe will bring in world government under the leadership of Pope John Paul. Dr. Martin enforces his own understanding of the development of new world order out of central Europe, and the Pope’s role in it by relating it to the so called miracle of Fatima. (We have already read to you how that name comes into the picture. Fatima was the daughter of Mohammed.) On May 13th, 1917, three children in the Fatima area reported a visitation by the Virgin Mary. On the 13th day of the month for several months thereafter, supposedly, Mary talked with the children and gave them instructions. Again, according to the story, Mary told the children that a great miracle would occur at Fatima on October 13th, 1917, at high noon. (This is what my neighbor was telling me about.) The news media reports indicated that 75,000 faithful met as instructed on that day. It had rained the day before and was still raining as noon approached. Suddenly, as the story continues, the clouds parted, the rain stopped, and a huge spinning wheel emitting various colors of light danced over their heads. Observers said they thought the wheel was the sun changing its colors and moving toward the earth, but the plunging object or the sun, continued toward the crowd until it appeared they would all be killed. Many fell on their knees crying out that the end of the world had come and pleading for deliverance. The spinning object veered off suddenly and a gush of wind swept over the crowd drying out their clothes and also the ground. (The writer who did the interview with this Dr. Malachi Martin, inserted these next few words I will read.) I have never put much stock in any of these accounts reported concerning the so called miracle of Fatima. I have always credited the story to delusion or mass hysteria.” Saints, I believe it happened; and I am persuaded that many more such things are going to happen during the closing out of this age. Here is why? All such occurrences are of the devil. Do you know why I say that? All of this is springing up, not in the atheistic world; but in an area of the world that has held the gospel of Jesus Christ to be precious at one time and have now gone into apostasy. I realize there are a lot of Christians today who do not understand this kind of thing; so I want to explain something for their benefit. I am going to you back to Matthew. At about age 30, Jesus was baptized in the river of Jordan by John the Baptist. When He came up out of the water, heaven was opened and a voice spoke out, This is my beloved Son. Who was that? Almighty God, the great, eternal Spirit, the Creator speaking. He came down and took up His abode in that vessel of clay, His Son, which had just been baptized. Then Jesus was led from that place, by that same Spirit that had just come into Him, out into the desert, or wilderness. What does the scriptures say about it? There, He was tempted of the devil after He had fasted forty days and forty nights. The devil came to Him. (That is what the Bible says.) Well, if the devil could come to Jesus, the very Son of God in whom dwelt the embodiment of all the divine qualities of the very Creator Himself, and tempt Him, do not try to tell me apostate Christendom cannot be tested: and fall into one of his traps. People can have visions and supernatural experiences from either spirit: God or Satan. That is why it is so necessary that we test every spirit to see whether it is of God or the devil. That same rule applies both to the teachings of men as well as to the various experiences people have. You know what the Bible says about those who have no love of the truth. God himself will sent them strong delusion that they may believe Satan’s lies and be damned. How will he do that? There are numerous ways. All He really needs to do is just let the devil do things that look to the natural mind like only God would do. Yes saints, these things are real because the power of the devil is real. What matters is what we as Christians do about the things we see and hear. The world at large is destined to be deceived; but there is no excuse for a true child of God to be deceived. We are moving very close to the end of Gentile time. The great contest is in the making. It is a warfare. God is going to have the victory through an element of people that know how to keep their feet on the ground and their mind settled in the world of God. Let us continue on reading. Notice what it says here, “The Catholic faithful still believe strongly in the Fatima incident. In any event, the only reason for mentioning it is that the third edict, (something that was told to these children) that Mary of Fatima spoke concerned Communism in Russia, a evil system that would persist until Russia was dedicated to Mary by a future pope. (Think of it. In 1917, there that spirit, as I read, these three children actually saw the Virgin Mary standing before them. She was supposed to have told these children concerning the outcome of WWI, which was already going on and that in the future Russia, which had at one time been a country whose society had been influenced to the Church, Communism had separated it and drove it away. These children, the Virgin Mary was supposed to have told them Russia will be brought back into the fold in the last days. So with this,) on May 13th, 1981, the same day of the month Mary was reported to have first came to Fatima, John Paul II was critically wounded by bullets from an assassin’s gun and Martin states on page 627 of the Keyes of the Blood (That is the other book I was reading out of earlier.) that Pope John Paul II saw exactly what the people saw on October 13, 1917. Martin also says that the pope dedicated himself to the fulfilling of this third portion (whatever is in it, is still a mystery yet) delivering Russia from Godless atheism and dedicating it to Mary.” With what has happened in Russia and with Gorbachev coming to the Vatican to visit the pontiff, it is supposedly proof that Mary has selected Pope John Paul II for this work. It goes ahead and states here, it is believed that at the right time, the Virgin Mary will come to Pope John Paul II, (this present Pope) and will reveal herself to him and tell him, now is the time, take over. Do you know, (This is just an illustrative was to provoke your thinking.) If you get up in the morning and turn on the TV, and the news comes on with a special bulletin, we interrupt this program for a special news bulletin that has just come through from the Vatican. Pope John Paul II has just had a mighty visitation from the blessed Virgin Mary. Something has been delegated to him the world will hear about in the next few days. It will be published in a bulletin. Do you know what would happen? Preachers would run wild. Christians will fall over backward. World leaders would say, That is exactly what we need. I will just say this, when that happens, you can believe the devil has pulled off one of the slickest tricks the world has ever seen. I want to take you back to 1963; when God had a true prophet on the earth again. He did not pray to the Virgin Mary. Neither did he use a rosary when he prayed. God sent him out west and then brought him back here. For one solid week up here in a little building, he brought a divine revelation out of the written word of God. He was used of God to make known what those four horse riders of the book of Revelation were. He showed to a few people in this Christian world, who are willing to come out of the Babylonian mess of Gentile confusion, that the white horse rider was none other than that spirit of antichrist, that was already riding back during those early ages of Christianity. He showed how that red horse rider was still the same spirit, just changing its disguise. He showed how the next one, the black horse, how that was none other than how Satan was embodied in that dark hour of Roman Catholicism in the Dark Ages. Then he brought out about that gray horse and showed how it was going to ride here in the end time, when Catholicism and apostate Protestantism was going to be brought together in a false unity and the world would be deceived by such unification. In all these different pamphlets and things that people have been sending to me, the Vatican is absolutely anticipating, and just waiting the hour that the final move is made, of whatever spirit they are thinking of, that is going to bring about this great climactic development of unity with so called Christianity. Do you know what? I am looking ahead. As the devil is getting ready to really show his colors in this thing, up the road somewhere, I believe God has got something for His true Church that will be even more exciting. There is certainly going to be some thunders sounding. There is going to be some prophetic, revelatory things spoken, that a few people on this earth are going to pay attention to; and because they do, they are going to know something the bride Church will need to know to get ready to leave this world. Hallelujah! While the world is blinded by that delusion, the little Bride will see right through the whole thing and have nothing do with any of it. I just have to keep saying it. Time is running out! Look up, your redemption is nigh. As the apostle Paul wrote, Be not weary in well doing for in due season we will reap if we faint not. Satan’s scarecrows may get close; but just remember this, it has to get close. Multitudes will be deceived by such things as we have been reading about.


I want to say a few words about the way we are presenting this message before we go into any other particular part of it. I know it is sometimes very monotonous just to sit and listen to someone read a lot of things from history and such like; but we are living in a day when there is a fulfillment of a Bible Prophecy knocking right at our door. Many of those things we have rad in the Bible for years are prophecies that are going to be fulfilled in our generation and saints of God need to know a few things before the time comes for the actual scene to take place in the earth. When you read a prophecy in the Bible, many times it is written in a very small scope, maybe just in a certain portion of a chapter. It does not take you long to read it and it leaves you with a question: what does this all mean? We could say, Prophecy is history that has not yet come to pass. It reaches out into the future and brings to our attention something that will be in effect later on. Then once time and conditions pass into the period when that prophecy is fulfilled, centuries later people read it as history. The thing about it is, God has ordained that his children should be wise enough to study that which is written history in order to better understand things that are still prophecy for the future. We are fast approaching one of the most Satanic, deceptive hours of human history. Actually, it is the climax of all that God has allowed Satan to do in the earth. The Bible shows us in revelation that there is going to be an hour of time and I am not talking about a sixty minute hour, but a period of time that is literally going to be hell on earth. That is what the scripture means in Revelation 12, starting with verse 9, where it says, “And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him.” It goes on to say, in verse 12, “Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! For the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time.” Yes, he will have only 3½ years to finish everything God has determined to allow him to do and then he will be chained up for one thousand years, while Jesus and His immortal saints rule the world, ruling over all those mortal people who will be selected to repopulate the earth once again. The story of man’s journey on earth has a beautiful ending; but the only reason we know that is because we have allowed the Spirit of God to teach us: both from past history and prophecy for the future. Christians somewhere back on this side of that dark hour that is soon to come upon mortal mankind, have prophecies here in the Bible that sort of give us an insight into that hour just ahead; but those who are unwilling to indulge in what Satan has done in the past, are going to be caught unaware of his shrewd devices of deception. They will be attributing visions and miracles of various sorts of God when the whole thing is being orchestrated by Satan for the purpose of gross deception among those who have had no time to listen to the warnings God is giving in this very hour of time. That is why I say, if we cannot see what has happened in the past and relate that to how Satan is working today, there is going to be millions of people deceived as they move into that hour when he really will be manifesting things that the average church going person will thing only God would do. I realize this is a long message and we are not through yet; but before I read anything from the Bible, I want to take you back in time, after the flood, when God confused the languages of the people and sent mankind to the ends of the earth to multiply and replenish the earth. Look at it now. It is done. Man has reached the ends of his multiplication on the earth; for there are no more frontiers on this planet. We have an element of intellectual geniuses that plan on opening a new frontier in space. They will never complete that plan. That sphere belongs to God. Heaven is my throne, says He. Everything out there is His position. They have cluttered up this planet; but God will never let them go far enough to clutter up that. Oh yes, those scientific minds are figuring on how they are going to conquer space; but they do not realize they are right at the threshold of the coming of the Lord when God is going to bring his whole program to an end. As man began to move out to the extremities of the earth and as they multiplied they lost contact with the Creator that commissioned them to replenish the earth. That is why I said earlier, there were three boys in the boat with Noah. Shem, Ham and Japeth. Each one knew exactly why they were in the boat. All they had to do (if there had been a window in the side of the ark) was look out that window for almost a full year of time. They all three helped build that boat. They knew why it was built; because Dad had told them what God had told him, when He told him to build it. When that thing began to raise from the earth, they could not help but feel the same jostling about. They all had the same experience. That knowledge should have stayed with them and their descendants even to this very hour, but has it? We every one know it did not. Little did they realize that in a few short centuries, the coming generations would forget the whole thing and go off on their own to explore this planet. After they lost contact with the Creator, Satan just simply moved in and took over; and began to wreck the whole process. Well, Satan is still on the scene; and the reason I am saying these things now, is because we are going to be reading some other things to let you know for sure we are living in a day of modern man’s thinking. If you had a dream or vision of some terrible thing going to happen, a lot of modernists today would say; We attribute that to mass hysteria. There is such a thing as mass hysteria; but there is also such a thing as supernatural manifestation whereby God conveys certain things to selected individuals; and Satan always tries to duplicate everything God does. That is how he is able to deceive so effectively. God has allowed him to do that; because that is how the true children of God are tested; but when that last test is completed, God has a place prepared for Satan and his angels and all those he has been able to deceive.


The Wounded Head, Part 2 – 1992, October

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

Rev. Raymond M Jackson



Catholicism, though acclaimed to be the only true Church of the living God, is a man made system of religion structured to capture the souls of its followers, siphon their resources to enrich the vast treasures of the system and set the stage for the pope to become world ruler. That may sound strange to a lot of you; but the time is close at hand for some of you to see that very thing put into motion. Most people today could never imagine a sweet, baby kissing, peace loving pope of the Roman Catholic Church ever becoming the tyrant one such man is destined to become in the very near future. That is why God is giving those who have ears to hear the truth a chance to be ready for what is coming down the road. When you look at modern Christianity and compare it to how the first century Christians were, what they believed and the lifestyle they built their life after, you cannot help but realize something has gone wrong through the years of time since the Church had its beginning in the book of Acts. Therefore, as we look at prophecy in the light of 1992, and in the light of this article I have already read to you about the Catholic writer interviewed in a radio broadcast, we cannot just turn away from it all and expect reality to just fade away and let us go on about our everyday business undisturbed. No. Our lives are soon going to be shaken by the very things we are talking about in this message. The man who spoke of this Fatima vision and of how this present pope is looking at it is not a Protestant. He is strictly a Catholic philosopher that has been taught Catholic theology. What I heard on that taped interview caused me to know for sure that what I am looking at here in the scriptures is shortly to be world news headlines. What we have known for years, is now being confirmed by those whose system of religion will be at the forefront of all that will take place. I am carrying a grocery sack full of history books, old history books. They are histories that were printed in times when mankind in general was not against the Bible being mentioned. It is an absolute fact that a lot of historians today would like to throw the Bible away. Therefore, they write secular history much of the time with a lopsided view. On the other hand, most of these older histories acknowledge the fulfillment of scripture in certain events. In fact, one of them was printed in 1835 and include the writings of many of what we call the early reformers, such as Luther, Swingley, Huss Calvin, Knox, and men like that. All of these men had lived under that Catholic system of religion and knew how the system was supposed to have functioned; and also how the priestly hierarchy functioned within the communities and cities their diocese was in charge of. The reason I like these old histories is because those men that wrote them had lived in an hour when there was a great move of coming out from under the soul capturing influence of that old spiritual whore system. They had first hand information and experience that caused them to know how to expose the system. It is a shame that the religious movements called Protestantism today and called that because their founding fathers protested that antichrist dogma, have now fallen into the same rut as the mother system their founders came out from. Their doctrines are basically the same; and many of them today are actually patterning their so called worship services after that of the old mother system. Why? Because they no longer have the leadership of the Spirit that caused their founding fathers to protest that thing. All they have left is a form of religion and a lot of man made doctrines the apostle Paul would not touch with a ten foot pole, so to speak, if he were alive today. Saints, I am not just imagining the things I am saying to you. They are all foreshown in the Bible. What I have already read to you about the present pope and how this Catholic man writes and testifies to a modern religious world about the pope’s plans, ought to let anyone know this is not just a dream he has; it is scripturally vindicated that the Antichrist will come from his office. Whether the present pope is the actual man or not remains to be found out later; but this certain man is not afraid to sit in on talk shows and radio interviews and let his views on the whole thing be known. He is plainly voicing it to the religious world that the pope, the present pope is the one that has definitely coined the phrase (as he puts it) “The new world order.” I thought when the Gulf War was being fought and we heard President Bush in his various talks with Gorbachev, that they were the ones that cooked up this new world order agenda. No. They just picked it up somewhere, having heard it discussed. They are the ones, from a political standpoint, that are ready to help foster and execute it.


I was reading from another man’s writings that shed even more light on what is going on in the world today. You would be surprised to know that behind the scenes, this very country we live in, the United States of America, which is now an independent and free nation, and has been for a little over 200 years, is being maneuvered by politicians into a place where the constitution our founding fathers laid out will be as worthless as last year’s news. I remember when I was drafted into the army in WW2, every person that was drafted was asked to raise his or her hand and swear that they would do everything in their power to uphold the constitution of the United States and that they would not participate, collaborate, condone, or be a part of anything that advocates the overthrow of the government of the United States of America. Many soldiers who were taken out of their places of work and out of the fields of agriculture, went off to wear the uniform for this country that somehow or other has lived and existed for almost two centuries since the founding fathers founded it under God, a nation endowed with liberty and freedom and justice for all, only to find out now that we have political leaders behind closed doors that are selling it, trading it off for a new world order that will be a charter and constitution that takes away your individuality. The day when you could be known as an American, a citizen of the United States, with a constitution guaranteeing you certain rights, is soon to be a thing of the past. I cannot give you every detail of what is going on; but behind closed doors, both in the religious realm as well as the political realm, Satan has set the agenda and set in motion a plan he will introduce to apostate Christiandom that will look like an era of tranquility, peace, brotherhood and love for all; when in fact it is none other than a Satanic plot to bring humanity under the control of Satan instead of God, as is described in the Bible Satan will rule through the Antichrist; and the Antichrist will be none other than the pope of the Roman Catholic Church. By the help of the Spirit of God, we intend to explain what we read, prophecy in the Bible concerning the beast the apostle John saw coming up out of the sea, in Revelation 13:1-18. What we are actually looking at is the revived and revised version of the old Roman Empire, with Rome still in control. We are looking at a beastly system that basically is symbolized in ten certain divisions of Europe. That is why there were ten horns seen on the beast when we read about it in Daniel 7. We realize also, that in chapter 13 of the book of Revelation, there is seen seven distinct heads on that same beast which Daniel did not see. God had no reason to show Daniel the inner workings that would take place within the governmental structure of Rome, that would in time put seven heads on the beast. When it had at one time ruled all of Europe and the Middle East as the old imperial system founded by the ancient Caesar, it only had one head, even coming on through the advent of Christ and down through the last imperial Caesar which was Nero. When he died, three histories I have in my possession tell us there was not another kinward person that could be appointed to take Nero’s place. This set in motion an opportunity for the eventual decaying of the authority of the Roman government. For centuries, up until the end of Nero’s hour, those Roman emperors had been able to crack a whip wherever their armies went. It was known that the earth trembled at the advance of the Roman army. However, when Nero died, that marked a point in time that the old imperial government that had been established by the Caesars was destined to begin to deteriorate. That is what opened the way for the ten horns and seven heads to materialize on that beast system of government. Only John saw all of that. John was allowed to be conveyed in the spirit where he could stand and watch it all materialize into its end time form and where he could watch the whole thing come to its end and redemption for mankind completed. Because John was allowed to see that old beast coming up for these last days, we are given a Biblical picture of how to look at it. Therefore, as we go back to histories which have already been written, we can learn from the written pages how the downfall of Rome came about and how out of that evolved seven distinct, major imperial powers which are symbolically referred to as heads on the beast. Each one though was weaker and less effective than the former. Rome initially got its recognition from the one gigantic head that was represented by the old Caesars from Julius and Augustus right on down through Nero. It was how they lived and functioned to build the imperial power structure that they were recognized for. That is why you cannot place these seven heads all over Europe as the Seventh Day Adventists do. They teach that they are territorial heads; but if you will look at your Bible right, they are not territories, but forms of government that has always had its seat in Rome Italy. They are symbolized as being forms of government. Anybody ought to realize if you are looking at a beast such as John described, if you could see it the way John saw it coming up in Revelation 13, you would see that it covers all the ancient territories around the Middle East; because it had the body of a leopard, feet like a bear, and a mouth like a lion. That description along with what we read in Daniel, lets us know the territories of all the other three world empires are represented in this one beast. First notice Rev. 13:2. “And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as (the feet) of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion; and the dragon gave him his power, and his seat, and great authority.” Now notice Daniel 7:12, what he was told concerning the first three beast. “As concerning the rest of the beasts, they had their dominion taken away: yet their lives were prolonged for a season and time.” That explains John’s description of the beast. Babylon was represented by the lion, the Grecian empire by the leopard, and the Persian empire by the bear. Remember Daniel’s description of the fourth beast. Let us just read it. (Chapter 7, verse 7) “After this I saw in the night visions, and behold a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth: it devoured and brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with the feet of it: and it was diverse (different) from all the beasts that were before it; and it had ten horns.” That was a description of the Roman Empire. Daniel 7:23 lets us know that. “Thus he (the angel) said, The fourth beast (We know that was the Roman.) shall be the fourth kingdom upon earth, which shall be diverse from all kingdoms, and shall devour the whole earth, and shall tread it down, and break it in pieces.” I am showing you how scripture explains scripture when you get it together right; so let us read Daniel 7:24 so you can see what the horns are. “And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten kings that shall arise: and another shall rise after them; (We will show you later that this king was an ecclesiastical horn, the bishop of Rome, the pope of the Roman Catholic church.) and he shall be diverse from the first, and he shall subdue three kings.” Each of those four beast powers had their day of glory, so to speak, and the Roman Empire, the fourth beast, is destined to finish Gentile time. She is restored and ready for her end time role in prophecy. The head will always be Europe because that is where Rome is; but the overall body still encompassed the peoples and areas of the three former empires when John saw it rise up out of the sea. Their dominion (meaning the hour to be a controlling world power) is taken away from them; but their lives (meaning the spirit and the identity of those people) is prolonged (kept in existence) for a season and a time. That means when this beast system in these last days reaches that point in time to fulfill the last verses of prophecy of the Bible, even the Islamic element of the people will eventually have to sign an agreement with the pope of Rome. That is what Daniel 9:26-27 is pointing to, a time when a covenant is signed by many nations with the prince that shall come; and that prince will be the prince of the people that destroyed Jerusalem. It was Roman soldiers that destroyed Jerusalem in 70 A.D. under the leadership of Titus who later became emperor of Rome himself. That is one clue we have to let us know what office the Antichrist is coming from even if we did not have anything else. Yes, when the antichrist system controlled from the papacy reaches out to spread this new world order, it will be as the modernists are now saying, Necessity will cause the Islamic world to eventually have to sign an agreement with him also. He will confirm a covenant with many nations the Bible says for one week; but God is the only One keeping time on that. Then in the middle of the week, which we know is a week of years, the Antichrist himself will break the covenant with Israel and begin an all out persecution of Jewish saints that will reach out to include Gentile foolish virgins also. That martyred multitude are what we see in the 7th chapter of Revelation; for John was told, These are they which came out of great tribulation and have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. They are from every nation, kindred, tongue and tribe. That means Jew and Gentile. The Antichrist and his international police force will endeavor to eliminate everyone and every thing that speaks of the true and living God; for he (the Antichrist) will be sitting in the Jewish temple in Jerusalem claiming that he is God.


We are hearing much today about this new world order. Not just from politicians, but from apostate religious leaders also and I am not just talking about Catholic priests only; but Lutheran bishops and all the rest. We are living at the threshold of the coming of Christ and preachers the world over are caught sound asleep. Some of them do not even care. In fact, they are in just as bad a shape as some of these Mafia characters in the underworld. I have to use that association to convey to you the pitiful shape denominational religion is in. It is a shame to say that one believes in Jesus, when it is so obvious that they have so little regard for the true revelation of the word of God. It has become a popular thing to identify with some kind of religious belief, just as long as one does not get too fanatical about the things of God; and most of that kind do not even consider the fact that we are living right at the threshold of the coming of the Lord. We have a lot of apostate religionists today that do not even want Jesus Christ to return. Do you know why? They are having a good time living it up. They are caught up in the rat race of this materialistic world that views and measures everything in the term of dollars and cents. That is why you see a lot of TV evangelists go berserk. It is simply because they have built a materialistic empire around the offerings and things they can build a program out of. It looks good to natural minded mankind; but in the true redemption plan of God it is worthless. Jesus Christ the Lord of glory is not glorified in any of these carnal programs; no matter how beautiful they are to the natural eyes. Their kind of programs only glorify human flesh; those who want to use all this monetary, materialistic thing to enjoy the things of this material world. Well saints, after having said this much, the question may be asked, How did this thing called the power of the papacy get to be what it is? We know the pope claims to be the successor of St. Peter, the disciple to whom the keys of the kingdom of heaven were given; but as I have said so many times, Why is his doctrine not the same as what the apostle Peter preached? I know there is the possibility that this video may be viewed or the audio tape heard by some doctor of divinity or theologians of various degrees; but I remind you of this one thing, You may have your degrees in theology, but you are blind when it comes to looking at history and seeing the scriptures fulfilled. You think because you can look at present day current events and see certain things going on in the religious world that look like it has to be the Spirit of God at work, that it should override the picture of prophecy; but prophecy of the scriptures was never meant for educated people to monopolize nor for the Congress of the United States to vote on it. God is in complete control of all prophecy of the scriptures. He will fulfill every single one when the time is right whether we as individuals are ready for it or not. He always has some who are prepared to walk with Him though, in every age of time. Just look at all those prophecies of the Old Testament that spoke of the first advent of the coming of the Lord Jesus Christ and then ask yourselves, Who was ready to receive Him when He came? It was not the religious leaders of that day that first believed on Him and followed Him. They had their chance and missed it because He did not come to them like they thought He should have. I am talking about the Scribes and Pharisees who were looked to as the main body of leaders of the Jews’ religion in that day. When the time came for Jesus to come, were the priests looking for Him? You do not find that there was even one of them looking for Him. Were the Scribes looking for Him? There is no record of it in the Bible. Who was looking for Him? Men like Simeon, women like Anna, common people like the sheep herders that were watching their flocks by night. There were even some wise men somewhere in ancient Babylon that came looking for Him; but not a one of those who should have been the first were even willing to admit that this was the very Messiah their old prophets had spoken of. Those wise men were from that part of the earth that somehow or other through centuries has produced this type of men. That goes back to what I was talking about earlier in the message when I brought in that part about Buddhism. Buddha was the man that had rode all over various portions of India. We are talking about all the way back to the 5th century B.D. when there was no such thing as Christianity. He had watched their gurus. He had watched their people who sat cross legged, with crossed arms, taking deep breaths to meditate. That portion of the world produced people who studied the stars. They will sit in caves and just meditate. The societies of India will look upon them as learned ones, enlightened ones. I tell you saints, For as long as man has been upon this earth, the devil has produced his quota of followers. No, I am not talking about those who call themselves Satan worshipers. I am talking about the many multitudes Satan has deceived. Those multitudes that worship pagan gods and idols of every sort; but know nothing at all about the ONE AND ONLY TRUE GOD, the great Creator. Buddha’s hour came. He lived from 563-483 B.C., and Buddhism flourished for close to a thousand years before it began to decline. I was checking on some of these things a while ago, because at a certain point in our message, I am going to read from the histories I have of the personal experiences some of those men had. The experience they had and the things they saw equipped them with something that caused them to go out and deceive masses of people. Well, here is how you judge these things. It takes a spiritual mind of course, because a knowledge of the true God is what exposes those things that are of some other spirit. Every experience anyone has is brought about by a spirit. Therefore, if we are able by the scriptures to judge that the thing in question is not in harmony with what the Creator would do, we know it is something inspired by and projected by the devil for the purpose of deception. It is man’s nature to worship some kind of something as his god; therefore, Satan always looks for an opportunity to get attention focused on something other than worshipping the true and living GOD. When the God of the Christians became an accepted deity for Romans to worship, He was just added to the long list of gods they already worshiped. Well, we know the Holy Spirit leads people to worship only ONE GOD; so it ought to be clear to anyone that the spirit which leads people to worship any other god is that spirit of Satan, the adversary of the great Creator.


We brought in already that the Roman Empire has always been a city empire which did not identify any one particular race of people. The empire was identified by the fact that it was ruled from a city and that there was an imperial government seated there. Once those old Caesars took that position, it was believed by the masses that they had been placed there by the gods. The Romans were suspicious and superstitious people. They had all kinds of gods for everything. Since they were an empire that had reached out and conquered everything far and near, they had subjects with every kind of belief known to mankind in their kingdom. If you could just see a giant map stretched out in front of you that showed all of Europe and all the way over into Asia, you could see what the Roman Empire in its great day of earthly glory really controlled. When Rome first came up as the great imperial city, there was no such thing as ten nations in Europe. I have three different histories here and according to them, in the first century A.D. there was no nation called Italy. In the first century A.D. there was no nation called Spain, nor France, nor Germany, nor the Netherlands, nor Belgium, nor England, Ireland or Denmark. None of them were known. What does history call this area of the world? “Gaul”. A region of mountains, and of barbaric, ruthless cut throats. Some of them existed as tribes. Yes, they had their villages and small cities, but they were looked upon as barbarians. Some of them lived a very ruthless life; yet Rome ruled them. In Luke 3, where it speaks of Jesus of Nazareth being baptized by John the Baptist in the 15th year of the reign of Tiberias, at about 30 years of age, do you know what the emperor of Rome, Tiberias, was doing at that time? Building a wall across a certain portion of the British Isles. Portions of it are still there today; but that place was not called England or Ireland then. In the Middle East and around that area, there were other nations that already had their identity prior to Rome’s hour. There was Greece, Mesopotamia, Persia, and many other places we have all read about; but when you look at western Europe, there was no such thing as ten nations in that area. All of that came about later. The advent of Christ began to play an important part in the future of the Roman Empire. That Roman imperial system was affected by the influence of Christianity in its then known society. From the city of Rome, on the peninsula which we call Italy today, that vast domain was ruled. In other words, even those nations that were in power before the Roman Empire existed owed their allegiance to Rome; because the Roman armies had conquered them. Some had been defeated in war and some came under Roman jurisdiction by signing leagues and pacts. However it came about, Rome was in control. Rome was in control when Christ was born in Bethlehem of Judaea. Rome was still in control when the Church was born in Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost, when the Holy Ghost fell upon those who had obeyed Jesus’ instructions. Rome was still in power when the apostle Paul, under the anointing of the Holy Ghost, began to be led out on his missionary journeys from the regions of Antioch, which is in Syria today. He was led into the regions of Asia, which is what that whole land mass of what we call Turkey today, was called back then, Asia. Paul went right back to that area because he had been raised up in a coastal city called Tarsus. He went back to the region he had been raised up in, just like anyone would have a desire to do. We know this, it was prophesied that the apostle Paul was to be a light to the Gentiles. Let me say to the Catholic hierarchy, bishops, priests, whoever you may be. You say the pope is the successor of St. Peter. How could he be? You will find no authority for such an idea in the scriptures. It is nowhere written that St. Peter was to be the apostle to the Gentiles. Your traditions give place for many things that cannot be vindicated by the written scriptures. You will not find written, that the apostle Peter was ever in Rome; yet your traditions speak otherwise. All anyone need to do is read the scriptures to know it was the apostle Paul, not Peter, that was chosen of God to be the apostle to the Gentiles. I will call your attention to two verses in particular. In the 9th chapter of Acts, we read the account where the apostle Paul, who was known as Saul of Tarsus, a chief figure on the Jewish Sanhedrin court at the time when Christianity was born in an upper room in Jerusalem, how he became very hostile toward this new faith. He was on his way to Damascus with a letter of authority to arrest some of those Jews living in that area that had been converted to Christianity and was struck down in the road by a great light that blinded him. Out of that light a voice spoke to him. It was none other than the Lord Jesus Christ. (I say to you, it was not the virgin Mary that spoke to Paul on the road to Damascus. I will get to that point later.) You then find the Lord instructing a man named Ananias to go pray for him, that he might receive his sight and when Ananias hesitated, the Lord said, He is a chosen vessel. (Acts 9:15) Let us read it. “But the Lord said unto him, Go thy way: for he is a chosen vessel unto me, to bear my name before the Gentiles, and kings, and the children of Israel.” Then in Acts 13:47, we find Paul testifying of his calling, saying, “For so hath the Lord commanded us, saying, I have set thee to be a light of the Gentiles, that thou shouldest be for salvation unto the ends of the earth.” Catholicism wants their pope to be the successor of the apostle Peter simply because of what Jesus said to Peter in the 16th chapter of Matthew when Peter confessed by revelation who he believed Jesus to be. In verses 18-19, you find Jesus answering Peter, “And I say also unto thee, That thou art Peter, and upon this rock (this rock of revelation) I will build my Church; and the gates of hell shall not prevail against it. And I will give unto thee the keys of the kingdom of heaven: and whatsoever thou shalt bind on earth shall be bound in heaven: and whatsoever thou shalt loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven.” It was not Peter himself that the New Testament Church was built upon it was built upon the revelation Peter had. That revelation (that can only come by the Spirit of God) of who Jesus the Christ really is, is the rock the Church is built upon. That is why the gates of hell cannot prevail against it: Once you have it by a revelation of the Spirit, instead of from some Sunday School Bible story, there is no possible way the devil can get that revelation away from you. It is as much a part of you as the very members of your own physical body. That is where eternal security of the believer comes into the picture. Not everyone who confesses to be a Christian has eternal security never to be lost. Only those to whom the Spirit of God has been allowed to give this wonderful revelation have eternal security; and the reason for that is because what you believe is in your spirit instead of just in your head. When a person is just believing something with the mind, before it becomes a spiritual revelation, the devil can get it away from your mind by giving you something that sounds better. That thought brings me to what I want to say about one of his great deceptions concerning Mary, the mother of the man Jesus.


When I made the point that it was not Mary, the mother of Jesus, that spoke to Saul of Tarsus out of that great light, I have a reason for saying that. Catholics today are believing Mary has some important function in their prayer life and that she is speaking to various ones about various things here in the end of the age; but I want you to know that Mary is resting in Paradise, awaiting her time of resurrection with the rest of the saints and that she has no active part in anything God is saying to believers today. Those who believe she does will never take the time to indulge in the records of church history long enough to find out the facts and come face to face with the reality of the whole thing. I want you to know fur sure, the early centuries of Christiandom would never have had a thing to do with trying to elevate Mary to the position that the Catholic Church has her elevated to today. On one hand they will tell you they do not believe she is a priestess; while on the other hand they cannot pray and say a thing to God without having Mary in it. You have heard it, Hail Mary, so on and so forth, pray for us now, and one and on their prayers go. Why? Simply because of their ties to ancient paganism. Ancient paganism has always had a female goddess to run parallel to every male god they had. In certain parts of the old world where they worshipped Baal, a male god, they would have their female goddess also. What a shame! Christianity was founded by the power of God, having allowed His only begotten Son to offer His own life as a sacrifice for the sins of lost mankind: that those who would believe from the heart in what was done for them, might be saved and delivered from Satan’s devises; to still have such pagan practices attributed to Christianity. In all the teachings of Jesus, you will never find one place where Jesus elevated His mother above any other Christian woman. Furthermore, I challenge anyone to show me one place in the scriptures where Jesus Himself ever invoked any other name in His prayers to the Father. He needed the help of no female goddess or priestess to approach His heavenly Father. Why would you think then, that just because Mary was a virgin woman chosen by God, the creator of heaven and earth, that she should be elevated to such a position, when she has been dead for hundreds and hundreds of years and her body has completely decomposed? She was not raised from the dead to ascend into heaven as Catholic dogma claims. Search the histories. I have their book, The Glories of the Mother Church, written by their own bishops from Rome. They have their version of the early years of Christianity of course; but what I find most helpful to me is the writings of the antinicean fathers. That includes the writings of Barnabas that you read about in the book of Acts, Polycarp, Irenaeus, Justin the martyr, and many more. They were men that knew what they were talking about. You can find out from reading their writings, that wherever the Church went preaching the gospel in those first centuries of Christianity, she was always persecuted by those pagans; Rome being no exception. Yet the more it was hated and persecuted, the more the power of God moved to convict them of their pagan ignorance and cause them to find this great faith, this mystery of how the spirit of man called Jesus Christ could actually come to live in their own lives. When those apostles went out preaching the gospel, signs and outstanding miracles of every sort were manifested to vindicate that what they were saying was the truth. For the first, we will say, three centuries it was ridiculed and persecuted by all the pagan world. The church at Rome, which was not founded by an apostle, as the Catholic Church claims, was founded by some of those who witnessed what took place in Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost when the true Church was born. You need not tell me Peter was the first bishop of the assembly in Rome. I already knew there was no scripture to back up that idea; but then, back in the late 50’s, an archaeologist digging in the Jerusalem area suddenly uncovered a grave. As they explored that find and looked at the inscription, they came to find out it was the tomb of the apostle Peter, buried near where Mary and Martha and Lazarus of Bethany had been buried. When this archaeologist (who was not even digging to find something to criticize the Catholic Church) contacted the Vatican and presented to them this finding, the reply he received was, We will have to look into this, we cannot discuss the matter now. That is the way Catholicism has always stayed in the fore front. They will play ignorant when they are put in the corner. But when they think they have the advantage of someone’s ignorance, they are ready to come on strong. It is not even proven in church history. I have the books, the writings of the antinicean fathers right on up to the fourth century. None of them show or record that Peter was ever in Rome. Therefore, those bones they say were Peter’s bones, on which St. Peter’s Bascillica is built, in all probability are just a few bones left over from some pagan that was buried in an obscure grave yard before Rome ever became a so-called Christian center.


As those first century Christians passed from the scene, those great patriarchs of the Christian faith were no longer on hand to hold a line on that true revelation the early Church carried; so various men began to come upon the scene with varying interpretations of what the apostles had written. They were not necessarily evil men; but what they were doing was antichrist, when you give it a literal interpretation. People are guilty of it all the time. Anything taught by anyone that is contrary to the true revelation taught by the apostles of Christ is literally antichrist teachings, no matter who the teacher may be. Those who began to deal with the understanding of the Godhead, really started the Church on a roller coaster ride, so to speak; for it has only been in this Laodicean Church Age that the true revelation of the Godhead has been restored to the Church. Oh yes, there were some oneness elements that thought they had it; and some of them were close, but none of them had it completely as it was originally understood until God sent a prophet messenger to this Age to untangle it and set it straight. When you have what is supposed to be the Church of the living God as mixed up as the church world has been for centuries of time, there is no way the bride of Christ could be perfected. Her garment would not be completely free of spots, wrinkles and blemishes. When you have some believing there are three persons in the Godhead, others believing there are two persons, then others believing Jesus the Christ is all there is of God, you have a very distorted picture of the Great Creator which has never been a person. He has always been a sovereign Spirit, able to take on a visible form for various reasons down through time, but never assumed any permanent bodily form for Himself. A bodily form cannot be omnipresent. It is limited to being only one place at a time. If you will just think about that, I am sure you would not want to stand in line for your chance to speak to Him in prayer. Only a spirit can be omnipresent. Jesus is looked upon as God; but you must realize it is not the man Jesus that is God, it is just that the great Creator chose the flesh of His only begotten and perfect Son to display His limitless attributes; and JESUS is the family name the great Creator chose to be called by; but the man Jesus, the person, is not God. Did He not tell believers to pray to the Father in His name? That is the reason. Jesus the man, is a person. We are ever to pray to that sovereign, omnipresent Spirit that fills all of His Creation. It is true, that Jesus said, “All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth;” but that did not mean the Father is left out of the picture. No. The true understanding of that statement is that He was given all power in heaven and earth concerning the redemption plan of the Father; because it was all designed with Him being the key figure; but the apostle Paul made it clear in 1st Corinthians 15:27-28 that the Father, the sovereign Spirit still retained sovereignty. Notice, “For He (the Father) hath put all things under His (the Son’s) feet. But when He saith, All things are put under Him, (the Son) it is manifest (or evident) that He is excepted, which did put all things under Him. (That would say to us, that the Father is excepted from the all things.) And when all things shall be subdued unto Him, (Jesus the Son) then shall the Son also Himself be subject unto Him (the Father) that put all things under Him, that God (that sovereign Spirit) may be all in all.” We understand this terminology of the scriptures; because we have been blessed to see the whole picture; but there are yet many well meaning people who do not see the picture clearly; so they cannot preach and teach a pure revelation. Anyhow, history reveals that there were varius squabbles among believers, concerning the essential doctrines taught by the early Church; and the thing got so intense that a Roman Emperor by the name of Constantine intervened in the matter. We will get back to this later; but right now I want to get into the events that set the stage for what John saw and wrote about in the 13th chapter of the book of Revelation. In those histories, it tells of the squabbles that caused Nero the Roman Emperor to send troops to Jerusalem to put down a revolt; and also of the turn of events as Rome went into a decline for lack of leadership. Nero died or committed suicide in June of A.D. 68, before the Roman army got to Jerusalem to deal with the insurrection among the Jewish people. Vespasian, the Roman General chosen by Nero to lead that great army, was summoned by the Roman Senate to return to Rome to sit in the seat of the emperor. However, he was not the next to follow Nero. There were three other men that sat on that throne before Vespasian. All of them in the year 69. Galba was after Nero and was assassinated shortly thereafter. The next was a man named Otho. He committed suicide. Then Vitellius who was also assassinated, all within the year 69A.D., before Vespasian ascended to the throne. When Nero died, there was no nephew, no cousin, no uncle, nor grandson of Nero’s kinward line in existence to take the position; so that left the throne up for grabs. Those commanders over various troops were ready to step into that exalted position; but their reigns were short lived. Vespasian took the throne in 69 and established what became known as the Flavian line of emperors. He ruled until 79 and his son Titus sat in his seat for two years, then Domitian, the younger son took the throne until 96 A.D., when he was assassinated. That brings us to the year the apostle John, on the Isle of Patmos, was caught up in the spirit and allowed to view the things he wrote of in the book of Revelation. The Jewish historian Flavius Josephus, who himself was a military leader of a group of the Jews who were trying to help put down the divisions among them, and had been having to endure a lot of attacks upon himself by those who wanted to assassinate him because of his influence when Vespasian began to break through the walls, he told his men, I feel it best that we surrender. Somehow or other, whether he had seen it in a dream or vision I do not know, but he approached Vespasian the Roman general saying to him, (It is written in the histories that he cried out to him these words.) Oh Vespasian, knowest thou not that this day thou shalt be Caesar, and thy son shall take thy place? The histories bring out that Vespasian, as he looked at him, thought he was trying to flatter him; but not too long afterward, a Roman courier came, telling Vespasian to return to Rome to assume the responsibilities of emperor of the Roman Empire. Vespasian took Josephus back to Rome with him and he was given high favors with the Roman officials. He was treated well, kept alive, and was not made a slave. In his captivity there in Rome, he wrote the great volumes of the history of the Jews leading up to the wars that brought demolition to the temple and the city. I bring all this in because I know we have a bunch of characters out here in this religious world that think this church here on Potters Lane, in Jeffersonville, Indiana knows nothing worth listening to. It is true that I did not go to Harvard; nor to Wilmore to learn how to preach. I am just a farmer boy that loves God and appreciates the grace of God that has been bestowed upon my own life. I claim no titles in this life; but I know I have a citizenship with the other saints in the household of God and I am very thankful that my heavenly Father saw fit to reveal His word to me in the measure He has. Therefore, I gladly preach and teach what he has revealed to me; but I feel no responsibility to try to force anyone to believe what I preach. I am persuaded by the scriptures that every predestinated seed of God will believe the truth in his own appointed time without anyone having to force it upon them. God has let the learned men of the world have their hour. Now He is going to show a few people of the world that He can use a few little farmer boys and maybe some fishermen, like He did to start with, to put this redemption picture together in an understandable way and wind this thing up. Jesus is coming soon, coming for those who are ready to go with Him to the marriage supper; but I assure you, He will not be taking anyone with Him that has rejected the true revelation of the word of God, no matter how important they may have been in this present life. The Bible is very specific about what He is coming back for; a Church without spot, wrinkle or blemish, or any such thing. A Church that is properly dressed in a true revelation of the word o God. He will not accept a garment of denominational traditions. If that is all you are wearing when He comes, you will end up in the great tribulation: wishing you had taken heed when the truth was preached to you.


We want to find out more about the great beast the apostle John saw and find out how it got those seven heads and ten horns. We have this chart up here, showing a beast with seven heads and with ten horns sticking out. This is just an illustration to help some of you better understand this symbolic picture here in the Bible. Open your Bible’s with me to Revelation, chapter 13. As we read it, be aware that it was John the apostle that saw all of this, the last one of the twelve apostles of Christ left alive in 96 A.D. (Verse 1) “And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.” When you go back to Daniel 7, Daniel said that in his dreams and vision by night, he too had seen something rise up from the sea. (2) “Daniel spake and said, I saw in my vision by night, and, behold, the four winds of the heaven strove upon the great sea. (That sea in the vision is symbolic of the great Mediterranean Sea.) (7) After this I saw in the night visions, and behold a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth: it devoured and brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with the feet of it: and it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it; and it had ten horns.” Daniel first saw this beast with ten horns; and even though we have already spoken of it, there is yet much more to say. Around the great Mediterranean Sea, you having the setting for much Bible prophecy. As you look at it from the north side, you have western Europe. You come on around through central Europe, you hit the regions of what is called Asia, you swing southward, you come around through what is called the Middle East (the Bible land) then right on across north Africa, and you have circled a vast area around that sea. Biblically and historically, that is where the story of civilization had its roots and origin. All these empires, sooner or later, somehow or other were affected by what came from the regions around this great sea. The sea itself stands out in prophecy and symbolizes the mass of people that have gotten their existence and had their roots in time around this great sea. In other words, it is like a giant lake in the midst of an inhabited world. Something about that sea affects it, but it is symbolic. Therefore, as John stood there on the seashore in his vision, he said, “And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns. (Remember, that is all symbolic) and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.” What a word! Blasphemy is defined in Webster’s Dictionary as the act of insulting or showing contempt or lack of reverence for God. Like claiming the attributes of deity; which is exactly what this word as used here points to. What John was seeing in this symbolic picture, was a beast system that truly is abominable to God. It always has been and always will be. Saints, I hope you will bear with me as I find it necessary to repeat some things that have already been said; and as I find it necessary to again read scriptures we have already read; because we have to deal with the various elements of this great picture we are endeavoring to paint before you, one part at a time.


Right now, I want us to look at another chart in which we have tried to portray a scene described in chapter 12, of the book of Revelation. This scene shows a woman clothed with the sun and the moon under her feet; and a crown of twelve stars upon her head. This scene precedes the one we have just read about in chapter 13, in John’s vision. As he stood looking at that woman, he saw something else appear in the same picture, a great red dragon standing before her, having seven heads and seven crowns upon the heads. We will read those verses that describe this scene; but I first wanted to associate the two scenes together. The woman is symbolic of the nation of Israel with her twelve tribes; and the dragon is symbolic of the embodiment of Satan in that old beastly, Roman imperial system of government. Let us read it. (Revelation 12:1-5 KJV) “And there appeared a great wonder in heaven; a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve stars: (2) And she being with child cried, travailing in birth, and pained to be delivered. (That was the nation of Israel, waiting for their Messiah to come forth; but when He did come, the religious hierarchy failed to recognize Him. Furthermore that old dragon, the devil, was right there in that old Roman imperial system, ready to devour that sinless Son of God the woman brought into the world. That is what we see symbolized in verse 3, as we continue.) (3) And there appeared another wonder in heaven; and behold a great red dragon, having seven heads and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his heads. (4) And his tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven, and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered, for to devour her child as soon as it was born. (5) And she brought forth a man child, (Jesus) who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron: and her child was caught up unto God, and to His throne.” That speaks of His ascension: after he was raised from the dead. Please notice that John saw crowns upon the seven heads, not the ten horns. Seeing seven heads, and crowns on the heads, lets us know that Satan had designed a plan to persecute the nation of Israel from before that man child (Jesus) was born all the way through; because that old Roman beast did not have seven heads when Jesus was born. The beast did not have seven heads until after 800 A.D., when Charlemagne became the seventh head. WE will try to clarify all of this somewhere in the message; so just bear with me and follow along. This panoramic view of Satan’s plan against Israel, the Bible’s centerpiece through time allows believers to see that this old dragon (Satan) had his sights set on the nation of Israel all the way through her Law Age while she waited for her Messiah to be born, right on through time until that dragon system had evolved into its final form as a beast with seven heads. Therefore, what John saw portrayed in the heaven, is how Satan has designed to embody his purpose in the earth. In the heavens he stood before the woman; but we realize that on earth that picture would be reflected through an earthly system of people, a nation. Basically it is what Rome was, in power, at the first advent of Christ; but the picture did not end there. At the time Christ Jesus was born, it was known that Israel looked for a King to come forth from her that would deliver her from her bondage to Rome and solve all her problems; and Satan did not intend to allow that to happen. Well, the woman brought forth her man child; and Satan’s bunch did kill Him; but He was not devoured. He arose from that old tomb, having conquered death, hell and the grave; and when He had fulfilled all He was ordained to fulfill in His first advent, He truly was caught up unto God, and to His throne: just like verse 5, says. Who was it that crucified Jesus on the cross of Calvary? Yes, it was the Jewish hierarchy that said Crucify Him; but keep in mind, not one Jewish hammer drove the nails in His hands and feet. The death penalty was administered by a Roman centurion, led by Roman soldiers. It was the Roman soldiers that led Jesus to Calvary. That was the spirit of the devil, called the dragon in John’s vision, down on earth in that old imperial system. That is why it said he stood before the woman. The devil knew when that first advent of Christ was brought about and the prophecies of the Old Testament went in motion, he had to act fast because the devil does not want this world to be controlled by Jesus Christ. He will offer to this world a false Christ; and most of you know already who it will be: the pope of Rome. He will not be an atheist. An atheist cannot be a false Christ. A false Christ is someone who pretends to be something, but does not have the real thing. Just remember, the dragon John saw in the heavens is now in an earthly system on earth; and Rome is where the brains of that system are. It was the first in the old Caesars; but eventually wound up in the pope of the Roman Catholic Church who still has his headquarters in Rome. I said earlier that I intend to use a lot of history in establishing the body of this message and I will use the old histories that were written by men who lived when Catholicism was in power. Catholic people in the United States of America do not know how powerful that system has been in the past. You have to go to old Spain, South America, or Mexico, where that spirit has ruled the mass of people right on through the years: to really see the results of such spiritual bondage. They used every available means to keep their subjects spiritually blind and ignorant. What the popes are saying today is altogether different from what the popes said back in the 17th and 18th century. When the power of the old imperial system in Rome began to weaken, there eventually came a man upon the scene in the midst of all the political turmoil and strife within Rome where the Caesars throne was that began to bring about a measure of peace and stability for a little while. That is why this kind of condition went on until we come to 325 A.D.; which was the era of Constantine, the Roman emperor that came to power in an hour when no less than six different men within the total imperial system of Rome were trying to control the vast territory of the Roman domain. That stretched all the way from the British Isles to the far regions of Persia. From one end to the other, there was nothing but trouble and turmoil; problems of various proportions on every hand. Christianity had spread throughout the Roman world. It had been persecuted by all the Roman emperors up until this hour. Thousands had been killed, martyred and used as toys to entertain a bunch of savage pagans as they watched them burn at the stake or watched them being fed to the lions, torn to pieces and tortured in every crude way known to mankind, and so forth. It was the Roman, pagan system that did it. When the hour came, history says the Roman emperor Constantine came to power when a certain man died, and he was asked to return to Rome and take over the reins of imperial government. We have explained this in other messages; but we need to have the whole story together; so let me try to put it all in an understandable format for those who have not heard it before. A lot of Protestant Bible theologians today hardly ever even talk about what those seven heads are or what they symbolize. As I said earlier, the Seventh Day Adventists will say they pertain to territories; but that could not be right, because territories themselves do not speak. For that reason, we have to understand that the heads are symbolic of some form of government that does have authority to begin to control something. Keep in mind also what we read from Daniel 7. Daniel saw the ten horns on that fourth beast. Then what did he see? He saw another little horn come up and magnify itself above its fellows. Above its fellows means above its predecessors, those that preceded it. Well, we have to find out about that little horn that seemed to powerful. It did not come upon the scene suddenly.


As Rome fell from being the imperial, controlling system it once had been, and those various elements of barbaric people began to get a sense of freedom and at the same time, at least by the third century, they had been visited by the then known missionaries of the church; and many of them had become Christians. The sad part is, by the third century Satan’s sinister and cunning plan of destruction of the Christian Church had taken such a toll on them, the Christians of that hour were not very wise people. There were a few that were wise, but not many. Within the realm of the Church, divisions over the Godhead had become of great concern to many. That is why we are forced to look back to the Nicaea council of 325 A.D., when we begin to speak of why the trinity doctrine of denominational churches so overwhelmingly dominates and manipulates the masses. It was what took place at the Nicaea council way over there in Asia Minor, a city located in what is called the country of Turkey today, that set the course for the Church right on into and through the Dark Ages; and it was all brought about by the emperor Constantine, that came out of Rome to establish this thing. First, let me fill you in a little more on how a Roman Emperor became involved in the affairs of the Christian Church. Naturally, he was a pagan and he had seen how the Church had been persecuted and how it had suffered because of that persecution; but it was an experience he himself had that caused him to become involved in the affairs of the Church. Let us look into one of these history books to see what the plot Satan used on him consisted of. History confirms that Constantine was doing everything in his power to calm the troubles in the far regions, when he received word to come back to Rome and take control. He knew there was an opponent seeking to keep him out; so I will turn to this history book and allow you to hear what is written about him, how he was brought to the place of taking sides with Christianity. Each of these history books carry this same thing. Constantine was aware of what the Christians had suffered; but he himself was a pagan. Nevertheless, as he was contemplating or we will say, planning his military strategy, how he would go about defeating those he must face in battle, Satan took the opportunity to pull the wool over his eyes and use him for something he was trying to accomplish. It happened way back then and it is about to happen again the same way. Satan is getting ready to pull one of the biggest tricks on our modern world of Christendom that has ever been pulled in the history of mankind. When I read to you about the miracle of Fatima, it reminded me of something one of our neighbors said to me years ago. He spoke to me of the Fatima vision. He is a Catholic man and believes what he has heard about that incident which we described earlier. Anyhow, that is why I said I am not picking on individual Catholic people. It is that system they belong to that I desire to expose; because the spirit behind that old spiritual whore system, the same spirit that would like to destroy every true Christian, if he could, gives these visions and dreams to people and they think it is God favoring them. Well, I have already read to you how this present pope was supposed to have seen the same vision those three children saw in 1917, in the place of Spain called Fatima. The present pope supposedly saw the same thing and supposedly feels that he has some special work to do in that he is made to believe he is the pope ordained by God to carry out the great work of bringing Russia back into the fold of Roman Catholicism. I just rehearsed those things so they would be fresh in your mind while I read what is written about that experience the emperor Constantine had. It lets us see how Satan plays his tricks on people. Remember, Constantine was a pagan when he had this experience. (This is history.) “Historians report that he (Constantine) prayed for light and that while marching with his forces, a miraculous cross appeared to him in the air. As he saw this cross, he saw the words, Conquer and Overcome. Such a report must have had a great affect upon his enemies. True, it might have been that greater miracles have been wrought, but the age of miracles had passed away.” (Well, we do know that in the early decades of Christianity, when they were persecuted in the pagan society, there were certain signs the true believers were known to use: either in writing a letter or communicating with someone in some other way. Many times they would draw a little cross, or a little fish. These symbols were their way of saying to the other person, I am a Christian. That became known later that it was a code; the way they identified themselves one with another. The pagan world caught on to this eventually. Not that they wanted to have a cross or anything, but it shows how the devil will work. Because of what he saw in the vision, he made it his military symbol. In the other history book I am using, it tells how he had it painted on all the shields of his troops, the sign of the cross. It goes ahead and tells also, (This was in the daylight hours, that he was supposed to have seen this; but the writer goes on and tells what happened at night.) how at night while asleep, in a vision, the Lord Jesus was supposed to have come to him and confirmed to him that if he would do this, (paint those crosses on the shields his army carried) he would win the battle. With that he set about doing exactly as he was instructed and won the battle. When the war was over, he told of this experience and then began to bring about the great conversion of those pagan soldiers. Right there began the mass conversion of Roman, pagan politicians: to accept the Christian religion as a religion they believed they would benefit by. That is why in another article we brought out, Constantine was actually the sixth man in the line of emperors that had been able to establish a realm of peace within the Roman domain. In his hour he built the city that is called Constantinople over in Turkey. Early Christianity in this part of the world flourished. He named that city after himself, Constantine, later called Constantinople. Today it is called Istanbul Turkey. Nevertheless, it remained the center of Christendom throughout the Middle East, up until after 1000 A.D. some may wonder why I am saying all of this: It is to let those that would hear this know that the time has come when true Christianity, those who have purposed to live according to the teachings of the Bible are going to narrow down to a very few ad far between. The pressures brought about by things in the world are going to close in around us and come to such a dilemma the masses of so called religious people are not going to be willing to pay the price to literally walk with God. Anyhow, as Constantine did that, (painted the crosses on the shields of his fighting men) he accepted the God of the Christians and made Christianity a state religion. That is why Christianity in the third century sighed a sigh of relief. You everyone know what happened after that. From a certain point in 3000 A.D. and right on into the fourth and fifth centuries, Christianity was running headlong into apostasy and laying the foundation for what is known today as Roman Catholicism. The foundation for that old whore system of religion was laid down way back in Constantine’s hour. The bishop of the Church at Rome little by little became a voice of authority and eventually had the title of Pope bestowed upon him. Century after century, and pope after pope took a whack at the word of God, substituting something of the church to take the place of a Bible doctrine, until after almost two thousand years, the so called Christian world is filled with all kinds of dogmas, doctrines and religious creeds. We hear a lot about the apostle’s creed; and there is no scriptural authority for such nonsense. There is no such thing in the Bible. Yet to hear the Catholic priests talk about it, the thing was supposed to have been designed by the apostles. Well, I beg their pardon, you will not find anywhere that the apostle Peter ever prayed like they do. Peter never prayed to anyone nor anything other than the eternal God.


As those horns began to get their position in Europe, paganism began to be pushed into the background; and this new religion (Christianity) began to be favored, Satan saw to it that as time went on, certain ideas, certain religious functions that had been going on in paganism began to be reached out to by the hierarchy of Rome; and brought into the so called Christian assemblies to be entwined within the faith of what is called the Christian faith. That is why sooner or later, here came the celibacy of the priesthood, here came the body of nunnery. They were nothing more than a type of what was called holy vestal virgins of the city of Rome. What some called Christianity became only a copy of how ancient paganism had lived for centuries. If you could go to the ancient city of old Baalbek, the capital city of Baal worship, you would see the great temple of Jupiter. Over on another side you would see a temple, I forget how to pronounce the name of it, but it is a temple pertaining to female worship. Then there is the temple of the god of wine. All of this went on in the second century A.D. First they would worship Jupiter, the male god. Then they would go worship the god of wine and get drunk. Then they would go worship the goddess of love and indulge in the sex orgies that went on in the pagan world. Roman Catholicism has not been very much above that type of thing. However, when you tell the truth about some of these things, a lot of people get very upset and say; Oh, you ought not talk like that about those holy people. Well, I say, if they were holy people, they would not have been doing the things we have been talking about. That is why I have said, Gentiles are silly people. They are! They are silly people because they think their ancestors were something special: really smart, even brilliant. If those who think that will trace their family tree back far enough, they will find that their ancestors were so duped by the spirit of Satan they knew no better than to worship Idols. Your Bible plainly tells you we are all descendants of the man God saved alive when He brought the great flood upon earth to destroy wicked mankind. Noah was that man. What does the Bible say? He had three sons: Shem, Ham and Japeth. The Bible says they each had a wife. There were no babies born to them in the ark. However, after those families came backdown on earth and God told them to go forth and replenish the earth, we know they did exactly that. We are all descendants of that one family, whether you have ever thought of it or not. Just think of it. I believe all three of those sons of Noah knew why their Dad said, Boys we have to build a boat. I believe they all helped him. They all faced the same catastrophic experience, that thing called the flood. They all heard the thunder and they all watched it rain; and they all knew why it was happening. They were all in the boat when it began to rise: so do not tell me that was such a common experience they all soon forgot why it took place. When the water was all gone and they were back on dry land, I am certain the memory of that experience stayed with them for a long time. However, as their descendants began to multiply, you everyone know how that is: they begin to loose track of the stories grandfather used to tell and before very long, they had lost the picture of it. Naturally, Satan knowing that it is the nature of mankind to worship something, he stands ready to offer them some kind of idol they can convey their worship to. What did the apostle Paul find in Athens Greece two thousand years ago? The whole city was caught up in idolatry. (Acts 17:16) “Now while Paul waited for them at Athens, his spirit was stirred in him, when he saw the city wholly given to idolatry.” Saints, I want you to know, every effort anyone puts forth to worship anyone or anything is inspired by some spirit; and the Spirit of God only directs worship to ONE: the great Creator, so what is the conclusion in examining all the other deities people bestow worship upon? There is only one logical conclusion. If you are not worshipping the true and living God, you are worshipping something Satan has presented to you. Let us read a little of the sermon the apostle Paul preached to those Athenians that day. (Acts 17:22-30) “Then Paul stood in the midst of Mars’ hill, and said, Ye men of Athens, I perceive that in all things ye are to superstitious. (23) For as I passed by and beheld your devotions, I found an altar with this inscription, To the Unknown God. Whom therefore ye ignorantly worship, him declare I unto you. (They had a god for everything; and they did not want to take a chance on missing one, so they built an altar for the God that was yet unknown to them, just to be sure they had every aspect of their lives covered. Well in verse 24, Paul began to tell them something about that unknown God, so notice) God that made the world and all things therein, seeing that He is Lord of heaven and earth, dwelleth not in temples made with hands; (25) Neither is worshipped with men’s hands, as though He needed any thing, seeing He giveth to all life, and breath, and all things; (26) And hath made of one blood (That would be Noah’s family) all nations of men for to dwell on all the face of the earth, and hath determined the times before appointed, and the bounds of their habitation; (27) That they should seek the Lord, (Were they?) if haply they might feel after Him, and find Him, though He be not far from every one of us: (27) For in Him we live, and move, and have our being; as certain also of your own poets have said, For we are also His offspring (by creation). Forasmuch then as we are the offspring of God, we ought not to think that the Godhead is like unto gold, or silver, or stone, graven by art and man’s device. (30) And the times of this ignorance God winked at; but now commandeth all men every where to repent.” God will not wink at our spiritual ignorance anymore; for He has shone the true light bright enough for all mankind to see; so we are all without excuse, if we miss it. No matter what race or what continent anyone came from: sooner or later you are all going to have to acknowledge that your ancestors got off track somewhere. We are living in 1992, and we know how to get to the moon, but just because we know how to send spacecraft to Mars, or who knows where and take pictures that are sent back to earth, does that make us smart about God? No. The smarter we get about space the more ignorant we get about God. It is a fact, just like the Bible says, among mortal man in his sinful nature, there is none that seeketh after God. He does not really want to know God in a way that is acceptable to God. He wants a God he can carry around in his pocket, or place upon a mound some place, so he can use it once in awhile when the house is on fire or something. Well, I have news for you; God is not going to be your crutch, your wheelchair, something you can turn to only when things are not going well for you. He is either going to be your Saviour, your only God, your source of every day strength, or He will one day be your judge. He is either going to be your only God or He will leave you to the other god, the god of this world order (Satan). The Bible refers to Satan as the prince of the power of the air. That is why we are moving rapidly toward some kind of development. Just as that writer said, The pope is awaiting his hour of time. He believes the same one seen in the vision which was seen at Fatima by those children, (the blessed virgin Mary, as they refer to her) will come and say to him, Your hour has come; Take over the reins of the world. Regardless of how it comes about, he (that papal office) is that little horn seen in Daniel 7. It was how the pope ruled in the Dark Ages that gave him his first description. The little horn which came up, was the same horn that took over the last form of imperial government. The last form of imperial government which was what accounted for head number seven on the ten horned beast, was taken over by the pope of the Roman Catholic Church when the pope became more powerful than the emperor; therefore, what started out as state over the church, ended up as church over the state; and the head that was wounded as unto death was that ecclesiastical head, not the old political head. When you think of those seven heads, even though we have tried to illustrate the thing with this great beast showing seven heads and ten horns, please remember that no two heads were alive and active at the same time. They came to power one at a time as time moved on. Hundreds of years passed during the process of that old Roman beast developing those seven heads. Only one was alive, functioning at any one time. Then as time passed and that one left the scene, the next one came to power to make his attempt at reestablishing the kind of rule Rome had under the old imperial Caesars. Another point we ought to make is that these certain forms of government which made up the seven heads did not end with the death of the emperor that instituted each one. The emperor Charlemagne was responsible for head number seven; but his form of rulership continued right on through to its wounding by those various men who slashed at it with the sword of the Spirit. The wounding as unto death did not happen all at once either. It took many, many decades of slashing to inflict such a wound; and it has taken many, many decades of compromising to bring about the healing of that wound; but the healing has come and that beast will soon be exercising that same power and authority Europe was ruled by for centuries under those old popes: only this end time rule of that beast will have a greater scope than before. Europe and the Middle East are not so far from the rest of the world any more. Our very generation has witnessed the healing of that wounded head; and our generation will witness the end results of that healing: for Jesus said, (after speaking of many things that were to come upon the end time generation) “So likewise ye, (Matthew 24:33-34) when ye shall see all these things, (signs of the end) know that it is near, even at the doors. Verily I say unto you, This generation shall not pass, till all these things be fulfilled.” As we see this papal system come back for its last day go around, there will be a people on earth that are aware of the fact that his (the pope’s) position, at one time, was hurt. Even though a wound is healed, such a potential deadly wound will leave a scar that cannot be hidden. I ought to know. Physically speaking, I have suffered such a wound when my head was split open in that wreck up here on the old highway. You can see the scar on my head right now. There is no way the doctors could have bandaged me to keep me from having this scar. Yes, the would was healed; but the evidence of the wound remains even today. That is why I titled this message, “The Wounded Head.” Not to say the head is still wounded, but to say the evidence of his wounding is still present to testify of it. The power of the pope, when he comes back in these last days, to pick up right where he was cut off, will be just as diabolic as it ever was in the Dark Ages; and men like Pat Robertson, Oral Roberts, Billy Graham, and many, many more, are going to be without excuse for the contribution they have made toward that healing. Why? Because those old history books have been here to identify that beast and to tell of the deadly wound it received; and they have either been too spiritually blind to put two and two together, or too caught up in their own man made programs to do what a true servant of God is obligated to do. It matters not how rich they are, nor how much theology they have to their credit. They have failed to warn their followers of what is coming upon them. They are a perfect example of the blind leading the blind in the twentieth century. In the parable, Jesus said both will fall in the ditch. It will have the same results spiritually; both the spiritually blind, along with their blind leaders, will all be cast into the great tribulation to witness the deeds first hand of this wonderful man they have all been cuddling up to. I am talking about the pope of Rome who turns out to be the Antichrist, whichever one it is. They want to think the pope is going to continue right on being the wonderful man they believe him to be; but when the middle of that seventieth week of Daniel comes, they are going to find out he is not such a good boy after all. Satan is going to anoint him; and see that he is turned into a very bad boy. That is when Revelation 13:5, has its fulfillment. It says, “And there was given unto him (the pope, which will be the Antichrist) a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given unto him to continue forty and two months.” You cannot c-o-n-t-i-n-u-e something you have not been doing already. That is why when he continues what those old popes were doing back there in the Dark Ages, before the Reformation struck such a deadly wound to that old beast headed up by those popes. This terminology means he is going to pick up right where he left off when he was wounded. The various men of the Reformation kept that wound from healing; but our generation has produced some men who have really been busy doctoring that wound, thinking they were doing some great thing. When he comes into the middle of that seventieth week of Daniel, the power of Satan is going to hit that man and cause him to think an evil thought. When he does, the world is going to cry; but it will be too late for their crying to do them any good. Either their own heads will roll in martyrdom or they will be damned to eternal death for accepting the mark of the beast. Saints, it is time we examine ourselves to see, as the apostle said, if we be in the faith; for it is later than a lot of people think.


There has been a lot of material sent to me since we started this message and I want to acknowledge receipt of it at this time. All of the history books I use have been given to me and I thank God for making the necessary information available to me to vindicate those things the true Church of the living God has need to know. I must keep stressing the fact that I am not speaking against any individual person when I speak of these systems of religion in the world today. When I say the Roman Catholic Church is a spiritual whore, those are not my words. The 17th chapter of the book of Revelation makes it unmistakably clear to any spiritual mind. It also tells us there are some harlot daughters of that old whore out here in the world and we know who they are; but when we speak of them, we are speaking only of the system of religion and not of any individual that may be or may have at one time been held captive by the system. You will understand better as we go along in this message. We are talking mainly about a system of religion that has dominated the world scene for 1500 years. I would be very simple minded not to realize there are a lot of Catholic individuals in the world today that will become hostile to things I am saying in this message; because they have been raised up in these systems never really knowing what it is like to be led by the Spirit of God into a true revelation of scriptural truth. If they as a person have had no dealings by the Spirit of God in their personal lives to really give them a hunger to know the divine, perfect will of God, rather than just having to depend on what the institution hands down to them, naturally such a person cannot help but feel personally attacked by much of what I will say; but I still have a responsibility before my heavenly Father that has called me to preach His word. I cannot be a true minister of the gospel of Christ, and at the same time compromise with the truth that can set every spiritual captive free. The old imperial head of the Roman empire, made up of that successive line of Caesars on down through Nero was strictly a political head, a political power. Likewise, those who followed later as emperor of Rome were all just political minded men using whatever advantage that seemed useful to their own personal ambition until the popes began to get into the picture. Then there began to be an ecclesiastical power along with the political power. That power not only had physical bodies under its control, but also the intangible souls dwelling in those bodies of flesh. You have always heard talk about how ruthless and degenerate the old Roman rulers were, allowing Christians to be fed to wild beasts, burning them at the stake and all such like; but how much have you heard about those old Catholic popes that were ever bit as ruthless and disregarding of the human feelings of others as any of those Caesars ever were? Well, we are talking about one of those heads on that old beast; and I dare anyone to say the great tribulation with that little horn in power will not be worse than anything mankind alive today could ever imagine. Once again, I wish to say to those that would hear this on tape or view it on video, I am not talking out of mere supposition. I have documented proof of what I am presenting to you; and I can open these history books to the very page and paragraph and read it to you. This modern age of compromising mankind cannot erase the pages of history that have already been written unless society as a whole is trying to hide something. Most of these books are very old; and that is why I trust them. I sometimes doubt these modern historians who compile modern histories for our present educational institutions to use. They are caught up in a spirit that has them trying to do away with the negative things that have taken place in days gone by. It seems that historians and politicians and such are under the control of a spirit in the earth today that is trying to erase from people’s minds every distasteful thing from past human history and turn everybody’s eyes forward to a new world age. Whether you call it humanism, a new world order, or whatever you call it, Biblically we are moving toward the hour of the antichrist that the Bible has said would be manifested and come on the world scene in the later days; and there is no possible way shutting out the past can avoid that. The Spirit of God has spoken it and it will come to pass just like every other prophecy of the scriptures has so far. Conditions now prevail and coming from various circles of the Catholic world are things that are coming together to show we are now in a decade that can well end your present lifestyle and turn the whole society upside down. The Lord will bring this whole political system to an end and the coming of the Lord will be set in motion; and all those who have made fun of people who believe the Bible, will find out those things that are written therein were one hundred percent accurate after all. To refresh our minds on our text scriptures, I would like to read the first 9 verses of the 13th chapter of the book of Revelation straight through. John, who was the last patriarch of the apostolic Church we read about in the book of Acts, was alive on the Isle of Patmos, in exile of course, because of what he believed and stood for. He was caught up in the Spirit and when you read Revelation 4:1, you find that a voice said to him, “Come up hither and I will show thee things that shall be hereafter.” It is true John lived in 96 A.D.; but when his spirit was taken up into heaven, what he saw was no longer related to 96 A.D. That is why it was said to him, I will show thee things that shall be hereafter. Meaning after 96 A.D., and however the scenes he saw related to time. In the spirit, he was in heaven and he was being shown this earthly, panoramic scene, that to his hour would be hereafter. You and I are living in the hereafter that voice was talking about: when all of this is to become a reality; so as we read, let us see if we cannot visualize just how this thing has been brought about. “And I stood upon the sand of the sea, (exactly where Daniel saw himself in the 7th chapter of Daniel) and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy. (That is an important word, which we will discuss later.) (2) And the beast which saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon (meaning the devil) gave him his power, and his seat, and great authority. (3) And I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world (Listen to this, all the world) wondered after the beast. (4) And they (meaning the world) worshipped the dragon which gave power unto the beast: and they worshipped the beast, saying, Who is like unto the beast? Who is able to make war with him? (5) And there was given unto him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given unto him to continue forty and two months. (6) And he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme His name, and His tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven. (7) And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations. (8) And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship him, (meaning the beast) whose names are not written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world. (9) If any man have an ear, let him hear.” Verse 9, though it may be short, is of particular significance because it has a message to those who do have a spiritual ear. That is the same as saying, You have been warned of what is coming; so make sure you have your own house in order. Those Jewish Christians of the first century that paid attention to the words of Jesus concerning the destruction of Jerusalem, were nowhere to be found when Titus got there. Likewise, when you see all these signs of the end approaching, get your affairs in order and look up: for your redemption draweth nigh.


At this time, I want to cover some points that have already been dealt with to some degree, just to expand on those things we have already said. We are going to go into this portion of the message to give it a particular meaning to those that will view it on Video; but first I want to refer back to chapter 7 of the prophecy of Daniel. If you were to open your Bible and read it, keeping this in mind, Daniel saw the last world empire that was ever to rule upon the earth, rise up out of the sea. He saw also that it had ten horns. It says in his writings that this beast was most terrible, that it devoured and brake in pieces and stamped the residue under its feet. It devoured the whole earth. It also says this beast was diverse (different) from all the other beasts that had preceded it. We know historically and Biblically that the first beast system that he mentioned would have been the Babylonian Empire. It is gone forever. Then the Medo Persian Empire was next and it is gone forever. The Grecian Empire likewise. Even so, it says in the 7th chapter of Daniel that the lives of those other beasts (beast systems, the spirit of the societies of those nations) were prolonged for a season and a time. That means while their world role as dominant empires will pass off the scene, the societies of those territories and the spirit of those people will be carried through time to be incorporated into this last beast system of world rule. Well, what about the fact that the last one was to be diverse (different) from all the others before it? In what way was it going to be different? I have read the histories written about those empires over and over, so much so that some of those things in history I know by heart. They were all military powers. They had certain political functions as to how they ruled; but basically they were political powers brought about by military conquests. In each one there was a pagan religion that stood out predominantly in the societies. When you come to the hour of the rising of Rome to take over world rule in the B.C. period, there was nothing about it being different than the others. It too was a military power motivated by political ambitions and ideas. It too had religious functions in its society. In fact, Rome had incorporated many of the pagan religions of the previous eras. This was Rome’s way of pacifying all of those within the structure of those pagan societies that were incorporated into this one great empire. Maintaining a certain degree of the social structure of their pagan religions helped calm any kind of problems that might have arisen if it had been handled otherwise. If everyone was left to choose whatever idol, temple, and religion he or she wanted, just having that choice had a certain calming affect upon the conquered societies. That is why in ancient Rome, there were temples and altars scattered all over the place; but that was not what made the 4th beast different than those three beasts before it. It was what happened years later that made it different. This diverse picture did not happen overnight. Diverse is a word that describes what began to take place when the fall of Rome began to come about. A lot of people seem to have gotten the idea that the fall of Rome was a case where it not longer ruled the world. Well, if you look at Rome merely from a political and military standpoint today, it does not and did not from a certain point way back in time. Yet, on the other hand, it did still rule the world; but it was accomplished in a mystical way designed by Satan. This mystical way is what has thrown a lot of modern Bible scholars completely off course. When we who see from the scriptures and from history also, that the pope of Rome is going to be known as the Antichrist spoken of in the writings of the New Testament epistles, and to say so, they are ready to climb a wall. That is not true, the pope believes in God they will say. I could go them one better than that. So does the devil believe in God; but he does not reverence and worship Him. He tries every way he can to defeat the plan and purpose of God. That old pope of Rome one day will exalt himself above God; and demand that the whole world worship him; and we have already read what is prophesied about that. All those whose names are not written in the Lamb’s Book of Life SHALL WORSHIP HIM. The pope’s belief in God does not make him a bit more a son of God than any stray dog you might bring in off of the street and dress up in a tuxedo and bow tie and seat in a church pew. If those popes had any respect for the great eternal God they claim to represent on earth, they would not have taken it upon themselves to change so much of His written Word that it is hardly recognizable to those who know the true scriptures well. Oh, Bro. Jackson, you ought not talk like that about such a holy man. That is merely my way of getting your attention so you will pay attention to the things I am going to read to you. I am going to read some things in your hearing that will shock your thinking ability. When we get through with this message, I doubt if anyone who reads or hears it will still believe those Roman Catholic popes are holy men.


Before going on with the message, I want to explain something that a lot of people have misunderstood concerning the fall of Rome. What we historically call the fall of Rome, is none other than to say that something within the interior of Rome, within its governmental structure began to take place. That terminology does not mean the city fell apart or that it got smaller. In fact, it was just the opposite of that. It was getting larger. Its metropolitan population kept getting larger. The fall of Rome was brought about after the advent of Christ, after Christianity had been preached and demonstrated within the Roman societies of the various territories of people that she controlled. By the time the 2nd century rolled around, thousands of people had been converted out of paganism into the family of the faith of the Church of the living God. Then coming on into the hour of time when Christianity was really an influential belief throughout Rome, through the various centers of authority she had established throughout all her domain, going all the way back into the Middle East, the Christians were persecuted throughout the entire domain of Rome. Nevertheless, when the hour came that this beast was to begin to turn into a diverse beast, (different kind of beast) people in Gaul (those barbarians) began to get restless. They wanted to shake themselves loose from the old imperial power of the Caesars. Feeling that way, there was no other way to do it than to attack Rome. Rome would fight to defend its position, its recognition, and its authority; but in time that kind of unrest took a toll. More than one time Rome was attacked by large armies of these barbarians wanting to destroy that power she held over them. Rome somehow or other survived, but in her surviving, other things began to develop. That is why as Christianity began to be accepted and there were Christians all the way from the Middle East throughout that vast area, history tells us that the societies that were tired of this brutal, mass warfare, and that realized the emperors who ruled in Rome were no longer capable of doing what had been done by the previous Caesars: in the time when just the mention of Rome made the earth tremble for fear that he army would come and walk over everything; many of them began to look for an answer to their plight elsewhere. That is when a lot of those people began to look to the bishop of Rome for help. What was the bishop? He was the presiding preacher in charge of the affairs of the Church. He began to slowly influence the Christians in various areas to unite together and refuse to participate in all that condition of unrest. You have to realize, that was not done in a day’s time. At first, the societies that actually looked to those bishops for help and advice were very small in number; but it was the beginning of a tendency that eventually laid the groundwork for a time when those bishops would no longer be what once appeared to be humble leaders of Christianity. Instead, they eventually become known as popes, holy fathers. You have to study the histories to get a true picture of how this process developed. Knowing that we have other messages with all of this fully explained, keeps me from going into every detail of the process; but I want to give you a profile of the whole thing to get us over in time to what we want to deal with specifically. In other words, through the first centuries of the A.D. era of time, that old Roman beast had to go through a process of evolution. In the days of Christ and His apostles, it was a huge beast with one huge head; but in order to fulfill the picture Daniel and John saw, it had to develop seven heads in place of the one huge head and it had to develop ten horns with crowns upon them. That all sounds very mysterious I know; but that is how God hid the true revelation of prophesied events from these Bible Scholars that are only interested in teaching theories about the Bible anyhow. I suppose the best way to describe the whole picture in few words is to say, The fall of Rome, the developing of the seven heads and the developing of the ten horns was all intermingled. As emperor after emperor took that old imperial throne trying to establish another line of Caesars like the ones which one by one made up the one huge head it had until the death of Nero, general conditions of jealousy, greed and unrest made that throne a dangerous seat to sit upon. Assassination and suicide were commonplace among that long line of emperors. In the year 69 A.D., after the death of Nero, there were four different emperors that sat on that throne. In another year of time later on, there were six of them; and the end of their reign’s is recorded like this, (1) assassinated, (2) suicide, (3) slain in battle, (4) assassinated, (5) assassinated, (6) assassinated, and each of them took that throne with the same idea. They wanted to establish an effective rulership once again. Well, through all of that turmoil as the centuries passed, the beast those prophets of God had written about was slowly taking on those different characteristics the beasts before it did not have. Through those centuries of time, there were seven particular emperors who, in their reigns, established a form of rule comparable in a small way to that of the old Caesars. That is what accounts for the seven heads upon the beast; and those heads did not just suddenly develop. The first five came one right after the other between the years 96 A.D. and 180 A.D. They were recorded in history as the five good emperors. Constantine came to the throne in 306 A.D. and he accounts for head number 6; but head number seven was not formed until after 800 A.D. when a man named Charlemagne came to the throne. Well, how did the beast get ten horns with crowns upon them? That all came about through a process of many years also as various elements split off from Roman rule to establish their separate kingdoms as the authority of those emperors got weaker and weaker. Spain, Belgium, Germany, France and six other nations of people today were once a part of that one great empire. The governmental powers of those ten divisions of the old Roman empire are what make up the ten horns on that beast Daniel and John both saw. Horn symbolically speaks of power; and that is what each of those nations became: powers separate from Roman rule. Each horn (or kingdom) had its own crown. Of course, we know that some of those nations split later on so that there are more than ten nations of the European Common Market trade agreement today; but regardless of that, scripturally and symbolically, those original ten nations of the split up of the old Roman Empire are what make up the ten horns of that great beast; and they did not all suddenly form either. The total scope of the diverseness of the fourth beast Daniel wrote of took many years for it to evolve into that picture. Therefore, what we are saying is that the fall of old imperial Rome was none other than the old imperial system that had been established by the Caesars, being gradually weakened and split up into separate kingdoms. In the oncoming centuries, as it got weaker and weaker that change took place. I think of it like you would a calf. Calves are not born with horns, they develop them over a process of time. When a calf begins to reach a certain period of its maturity, you can look at the top of its head and if it is going to have horns, you will see a little button-like knot there where the horn will eventually be seen growing. Old imperial Rome was weakened because the imperial government was going through evolutionary, political changes. Out of those upheavals that arose in certain hours of time, another form of government would survive and be established as a ruling power (or horn). That is how those horns eventually began to get their own identity. I must keep stressing the fact that those horns did not sprout over night. Time produced them. Eventually they became not only territories of people, but they became people with territorial boundaries fixed, territories they had fought over and won between them and their rivalries. Breaking away and establishing their own form of political rule freed those various territories from that old imperial government of Rome; and made each of them a horn; (a political power) but they were all still a part of that old territory those Roman rulers ruled sovereignly; so they are still a part of that same old beast that ruled the world in the time of Christ. Figuratively though, the seven heads on that beast is none other that a description of the decay of that old imperial government of Rome as it went through seven distinct changes in process of time; and the ten horns are ten political governments that came about out of the breakup of that old imperial system of rule; but when you start thinking about the little horn Daniel saw raise up in the midst of the ten, that is a different story. That little horn is what I want to talk about. All of this other historical information was given just to show how and where the little horn came into the picture.


Daniel said, (Dan. 7:8) “I considered the horns, (the ten) and, behold, there came up among them another little horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots: (We will say some more about that plucking up by the roots later on.) And, behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great things.” As you read on down through that 7th chapter, verse 20 says, “And of the ten horns that were in his head, and of the other which came up, and before whom three fell; even of that horn that had eyes, and a mouth that spake very great things, (This was a man, a man of an office; not a political form of government.) whose look was more stout than his fellows. (Notice) “I beheld, and the same horn made war with the saints, and prevailed against them. Well saints, we already know the ten horns were political, territorial powers; and we know that particular beast only had ten horns, yet it looks like what Daniel described was an eleventh horn rising up in the midst of the ten. That has confused a lot of Bible scholars through the years, so we ought to thank God every day for giving us the revelation of that picture. What looks like an 11th horn on the beast, was not a territorial horn at all. It is a mystical horn. We will be referring to it as an ecclesiastical horn as we go along; because that is what it is: a power in the spiritual realm of the affairs of mortal mankind. It is true, that once those ten horns, which are people and territories, got free from the imperial political power of Rome, they were able politically to do what they wanted to do. Yet this horn, (this little horn) is a horn ( a power) that rose up and eventually surpassed them all in power. This little horn eventually became more powerful than any of the other ten and we are going to explain how this horn plucked up three of the other horns by the roots without actually destroying the identity of the three. We also have to recognize the eventuality of there being seven heads on that old beast and look at what looks like a eighth head; but in reality is part of the seventh. All of this is important to us if we are going to know what to expect a little later on in this age, so we are going to cover every bit of it; but for now, we will have to hold the rest for later.



The Wounded Head, Part 1 – 1992, October

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

Rev. Raymond M Jackson





As I stepped in the door last week, a certain Brother handed me a tape of something that had been taped from the radio down around New Orleans, somewhere down in that direction. It is pertaining to an interview with Dr. Malachi Martin. I heard things on that tape that made me realize, We Gentiles are moving very fast toward a point in time when world events are coming about so rapidly, it is absolutely going to catch society sound asleep. The world in general is looking for some kind of solution; something that will calm the storms and conflicts of everyday life, hold back recession and insure world peace, no matter what the cost. The world in general will accept anything the devil throws at them, that in any way appears to be the answer to what the world needs. With all of this churning in my mind, I went to my filing cabinet to look for another item I had there and came across an envelope in which were a lot of other things that had been sent to me. In that envelope, I saw this brochure that was sort of like a religious item. As I began to look through it I noticed that it is published by Southworth Radio Church. I believe its address is, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. When I read this, I discovered that it was about the same thing that is on that tape and they are from different directions of the States from here; yet it is all about what the man has said in certain interviews with the two different preachers. Of course, realize preachers in the last forty years, in certain church circles, have tried their best to tell the world that the pope is the antichrist, but with little success. Many times their sermons have been counteracted by these big TV or radio preachers who will thumb around the issue and throw out hypothetical statements that would make you wonder, Is he actually saying the pope is it, or what? I have a large book that was just given to me; printed by Pat Robertson, titled, “The New World Order.” I was looking through it. I am telling you, he has done some rigorous research in the realm of economics as well as politics that is absolutely brain bobbling, just to see how the financial element of humanity in our nation and throughout the world for that matter, is planning some type of diabolical economics plot that will coincide with the introducing of this New World Order. Yet, Pat Robertson does not believe the pope is the antichrist. We are living in the best educated hour of humanity the western world has ever known; so it just proves that your earthly education, when it comes to spiritual understanding, is not worth a dime. That kind of understanding can only come to us by the Spirit of God. I would not care if this entire building was sitting full of doctors of divinity with all kinds of degrees in theology. I would still say, anyone who trusts their soul’s salvation to such as that is completely ignorant concerning the plan and purpose of God. If you are only interested in making money in this life, then trust in your education and go after it. If your ultimate purpose is to make it big in politics, do likewise. Go after education for all you are worth. However, if you have any kind of hunger for the word of God in your soul, you are going to have to humble yourself in the sight of God and depend upon Him. Your education will not help you in that way. I am not against education; I am only trying to make it clear to some who may hear this, that their degrees of education will not influence the great Creator in the least bit. The rich and educated have to come to God the same way as anyone else. That is what Jesus was pointing out in Matthew 19:23-24, when he said to His disciples, “Verily I say unto you, That a rich man shall hardly enter into the kingdom of heaven. And again I say unto you, It is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle, than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God.” Why? Because God requires first place in our lives; and those whose mind dwells on riches, fame, education and many other things, find it hard to submit to the kind of attitude and conduct the Spirit of God will tolerate and deal with. On the other hand, those who have learned to put God first, can be trusted to handle all of this. God does not object to His children having any of this world’s resources, just as long as they know how to use them. Nevertheless, Satan is setting the stage for one of the greatest mass deceptions of the human race that has ever been manifested in the history of the world. What I am going to read to you from this little pamphlet is about this man Dr. Malachi Martin. It will tell who he is. “Malachi Martin is reputed to be the most informed person in the world in the field of economics and politics as relating to ecclesiastical interests. He is especially informed about current religious and political affairs in Europe. Dr. Martin has served in the Vatican. He has been a friend and adviser to the last four popes and he is a prolific author. (Listed here, are the titles of certain books he has written.) Dr. Martin sees a super man coming to the forefront in the New World Order before the year 2000. He so stated on our program. However, this Vatican insider without fear or compromise, boldly proclaims that Pope John Paul II will be the ecclesiastical and theocratic emperor of the new Holy Roman Empire that will arise out of Europe. In fact, Dr. Martin gives the pope credit for coining the phrase, the New World Order. He predicts that Europe will bring in world government under the leadership of Pope John Paul. Dr. Martin enforces his own understanding of the developing New World Order out of central Europe and the pope’s role in it, by relating it to the so called miracle of Fatima.” The word Fatima is a woman’s name. She was the daughter of Mohammed the Great, the man that started the religion of Islam, the religion that is so prominent in the Middle East. When the Moors, which were the Moroccan people, between the 8th and 9th century, I believe, after the whole of North Africa had been brought under the spell of the Islamic belief, this name Fatima had been carried along as a name to be honored and respected by the oncoming generations of Islamic people. Sort of like we would do politicians or military statesmen, and such. We name a park or something after them as a memorial. That is how her name was passed on down through the centuries by the followers of Mohammed. As the Moors, or Moroccan people of North Africa crossed into Spain, (secular history will tell about it, how Spain and France became almost overrun by the Islamic armies, coming out of North Africa.) they penetrated as far as France; but the northern Spanish and the French were able to repel them. Finally the Islamic people settled in the areas of the old capital of Spain. (I am quoting from my own knowledge of history and having been there, not what this pamphlet is telling. I just want to give you an insight concerning this name Fatima.) Finally, in 1492 when Columbus, sailing under the Spanish flag was discovering the new world, the Jews and Moors were expelled, releasing their hold in the Spanish societies after they had lived there for several centuries of time. However, there was a place now named Fatima, named after the daughter of Mohammed. She was married to an adopted son of Mohammed, which according to history, was Mohammad’s nephew. Mohammad took in and adopted him and later gave him his name. His name was Ali. He gave him his daughter Fatima, to wife. This Mohammad Ali then, as he continued on in the steps of (we will say) his uncle, as well as his father-in-law, and founder of the Islamic belief, had two wives. The one named Fatima and another by the name of Ayesha. As the Moors from Morocco invaded Spain and Portugal, cities and sights were named for this noted person. At that place in 1917 on May 13th, 1917, while we were involved in a European war called World War I, the Russians were involved in a Bolshevik revolution. The Catholic portions of Europe were startled to see it go under what is known as Communism. Three children in the Fatima area had reported a visitation by the virgin Mary. On the 13th day of the month, for several months thereafter, supposedly, Mary talked with the children and gave them instructions. Again according to the story, Mary told the children a great miracle would occur at Fatima on October 13, 1917, at high noon. The news media reports indicated 7,500 faithful met as instructed on that day. It had rained. It was raining as noon approached. Suddenly as the story continues, the clouds parted. The rain stopped and a huge spinning wheel emitting various colors of light danced over their heads. Observers said they thought the wheel was the sun changing its colors and moving down toward the earth. The plunging object or the sun, continued toward the crowd until it appeared they would all be killed. Many fell on their knees crying out that the end of the world had come and began pleading for deliverance. The spinning object veered off suddenly and a rush of wind swept over the crowd drying out their clothes and also the ground. The Catholic faithful still believe strongly in the Fatima incident. In any event, the only reason for mentioning it is that the third edict, (or we will say the third item that Mary was supposed to have discussed with these children) was supposed to be something to do with communism in Russia, an evil system that would persist until Russia was dedicated to Mary by a future pope. Now listen to this. On May 13th, 1981, the same day of the month Mary was reported to have first come to Fatima, John Paul II, the present pope of the Roman Catholic Church, was critically wounded by bullets from an assassin’s gun. This Malachi Martin states on page 627 in a book he is the author of, titled, “The Keys of This Blood,” that Pope John Paul II saw exactly what the people saw on October 13, 1917. Martin also says that the pope that was wounded, the one who is pope at this present time, dedicated himself to fulfilling the third edict or that particular something that was definitely designed concerning Russia. Delivering Russia from godless atheism and dedicating it to Mary was what has happened in Russia lately and with Gorbachev coming to Rome, (Most of you will remember when Gorbachev went to Rome) anyone could see that something was on the move. He was to meet President Bush on a cruiser anchored offshore, where the two heads of state were to have a meeting about how they would negotiate and bring about the dismantling of a lot of our nuclear weapons. I remember it showed a picture of Gorbachev and this pope with their faces real close together. I thought, a head of state coming from an atheistic country, why did he not go and greet the Archbishop of Canterbury or the head bishop of the Greek Orthodox Church? It all goes to show that the pope of Rome, the head of the Roman Catholic Church, is a world figure to be reckoned with in the last days. He knows it, and little by little the politicians of the world are finding it out. Also, the devil knows it. (I will continue reading from this article.) “Pope John Paul II, is patiently waiting for the appointed time when a potent Mary in vision, similar to Fatima, will occur, witnessed by all the world amidst engulfing chaos. The vision will authenticate the pope as leader of the planet in this decade. Dr. Martin has also revealed startling information on radio shows, within the past six months. The point Martin makes is that John Paul has been assigned by destiny, the role of moral and spiritual leader of the planet, on a geopolitical level.” I am thankful for what other preachers have endeavored to do, collecting information like this. It is too bad they do not know what to do with it after they get it. They get hold of information like this and when they try to describe the picture in the Bible, they will hit and miss and sooner or later bypass the main issue. I trust we can put a picture together that will allow the people of God to see what is coming down the road. I have another book that I will refer to, not a secular history, but a Church history written by Rev. John Marsham more than a hundred and fifty years ago in 1835. What really digs me as I read in this history all about the Catholic Church and the reformers, and the conflicts and spiritual battles they fought, is how our modern, educated clergy of today fail to accept some of these things for what they are. The men who wrote here, their names are mentioned, how they were treated, how they lived under the power of the papacy. They struggled to gain freedom from that old system. They are witnesses of how the papal system controlled, not only the political and economic, but also the spiritual and social affairs of mankind. Every aspect of society was controlled by the Vatican; and those men exposed it. Then our twentieth century group of educated doctors of divinity close their eyes to these writings and hypothetically probe out here and project this and that, implying that those men were ignorant and unlearned and did not know anything about what they talked about. God would not have let those men suffer the things they did, just to turn right around here in the end time and discredit what they said, what they did, and how they prevailed. I also have another history that will substantiate not only Fatima, but also the emperor Constantine. The things I intend to use in this message may sound to some like mass hysteria. It is Satan at work. There is such a thing as mass hysteria. You believe a certain thing long enough, you can dream about it; but what I am about to show you in this message is as real as anything you will ever have to face. We are not dealing with mass hysteria. We are dealing with reality. Satan has the stage set and his traps baited.


We have given this message the title, “The Wounded Head,” but I am also giving it a subtitle, “The Seven Keys That Unlock The Picture,” so that spiritual people can see that it is an incontestable fact that the pope is the man to watch. He is the only man today that is even entertaining ideas about being at the head of anything on a world wide scope. One thing sure, he is not a man that is elected by society. He is elected by the cardinal body of the church. Society did not choose the man for the office; but once the office was established, it has been the devil that chooses the particular man to fulfill a certain role. I have all these histories on Constantine, Mohammad, Fatima, and they are not the product of mass hysteria; nor of a man losing his mind. These manifestations of what is supposed to be the virgin Mary have been brought about by the devil. When he sees society in a certain state of thinking, he always knows exactly what instrument to use. As that vessel yields to this spirit, out of that comes something that begins to affect and control a mass of people. The end results will always bring confusion; but while it is in the making, it looks like the answer to a lot of the world’s problems. Five hundred years before the advent Christ, Buddha had the same kind of manifestation this pope is supposed to have had. As we go along in this message, I will read to you from the page that tells about the experience he had. As he looked upon conditions in India and saw society beginning to suffer and saw how people were affected by their conditions, it caused him to begin to think. Well, when this spirit hit him and he saw in this vision, a vision that was supposed to have shown him what to do, he left his wife who had just given birth to a baby boy, to go forth into the world and begin to present himself to this spirit for direction. He became the progenitor of a religious ideology. By the time the advent of Christ had come, it had spread itself throughout the whole Oriental world. That is why when you go to Laos, Cambodia, Vietnam, China, wherever you go there are temples to Buddha. My wife and I have been where he started his teachings. Outside a certain small city in India, up a canyon, is 27 caves, where he started. In these caves are paintings portraying scenes of the society of his followers. Some of the scenes show them in festivities, feasting in their music, their dance. All these works in 27 caves. They are memorials to his origin and spiritual beginning. Keep in mind, it was not the produce of mass hysteria. It was the product of a trick of Satan; because it later created confusion. Also, here is the book on Islam. He started by having a similar vision that caused people to believe in him. Out of that came a religion that once it spread throughout the Orients, Buddhism and the Islamic religionists fought each other. Then later in the Christian era, when Catholicism had penetrated to those same regions, they all three fought each other. What am I saying? It is confusion. That is why I said the other night, Buddhism adopted prayer beads. Islam adopted prayer beads and so did Catholicism. There is no scripture in the Bible that should make anyone feel that we are to carry around beads or crosses that somehow is going to help us in our daily walk and our meditation with God. This may look good to a mass of people, because people sometimes are spiritually lazy; but there is not one ounce of spiritual benefit to any of it. This is just something they accept as a substitute, rather than actually getting on their knees and praying like the prophets and saints of old did. It is a lot easier just to sit and thumb a bunch of beads through your fingers while speaking rehearsed and repetitious words someone has taught you to use; but the Spirit of God is not moved by them. Think of it saints; they call this praying. Or they will set a candle in a window or at a grave, as though that would be something God will honor. God is not moved by that kind of ritual; He had given us enough intelligence to know how to talk to Him, if we are His children.



I want us to go to the book of Daniel. We will look at a man that walked with God some five hundred years before the advent of Christ. Daniel was a prophet. He had been carried away into captivity as a young man. He was somewhere in the area of ancient Babylon at the time of this vision, or dream. I was just reading in a history the other day, that the old ruins of Babylon is some forty miles downstream from the city of Baghdad. When we look at this past ware we were involved in, the headquarters of that mad man Hussein is in Baghdad. Did you know in the 9th, 10th, 11th and 12th centuries, along through there, after the Islamic religion had spread over the whole Middle East, Baghdad was the great metropolitan capital of Islamic religion? It tells how its streets were lined with all kinds of offices and buildings, emissaries from various nations, carrying on a relationship through the Islamic influence. It was all centered in Baghdad. We hear the term today, the Shiite, but we hear very little about the Sunnites. The Shiite is Islamic, and the Sunnites are all the development of what happened in the striving. As I stated, in the history I was referring to, Ali was given this daughter of Mohammed the Great to wife, and her name was Fatima, but he also had another wife whose name was Ayesha. I pronounce it that way. There are probably doctors of divinity that would correct me if they hear this, but let them help themselves. Somehow or other he was supposed to have loved Ayesha more than he did Fatima; but because the people had a great attraction to Fatima, it created a division. Ayesha began to influence certain men that were associated around Ali. Later, after Ali’s death, and because of her influence, the leadership became divided. From that division, which all started from this other wife’s influence on certain men who were in competition, each wanting to be the Caliph, which is like a bishop. It settled to two men. Then the rivalry started and it is still going on today. You have the Shiites and you have the Sunnites. All of that is recorded in history. It is all in those books. I am not talking off the top of my head. I am telling you what the books say, because you are living in a day you hear the term Shiite. The Iranians are under that. I wonder how many of you saw in the news last week, the Iranians came with a new postage stamp? It shows a picture of a child throwing a rock through a window; and the window has the star of David on it. You know who that is aimed at. Well, Israel is still God’s chosen people; and it is just about time for Him to show this world of unbelief that what is written in the Bible is still true today. She will be fully restored. Anyhow, what I want us to do now is go into the 7th chapter of Daniel where we will read about this last world beast that was to be brought into existence, the beast that was to go off through time and was to be the last system ever to rule the world. Other preachers have the Bible and they have access to histories; but somehow they get hung up on trying to follow the progression of that old beast system right on through time. We are going to read the background of this fourth beast; because it is understanding the background of it, that really gives us the basis and the foundation of what we are looking at today. Then we will watch it coming through time, as we see it recorded in history. (Dan. 7:7) Daniel said, “After this, (after he had seen the other three beasts that preceded this one) I saw in the night vision, and behold a fourth beast, dreadful and terrible, and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth.” Let us stop right there for a little explanation. Iron teeth. What does this signify in the progress of man? You hear much when you read history about the Bronze Age. Then we go from the Bronze Age to the Iron Age. Keep this in mind though, for it is notable that in the earlier empires, man’s knowledge as to how to bring iron in, melt it, mold it, and tool it into something useful was slow coming about. It took time for man to acquire the knowledge of that particular metal. That is why prior to that, man’s means of making his utensils was mainly from pottery clay. Your archaeologists have proved that. When mankind began to leave the stick type wood and bow and arrow, he was coming into a time when he began to learn how to make what he needed out of bronze, which was a step of progress as far as a harder material. That gave him something he could sharpen. You cannot very successfully sharpen a wood tool. They were very limited. Once bronze came into the picture, mankind had improved himself a great deal. In process of time though, man began to search for something more durable and eventually came to the knowledge of how to obtain and use iron. That is why I stopped reading right there after iron teeth. When we come to the time in history that Rome comes in as this world beast system, man had learned by then to make his weapons, tools and all such as needed to be made of a durable substance, out of iron. It then became a common item. Coming to the time that Rome really ruled the world, iron was in swords, spears and just about everything. I have been there. I have seen a lot of what they had. When you go into their museums you see all sorts of things. They have an item they called a bow gun. The whole thing is made out of iron. A bow gun is a short thing like a small gun; but on it is a bow, and it is of tempered metal, like spring steel. They pull that string back and launch the missile in a slot. They lay an arrow with a sharp iron spear on it in a little groove, and that thing will drive it right through wood and everything. Bow guns, there are small ones and large ones. That is why I say, when the Iron Age came, it was portrayed right here, in this Roman system. Iron was used for nails. Iron was used for hammers, for spears, for tires on wooden wheels of carts and so forth. That is why it (the fourth beast) was pictured to Daniel as having great iron teeth. The iron that is portrayed there also portrays the strength of this kingdom and how it was going to treat its conquered subjects as it ruled over them for a period of time. (Notice as we read) “It devoured (consumed) and brake in pieces, and stamped the residue (meaning the remnant) with the feet of it: and it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it; and it had ten horns.” When Daniel had this dream or vision, keep in mind, Rome was not yet in power. Just let me give you a little history of Rome and its origin. Histories will all tell you Rome was founded by two orphan brothers. (Naturally, this is legend. I am only quoting legend; but this is how it is recorded.) Two orphaned brothers that somehow or other were discarded to perish out in the wild, were adopted by a female wolf that came along and showed sympathy for them. Do you believe that stuff, Bro. Jackson? No. But there are thousands of others that do. That is how it is recorded in history. They nursed from the breast of this female wolf. How do you know? Go with me to Rome, and in front of the old capital building you will see for yourself just what is pictured there. There is a giant, bronze wolf on the left hand side of the steps as you go up to the capital building. There stands this bronze wolf and squatting underneath her reaching up to nurse, are two little bronze boys. As they grew up, they began to be instruments for the gathering of various people from out of the wild. As time went on, (we are talking in the proximity of eight hundred years before Christ) this place, in this legendary story that forms a backdrop, began to be a village. Later it became a center. On and one, time brings about the gathering together of cut throats, robbers, bandits, all kinds of misfits of the Mediterranean coastline areas, that were trying to flee the places where they were under some type of kingdom. They began to flee further west, and Rome began to be a drawing factor for them. Rome became the center of all activity. Out of that came a people. It grew and grew; and by the time we come into 200 B.C. Rome is now a powerful city situated on the peninsula of Italy. That is why we have these various charts with the word Rome; because Rome is the name of this last beast system that was to rule the world. The reason I lay so much emphasis on that, is because this fourth beast is a city empire. When I say a city empire, it is identified by that. The whole system of the empire is named after Rome, a city. Your other empires, the Persian and the Grecian, were territorial, or people empires. You do not find it mentioned in those empires that a certain city stood out as the capital. Babylon was a city empire; but time left there long ago. Rome was a city empire; and since it was the last beast to rule the world, this establishes the face that when preachers today want to try to interpret Revelation 13 and such by spiritualizing the whole thing they are missing the mark. Once this Roman beast came into existence to fulfill its allotted time, the scriptures bear out the undisputed fact that it will continue to the very end, to the coming of Jesus Christ. In fact it would live and exist the longest of any of the other empires that very preceded it. It is also a fact, that from revelation 13 we can now see clearly that this Roman name, this place that is built on seven hills, is more and more becoming the world’s focal point for some kind of leadership. It is no longer a great secret. It is being proclaimed by men of high standing in the Roman system. For the answer for all the problems of the world, most all eyes, minds, and attention are definitely looking toward Rome. Whether directly or indirectly, the end result is scripturally obvious; Rome will be the focal point. People cannot understand how that can be; but I see the whole picture very clearly. It is also a fact when we read Revelation 13, that in the last days, as Rome comes back into preeminence to finish out the beast picture and the coming of the Lord, the territories of the other three beasts which were Babylon, Media-Persia, and the Grecian, will be incorporated into this one beast, to participate in the political, economic and trade structure of this thing; yet Rome will be the brains directing it all. Let us go on and read this, then we are going to go into some other writings about this beast. As he saw the ten horns, in verse 8, he says, “I considered the horns, and, behold, there came up among them another little horn, before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots; and, behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great things.” In other words, here is how we have to look at this: We all know, that when an animal is born, such as a goat, a lamb, a cow, elk, deer, that type, they are not born with horns. Yet, they are born with the potential, that eventually growth and maturity will produce horns on their head’s. That is how we have to look at what Daniel saw concerning this fourth beast. He saw it rise up out of the sea. We can say then, He saw the body, he saw this giant head, and how it had iron teeth; but as he watched it, the ten horns did not just emerge there all of a sudden. As it began to move off in time, as related to time wherein Rome would be empire, ten horns began to make their appearance. If you watch one of these animals, that is how you will observe it. One day you see it and it has no horns but another day there is a little button-like knot there where the horn is developing. A calf and a deer are the same way. After awhile it is no longer a button. It is a little spike. After a while, that little spike begins to take on the formation that lets you see for sure it is going to be a horn. That is what Daniel was looking at. He watched as it moved away in time. As he watched he said, “I considered the horns,” plural. That is why we have up here on our chart ten horns; but we also have in blue, a mystical horn coming right up in the midst of the other horns. The ten, are political horns; but the other little horn is an ecclesiastical horn. That is why it is not properly referred to as the eleventh horn; simply because it is not a political horn. In these prophecies of the scriptures, HORN speaks of a power, an authoritative power; and that is exactly what the POPE of the Roman Catholic Church became, a power to be reckoned with. It is the same with the heads. When Daniel first saw the beast, it did not have seven heads. The one head it did have was the ruling authority of the old line of imperial CAESARS, of which Nero was the last. The seven heads the apostle John saw on the same beast Daniel saw 10 horns on, were seven forms of rulership other men established to try to replace the form of imperial succession the first old head held. There were many Caesars which held that throne after Nero; but through the years that followed, only seven of them were ever able to establish any form of rulership that resembled the old original head; and none of them before the seventh ever lasted very long. The emperor Charlemagne finally established a rule that eventually became known as the Holy Roman Empire. Therefore, the seventh head, as well as the other six pertained to a form of rulership and not necessarily to the man that was instrumental in bringing it into existence. For this reason, when Revelation 17:11 says, And the beast that was, and is not, even he is the eighth and is of the seven, and goeth into perdition, it is speaking of the papal office of Rome; because the popes of Rome that ruled Europe until that papal head was wounded seemingly to death by Napoleon and by the Reformation, did not establish a new form of rulership; they just took over what the emperor Charlemagne had already established. Therefore, you see seven heads upon the beast; but not eight: simply because the seven are political heads and the eighth is an ecclesiastical head; or as we have stated, a mystical head. Regardless of what we, or anyone else may say about this beast, it all has to dovetail right into the Bible. All of this information can be found in history books, but it takes a revelation from the Spirit of God to put in all together to form a complete picture. Keep this in mind, Secular world historians never write anything to make it coincide with the Bible. That is not their aim. However, if what men have written in the Bible turns out to be fulfilled by the true developments of natural conditions in the world, God can enable a spiritual mind to see the progression of the various developments and fill in those things that are yet to follow. That is why it is so ridiculous for people who know from recorded history that Rome was the fourth beast Daniel saw, to think it could be something else here in the end time windup. If that fourth beast was ever Rome, it will be Rome until God judges the whole thing and prepares to set up the Millennial reign of Jesus Christ. You will see in verse 9, when we get to it, that Daniel watched this same beast go off through time until the kingdoms were all cast down and the Ancient of days did sit. That is the Millennium. As Daniel beheld the horns, he says, “There came up among them, (the ten) another little horn.” Now the question is and I ask this for the sake of viewers of the Video, as well as the listeners of the audio tapes and the readers of the Contender, Where do you think this little horn is growing or coming forth in relationship to the head of this beast? That is a question to be mindful of as we go along. Daniel saw this little horn come up among the other horns, “Before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots.” Right here, is where the man that wrote the article we have been using missed it completely. He said, Somewhere in the seventieth week of Daniel (the last seven years of natural, mortal man’s allotted time on earth) this pope, (or this little horn) will destroy three of these modern day ten horns of Europe.) Therefore, in all probability, we, in the future will wind up with only seven. That saints, is truly the blind leading the blind; for there are a lot of people putting confidence in this man’s writings; because he tells here, how he has a radio hookup in Europe, in the Far East, and all such like. I do not discredit all of what the man has said; but keep in mind, there are multitudes of preachers probing at the picture that are not all instruments being used of God for the perfection of the Bride of Christ. When I think of what this other man says about the pope and realize that he is a Catholic through and through, working for the Catholic Church, the pope, and the whole thing. I shutter to realize just how blind a lot of supposed-to-be preachers of the gospel of Jesus Christ are concerning what is head for the world at large. He is not even to be considered in the same light as the Reformers who exposed the diabolical, satanic plot of that old whore system of religion. He is not in agreement with Protestants at all. He is a man definitely working for the Catholic Church and the pope to do whatever he can to help the pope fulfill his end time role. Why? Because he believes it is the right thing to do. He believes it so strongly, I just have to say this, Nine times out of ten, what that man has said right here in the book we will be reading out of, will have more profound influence upon the masses of people than what Pat Robertson, Billy Graham, and all the rest of these modern day preachers could ever possibly have, by the time this whole thing is all over. Pat Robertson does not have a message to the Bride of Christ. Neither does Billy Graham. Neither do any of these other men who are pushing for a name and numbers into the thousands. Why? Because they would not listen to a man who was a prophet sent by God to this age, to turn our hearts around and get us coming back to the original book. If we are out of the book (the Bible) in the overall scriptural picture, we are going to miss it on every major point of prophecy and doctrine. Oh, we can believe in Jesus Christ, but if we do not see the prophetic picture of what is to culminate in the manifestation of HIM, then we are going to miss the whole plan somewhere; because God will not deviate form His purpose just to please some important flesh somewhere. That is why the apostle Paul says in 2nd Thessalonians concerning the coming of our Lord, and our gathering together unto Him, (which is the translation of the saints) that this blessed event will not take place except (or until) there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition.


I will read 4 verses from what the apostle Paul wrote to the Thessalonians; and then I will tell you how this certain Catholic man interpreted that scripture. (2:1-4) “Now we beseech you, brethren, by the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, and by our gathering together unto Him, That ye be not soon shaken in mind, or be troubled, neither by spirit, nor by word, nor by letter as from us, as that the day of Christ is at hand. Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition; Who opposeth and exalteth himself about all that is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, shewing himself that he is God.” We are blessed by having a revelation of what this actually pertains to; but when I tell you what that Catholic man said concerning this scripture, you will see how multitudes of carnal minded people are going to be deceived and carried right into hell. On that tape I mentioned earlier, which is what was spoken by that certain man on a radio interview, when he was asked about this falling away, here is how he explained it. That is this element of Catholics today that are coming out of the Catholic Church to go after the ecumenical and charismatic spirit. He leaves it standing that they are the ones that are being deceived and led away from the true church. That is how he sees this falling away the apostle Paul spoke of. Naturally that man does not realize that is a false interpretation of what Paul was speaking of; so Satan is just using him to gather together another bunch. When Bro. William Branham was still here, he emphatically stated that this is none other than when apostate religion gets to the place it cannot in any way stay in line with the scriptures, then God will send them a strong delusion that they may believe the devil’s lie and be damned; and that thing got its start coming right out of Rome. This ecumenical spirit in religion today and this charismatic spirit coming out of all this Protestant, Pentecostal movement, blend together to pull off gross deception around the world. Without a true revelation of what is taking place, it all sums up to look like there is a great revival coming to this religious, apostate world. That is why Paul said, Be not deceived. It all seems so wonderful to the religious mind that is void of a true revelation. Paul said God would send them a strong delusion, if they do not have a love for the truth; and denominational religion could not care less about truth, just as long as they can all get together, recite a little ritual, hug each other and have a good time. It is a delusion pure and simple; and it is of God Himself. Oh, Bro. Jackson, you ought not judge people like that. I am not judging them; they are already judged by the word of God. Oh, I know what a lot of people think: It all just looks so real. What you need to see, is that the whole thing will eventually be swallowed back up by the Roman Catholic Church; because time has run out for those who are completely sold out to that spirit of deception. All of those manifestations they are enjoying so much, are destined to lead great multitudes right back under the power of the Roman Church as that week of Daniel approached. How else can Rome get back in power over the masses, except by deceptive means? Bro. Jackson, we thought you just said it is God doing the deceiving. I said that; but you must understand how it works. God sent His prophet messenger to this age to present a true revelation to those who would receive. At the same time, Satan flooded the ranks of religion with truth that he had perverted. In other words, He took things like divine healing, baptism of the Holy Ghost, speaking in tongues and love for the brethren, and presented it to people who just wanted to be religious enough to escape hell; but he presented it in such a way as to put emphasis on the wrong things. All of a sudden, people from denominational ranks that in the past wanted nothing at all to do with divine healing and speaking in tongues, began to attend ecumenical get-to gathers and participate in everything that took place, saying, We do not have to let doctrine keep up apart, just as long as we all believe in Jesus and love one another. Well, the scripture truly does say, Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ and thou shalt be saved. It also says, Pray for the sick; and Ask and ye shall receive; and many other things they read, believe with the mind and use; but every promise in the Bible is projected toward the predestinated children of God. They are not written just for the sake of carnal minded people enjoying them. Yet, there are thousands upon thousands of carnal minded people who are supposed to be Christians, out here running to and fro just enjoying the religious game they are playing; and they would not give a true revelation two minutes of their time. Well, if all of this is the work of Satan, how is God sending them strong delusion? In the first place, I did not say all of it is the work of Satan. The real thing is still available for those who are seeking to go all the way with God. Our God is faithful to perform all of His word. Therefore, when someone, no matter who, presents a scriptural promise to others, and faith to believe that provision is present in someone who hears it, God is faithful to reward that investment of faith. Satan is not a healer; therefore, when someone is miraculously and genuinely healed, they are healed by the Spirit of God. Naturally, when that happens, it makes it look to some like God is really approving of their whole program; when in reality their program is abomination in His sight. That is how God is sending them a strong delusion: just simply by honoring His own word. The pathetic thing about it all is that many of those who are truly touched by the Spirit of God in some way, still reject truth when it is presented to them; and therefore, are ultimately deceived and completely led astray, to end up in the great tribulation. I may seem to present a grim picture; but I am only presenting truth to you; and it is truth that can set you free, if you will take heed. I make no apology for what I teach; because I believe we are living in the hour of time when all true children of God must be informed of what is just ahead. Also, God is giving some who have been very careless in living a Christian life, a chance to get themselves straightened up. I just preach what God gives me to preach; and leave the results to Him.


I must get back to that 8th verse of the 7th chapter of Daniel and finish explaining it. “I considered the horns, and, behold there came up among them another little horn before whom there were three of the first horns plucked up by the roots: and, behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great things.” As the casual reader would read that verse, naturally it would sound like that little horn literally destroyed those three horns; because when you talk about plucking something up by the roots, that is usually what you are thinking of: complete destruction. However, if he did away with them completely, that would only leave seven out of the ten; and our ten horned beast would no longer have ten horns. That distorts the picture; for the apostle John stood way on over in the twentieth century (in a vision) and saw the same beast Daniel described; and when he saw it, not only did it have ten horns, it also had seven heads. We will get to all of that as we continue on; and show from history what that terminology pertains to; but for now, let us look further at the rest of verse 8. “And, behold, in this horn (that little horn) were eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great things.” Just hold that in your minds while we go to verse 23, where the angel begins to give Daniel a breakdown as to how to understand and write about this fourth beast, or kingdom. “Thus he said, The fourth beast shall be the fourth kingdom upon earth, which shall be diverse from all kingdoms, and shall devour the whole earth, and shall treat it down, and break it in pieces. (Notice now, as he describes the horns.) And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten kings that shall arise: and another shall rise after them; and he shall be diverse (different) from the first, and he shall subdue three kings.” This lets us see that out of this kingdom, they (the horns) came up into existence some time after Rome first came up and became the head of this great monster of a beast that shook itself. Keep in mind, in his sleep, Daniel saw these four beasts one after another, come up out of the water and shake themselves; and as he watched this last one, he saw that head; and he saw ten horns eventually appear thereupon. Therefore, the angel says to him, The ten horns are ten kings. Well, that sounds like just ten particular men; but if we would take the time to go into detail, in the secular histories, and begin to break down time and occurrences and read to you what took place within the territories of what became known as the Roman Empire, you would easily see that in that particular Barbarian territory, in due time, certain influential men at various times would see things different and begin to work contrary to the dictates of the old imperial Roman government which was centered in Rome. You would see how those influential men that would stand out with power and military ability to carry out a plan would eventually bring about a complete breakaway from Rome politically, and would separate a certain area that as a little nation would grow through time to become a mighty horn (or kingdom). We are talking about territories such as Spain, Germany, France, Belgium, and all those. They were all a part of the territory once ruled by the imperial Caesars of Rome. As I said, that mighty beast, in the beginning, did not have ten horns. The horns were the result of the breakup of the old Roman empire as those various territories would break away from Roman rule and establish a separate kingdom. That is why the angel said, the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten kings (or kingdoms) that shall arise. That is why we can say, the ten kings were eventually ten kingdoms; but they are ten kingdoms that are still to be associated with the territory; but are not to be identified by nor rule from the city of Rome. The city of Rome is no longer their headquarters. That identifies the ten horn; but what about this little horn? What is it? Who is it? Notice the wording of the scripture. “And another shall rise after them; and he shall be diverse from the first, and he shall subdue three kings.” Historically, you can put this picture together. When we go into the histories, we find that there is only one power system that has outlived all other forms of government. Once those various horns got their independence from the political, imperial government structure of Rome, here is what we are looking at, they are not tied to Rome any longer, in a political sense; but somehow or other, in time, something crept upon them that still ties them to Rome. That something is what we are looking at as we look at what looks like the eleventh horn on that beast. It is a power; therefore, it is a horn, but it is not a political kingdom. It is an ecclesiastical power (HORN); and we will see how it subdued three of the political horns and yet did not destroy the horns it subdued. The mystical horn, which was the little horn that came up amidst the other, became more powerful than any of the other; but its power was in another realm. The ten were territorial horns; all headed up in the monarchies. These crowns the apostle John saw on the ten horns could be shown to be the royal families of those monarchies. When we were in Spain, we went down to the ancient capital, Toledo. There, they took us through the third largest Catholic Church there is in Europe. In there, you find a large amount of museum items that go way back in the middle Ages. The art work and things of that sort go back to famous queens that came out of the royal families. When you see these ten horns and realize there was a time that once they all got their territorial freedom from the imperial government of Rome and could function as a nation independent from the emperor of Rome, the leaders (each one of those horns) began to establish a royal family. Each royal family began to establish a long line of descendants. You read in history how the male children born to certain kings became famous princes and the females became queens, and so on. All of that you find recorded in history. You also read about the internal squabbles that went on within the homes, behind the scenes. You are looking at a horn that you understand to be totally secular, political, military, it is all temporal. On the other hand, this other horn that came up, that finally magnified itself above the other, is not a territorial kingdom in any shape, form or fashion; but it is headquartered in Rome. It is the hierarchy of the Roman Catholic Church. From history, we know the Roman Catholic Church did not exist prior to the Nicaea Council in 325 A.D.; but on this tape I have been listening to, when the man was asked the question about its origin he emphatically replied, The church was founded on the shores of Galilee (meaning of course by Jesus). That was in response to what the other man had said about the Roman Church having its origin starting from the Nicaea Council in 325 A.D. Well, we all know the Church, the true Christian Church was founded on the shores of Galilee; but that was certainly not the Roman Catholic Church. The Roman Catholic Church was founded by the inspiration and leadership of a different spirit from the Spirit that brought the Church of the book of Acts into being. One does not have to be very spiritual minded to recognize that the Roman Catholic Church is anti to the true Christian Church. Her doctrine does not in any way resemble what the apostolic Church Fathers taught. They know nothing whatsoever when it comes to a revelation by the Spirit of God. They look at the Reformation as something cooked up by heretics that did not want to live by the teachings of what they call, “The Church.” That is why they have never accepted the Reformation as something brought about by the hand of God. The reason I am saying all of this is to say, This mystical horn that came up in the midst of the other horns has to be recognized by studying recorded history. The Bible itself does not fill in all the details necessary to identify that little horn; but the two together open up the whole thing. Once the power of pope, which started out as a bishop’s office, head over the church in Rome, came to be recognized as the only power that could hold a rein on every other power, he (the pope) ended up ruling that entire territory with the same power and authority exercised by the old imperial Caesars. How did He get into such a position, you might ask? It did not take place instantly; it was a slow process. Many Caesars held the title of Imperial Rule of the Roman Empire; but through the centuries of various upheavals throughout the territory, that office became so weak the imperial ruler was no longer able to keep the territorial subjects quieted down so history declares that the people began to turn to the bishop of Rome and ask him to intervene. Why would they ask the bishop at Rome to intervene in their disputes and help settle some of their conflicts? It was because those bishops of Rome had seized every opportunity to spread their gospel throughout that vast Roman territory; and in doing so, his influence through what was beginning to be recognized as Christianity, began to create an influence upon many people. They began to feel like he was a man that could come up with the right solution to their problems.


I am going to illustrate to you what we are looking at. You will have to agree that there is not the seed of one of those royal families left enthroned today in those ten horns. Bro. Jackson, you have a queen in England. Yes, but she is only a figurehead. She is just a very costly figurehead. They have a Prime Minister. You have seen in the news how their politics are handled. Also, in Germany you still have some of the twentieth century princes and princesses of the old kaiser family; but they are not in power. Neither is the queen of the Netherlands. I will say this though, the Catholic Church and the power of the papacy has outlived all those royalties that were seen as crowns on the ten horns through the ages of time. When monarchies died, the hierarchy of Rome still lived on. That, of course, is the power of the Roman Catholic Church. The last monarchy that was to crumble was Franco of Spain. You are a generation that could well remember that if you listen to the news. That is why this little horn that is described here, can be called a horn (a power). When he was described as coming up among the ten horns, then plucking up three of the ten by the roots, it takes recorded history to clarify that. As this angel described it, how he was to have the face of a man, that is enough to let you know you are looking at a man, but not just one singular man. You are looking at an office. The office he holds is how you identify the horn. It looks like it is just like the other horns, just smaller; but it is not a territorial horn at all. It is not a king coming from a certain country. It is a man of authority coming right out of the city of Rome, right where the ancient Caesars used to rule from. This is why Rome is the focal point. We will bring in more of that as we go along with the message. When you think of this mystical horn, remember this, It does not put eleven horns on the 4th beast. Neither does it destroy the three horns it plucks up by the roots; it only establishes for all to observe the power it holds. We are now talking ecclesiastical and political; for the power of that office became rule in both areas, both body and soul, religion and political. Well, how do you associate that in history? I will not take the time to read it now from the history; but from about the tenth century and on through the twelfth century, if three different popes had not done to the king of Germany, the king of Italy, and the king of France, what they did, the Reformation would not have occurred when it did. When the pope issued his ecclesiastical power, you do not come against it and go on without some kind of confrontation; because by this time church government had taken over the last form of imperial Roman government; and it was then the pope over state, rather than king over state. When it became the pope over Europe, though his seat is in Rome, and when King Henry of Germany said that the pope of that hour was a false monk, and that he was not the vicar of Christ, (we will read later on) and defied him saying, Come down from Saint Peter’s throne, History tells how that pope issued a decree that brought him to his knees. When he issued the decree, it says all the people of Germany were Catholic subjects, and they believed the pope rather than believing the king. The nation became paralyzed because the people did what the pope instructed them to do. As for the king, after he saw he was defeated by his own subjects, submitted to the pope. That was the first horn the little horn plucked up; but keep in mind, the pope, when he plucked up this first horn, did not destroy the identity of the German nation. That was just to show and to establish the fact that he was the horn in a period of time that had the power to do to any king whatsoever he chose to do and there was not a man that could counteract it. The pope’s aim was not to destroy the individuality of the nation, but to keep the nation subject to the church. All of this will be brought out as we come to a place later on in the message where I will read the actual account from history. We will also go into how one of the seven heads on that Roman beast was wounded as unto death, and then healed. We are in 1992, and with things like this Fatima vision coming to the surface and being faced with the fact that this present pope has waited upon the fulfillment of his own dream, believing that he is the pope this same woman (the virgin Mary) will appear to like she did to those three children; (It says that, here on this tape.) and tell him, Now is the time to take over. Right on this tape, Dr. Malachi Martin explicitly states that he believes before the 90’s decade is closed out, the pope of Rome will be the leader of the western world. It will be because he is fulfilling what appears to be a prophecy brought by the appearing of Mary, the blessed Virgin. I want to say at this time, The only way I believe in some of the things it may sound like I believe in: I believe they will happen; because I believe the devil has been allowed by God to plan it: to finish a great deception among a lot of Gentiles that have had an opportunity to follow truth and have refused to do so. A man of Catholic background by the name of St. Maleugy of the 12th century predicted that after a pope would reign fifteen years in the end of the age, (which Pope Paul IV did) a barefoot pope, (which Pope John Paul I could be classified as) would reign for 34 days and die. I do not know exactly why; but it has created a mystery in Catholic circles. Cardinals elected him; but he died in a short period of time. On my way to Norway a few years back, after the plane got in the air, I walked up to the magazine rack and picked out a magazine. It was about a financial banking system in Greece and how certain influential men in the banking system was tied to what evolved in various ways. Come to find out, behind it is the influence of the Vatican. They connected it also with the collapse of another banking system in England; and how a man was found hung on a bridge, just to be recorded as a mystery: who did it? I do not remember the name of the writer of that magazine; but he associated all of that mystery development with the henchmen of the Roman Catholic system; how they pt influential persons in key positions both in the financial structure of the world, as well as in politics: to manipulate and control events. It was also in this magazine that after the death of that pope, there came a great mumbling. Why? What happened? Something is wrong. A magazine, or booklet was published, “The Year of Three Popes.” I will just go ahead and read this. “After the reign of 34 days, then another pope would reign longer. Then he (the last pope) would be the last one that would finish out that particular line of popes, and the end of the world. Do I believe in it? I do not believe it was something by the inspiration of God; but I can believe it could turn out like that. I believe it is the devil in a system; and the people within the system are so blind to reality, and the Bible, they could not care less whether this book is true or not. There are just a lot of people that say, Well what difference does it make as long as you believe in Jesus. That sounds like a lazy mind that does not care whether he goes to heaven or hell. You do not find the apostles and saints of the early age to have been that type of gullible people. We are living in an age when people who profess to be Christians live more like pagans. That is why they will accept any traditional thing that pacifies their feeling that they need to have some kind of religion, something that makes them feel I am saved, I am a child of God, I go to church. Is that not all God requires? The picture they have in their heart’s is as limited and prefabricated as anything can be. True Christianity is something quite different than fire insurance to keep one from burning in hell. The devil is going to pull the wool over the eyes of all whose concept of being a Christian is as superficial as that. We are getting very close to something that is going to separate the true Christians from those who only want enough religion to keep them out of hell. I will just say this, If the news media should come on TV at 8 o’clock in the morning with a news bulletin: Word has been sent from the Vatican that the pope awakened this morning and called an assembly of the cardinal body, whereby he announced to them that the blessed Virgin Mary had appeared to him in the night, thus and so, I would not be at all surprised. Something like that is destined to follow all of the preparation that has already been made for such an event. I am not saying that I believe in what is being projected; I am only saying that I believe God will allow the devil to pull off a deal like this Fatima thing to finish gathering together all who will not walk in truth. I am projecting a possibility based upon things that have been brought to my attention lately. Since the world systems of religion feed on things like what we have been talking about and the great masses are waiting for something spectacular to take place, you can rest assured that Billy Graham, Pat Robertson, George Bush (if he is still in office when it happens) will pay attention and take heed. They will play their part in it. Yet, when Bro. William Branham, in 1963, preached the revelation of the seals, our political leaders and our religious leaders, Billy Graham, Oral Roberts and all the rest of those in their league could not have cared less about what that man preached. That is not their vision. They all have their own ideas about those seven seals. Well, we are moving toward a point in time when God is going to give the devil an opportunity to pull a great big act that will finish blinding a great mass of people one of these days. It is going to look to the religious world of apostasy like the most outstanding and wonderful thing that has ever happened to mortal mankind. That is exactly what happened with the Roman Emperor Constantine, when He had the vision or dream that caused him to accept Christianity as another religion acceptable to pagan Romans. God did not give him the dream and the dream did not turn him into a true, Bible believing Christian; but what it did do caused a turn around in the way Christianity was looked upon by those Romans and started the Church that was founded by Jesus and His apostles on a spiritual decline and it has not fully recovered from it yet. The apostolic truth has been restored; but there is still a lot of religious tradition the true Church must be purged from before time for Gentiles runs completely out. I also read in U.S. News about a certain miracle of a person. The writer went so far as to say, but it takes the pope to declare to the world what a miracle is and what is not a miracle. In other words, God could raise someone from the dead, but if it did not happen in the Catholic Church, it would be denied. Just let something happen within the structure of the Vatican Hierarchy and they will all accept it providing of course that they can reap some of the benefits from it. Listen to me young people. The next nine or ten years in front of you are going to be crucial. Please do everything within your power to walk with God; for we are not going to be here for another century of time. The generation that saw Israel restored to statehood in May 1948, will not all pass away before God wraps up this whole thing. You may think you still have time to play around spiritually speaking, but I assure you time for that is short. That Fatima vision thing is going to play a big part in current events in the very near future; no matter what some of those Vatican officials may say when asked about it. They have always played a cat and mouse game, pretending to have no part in a thing until such a time they can jump on the band wagon and play it for all it is worth. You just have to know the Catholic Church to know how they play things. When there are people out there questioning certain things that are beginning to appear on the surface, those boys are smart enough to say, I know nothing about it; but when the time is just right for them, they suddenly know all about it. They have done it for centuries and they will continue to do it. True children of God need not be deceived by what the devil does through these apostate systems of religion in these last days; for we have had an opportunity to know what is up ahead for this generation before the bride Church leaves here.


Meat In Due Season, Part 4 – 1992, August


The reason we are trying to cover every aspect of application in our text scripture is for the benefit of those who would desire to find their way out of the spiritual maze a lot of so-called preachers have led them into. After Bro. William Branham’s death, there began to be some wild teachings spring up as various preachers began to take his printed sermons, and the tapes, and give them carnal interpretations. The greatest percentage of that element of people, wanted to just take the booklets and sermons and use them as their Bible. We have many of those books here. I have said many times, There is nothing wrong with the sermons you would read in any of these booklets. The thing that is wrong is the motive and attitude of the person reading them many times. What kind of spirit does he or she have on them when they read those sermons? That is what makes the difference; because if they do not have the Spirit of God leading their lives and directing them, and for some reason in their minds, and in their own personal spirit they have certain selfish aims, they will read something that really sparks their aim and will get a picture of something that is as far fetched as daylight is from dark. It will not put them in the Bible; it will take them out here in no man’s land and their mind is left hanging out there in a realm of mysticism. Naturally they do not like for me to say things like this about them; but nevertheless it is the truth and they know it. When I do say these things, then many times the mass of preachers as well as other will say, Listen to that Jackson, he is a blasphemer. Well I have been preaching like this for 26 years; and not one of them have every come to me with their Bible in hand, to prove to me scripturally that I am wrong. If any of them could ever do that, then I am ready to apologize and ask their forgiveness; but as it stands, I certainly do not have to be concerned about a thing like that happening. I have said this many times, I was a witness to this man’s ministry. I was raised up in this area of the country. I sat under practically every sermon he preached in this Jeffersonville area from 1952 in the month of October, on. Furthermore many of his sermons back then were not even recorded. They did not have the tape recording equipment back in those early years of his ministry to tape them; so that one chance to hear what he preached was all we had. Some of those early messages that were preached were recorded on the old wire type tape recorders, but not as a regular practice. Therefore many of his sermons were never recorded. After the more modern tape recorders came along, this enabled things to improve a great deal, and enabled those responsible for it, to catalogue over 900, or maybe over a thousand messages. That has enabled many who desired to do so, to study his every word, memorize them, and imitate his style of preaching. The most pathetic thing about it all is the interpretation some of them have given to subjects they themselves have no revelation on whatsoever. That, along with personal feelings of importance on the part of most of that kind, is responsible for much fo the confusion among those who follow this teaching. Anyhow after Bro. William Branham gave me the interpretation of my horse dream, he went ahead and told me of a dream another man had related to him, a dream I am not at liberty to include in this message even though I have dealt with its substance from time to time. It is not always in the best interest of the overall body of believers, just to open up and tell everything you know to everyone who might listen to you. God requires His true ministry to exercise a certain measure of wisdom in what they do and say. I realize I am dealing with a mass of people, to which if Bro. William Branham had said a skunk is a half brother to a porcupine, they would believe that, not knowing what a skunk is, nor what a porcupine is. Just the fact that he would say something is all they care about. We have people just like that about any direction you go; but God requires His bride Church to be persuaded in their heart’s that what they hear is not in contrast with His overall plan and purpose before they receive it into their spirit’s. When I talk like this, it just aggravates the daylights out of them. Well, they have aggravated me with some of their nonsense and false accusations for a long while now; and I am not preaching what I preach just for the sake of aggravating them; I do it to make truth available to those who desire to know the truth. This is just my way of saying, I live on a two way street. You do too. I do not judge your personal experience with the Savior; but I certainly have a right to judge the way you present what the prophet messenger to this age taught. I cannot put you in heaven, nor can I prevent you from going; but there is one thing sure, I do not have to tolerate all of this nonsense I have witnessed out here in the Branham following without screaming out against such a mess every now and then. The prophet messenger to this age came by the grace of God to give us something to get us out of confusion and back in the Bible. They have taken the beautiful message he brought out in the midst of all of that, and have turned it into more confusion than we had before because they have interpreted it by their own carnal spirit and not by the spirit of God. They can say, Who do you think you are, to say that about anyone? I just simply say, Time will tell, whether what I have said was accurate or not. I am willing to stand upon what I have taught and wait for God Himself to reveal whether I speak by revelation, or just by my own feelings; and I have no fear about it.


When I told that tent vision that Bro. William Branham told me in November 1955, I just have to say, There is no doubt in my mind of the possibility that there was still a higher plane for his ministry to attain to, such as praying for the sick and God doing strange and miraculous things within the healing realm. Nevertheless I can say this with all sincerity and clear conscience before God and man, There was not one thing he was called to preach to this generation, that he was cut short of. I say he delivered his message, he delivered it right on time, and the message he was sent to bring to this Laodicean age was completed, or God would not have allowed his life to be taken. This is not to say there were not possibilities that his ministry could have been brought into a certain realm which would have climaxed according to what some expected; but I can say this, The people who tried to make him more than he was, are to blame for it not coming to pass; not God, nor Bro. William Branham. As I have said, God took Moses off the scene before he accomplished everything he felt he was supposed to do, and I ask you, What caused him to be denied the privilege of leading the people all the way into the promised land? The attitude of the people is what caused him to react the way he did: that caused God to take him off the scene before the journey was completed. Yet He did let him get a little glimpse of what he had started toward. When Moses left Egypt, he left feeling: I am going to the promised land. Well he got to the border of it. He got close enough to view it; but you know what happened. Natural minded mankind has a way of messing up the picture; and this causes God to cut a few things short that could have been; but God’s true purpose is never cut short. Nothing changes God’s overall plan. No. God’s ultimate plan is never cut short. He will give to His people what they are supposed to have. Sometimes instruments can be cut short for one reason or another; but it is usually because of something on the part that other people have in a thing, that causes such a result. Regardless of why he may not have attained unto every potential that may have been set before him, I still declare with all the ability I have, That William Branham is not going to be brought back from the dead to ride that white horse again, nor to travel down the highways with a tent, a tent and a bunch of trucks driven by a bunch of these deity fellows who desire to be the tent manager and all that type of stuff. Neither are they going to carry him anywhere in an airplane. You are as close to him now as you will ever be unless you get your heart’s straightened up. You will never see him again unless you see him in the rapture; and I assure you, that deity spirit on some of you will surely keep you from having any part in the rapture. However I pray to God that something will be allowed to shake you loose from that foolishness, and that His mercy and grace will somehow still be available to you. He (God) is the only One that knows who is a predestinated seed and who is not. I can judge your deeds; but I will not attempt to judge your souls. I know what God will accept and what He will not accept; therefore that I say to you is based strictly upon that, in the overall picture. As for Bro. William Branham, he was for our day, in this twentieth century, just like John the Baptist was 2000 years ago in Israel. Was it not prophesied that John the Baptist would build a highway in the desert? Did he do it? He sure did. The question is, What kind of highway was it? That highway did not even touch the natural, geographical soil of the land. It was a highway through the hearts of an element of people who were ordained to catch a revelation of what was taking place in that day and hour of time. It was in the desert, in the wilderness area that he did his preaching. Well we can say this, If John the Baptist built a highway, (and we know he did; because God’s word proclaims his purpose) then I can say for sure, The highway he built was though the hearts of the people of that day, by what he preached to them. It was called a highway; because it prepared the way for the coming of the Lord, so that those people to which John had presented his message could receive the Christ that was to come on the scene afterward.


Let us just read three verses from Isaiah 40, that spoke of what John was ordained to do. The identity and connection is made by the term, “The voice of one crying in the wilderness” (40:3-5) “The voice of him that crieth in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make straight in the desert a highway for our God. Every valley shall be exalted, and every mountain and hill shall be made low: and the crooked shall be made straight, and the rough places plain: And the glory of the Lord shall be revealed, and all flesh shall see it together: for the mouth of the Lord hath spoken it.” That is what Isaiah prophesied in the seventh century B.C., concerning something that would forerun the coming of Israel’s Messiah. That is what Jesus was, and still is. He came unto His own, and His own received Him not. Well let us read three verses of what Matthew wrote in his Gospel concerning John the Baptist. (3:1-3) “In those days came John the Baptist, preaching in the wilderness of Judaea, and saying, Repent ye: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand. For this is he that was spoken of by the prophet Esias, saying, The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way fo the Lord, make His paths straight.” Matthew identified John the Baptist as the voice Isaiah prophesied about; but let us go to Luke to get the connection between Isaiah’s prophecy, and the prophecy of Malachi concerning Elijah which was to come. This is where the angel of the Lord appeared to Zacharias the father of John the Baptist, announcing to him that his prayer for a son was going to be answered. Luke goes on to identify John as the Elijah of Malachi 4:5, that would be sent before the coming of the great day of the Lord. He did not include the dreadful day of the Lord in that which was attributed to John; therefore common sense would tell anyone that if John did not fulfill the last half of that prophecy of Malachi, there would have to be another man come upon the scene of mortal mankind with that God identifying spirit of Elijah, to turn the heart of the children to that of their fathers, (their apostolic, spiritual fathers of the book of Acts) before the dreadful day of the Lord come. Notice now; we are just reviewing what we have already covered early in the message. (Luke 1:13-17) “But the angel said unto him, Fear not, Zacharias: for they prayer is heard; and thy wife Elizabeth shall bear thee a son, and thou shalt call his name John. (14) And thou shalt have joy and gladness; and many shall rejoice at his birth. (15) For he shall be great in the sight of the Lord, and shall drink neither wine nor strong drink; and he shall be filled with the Holy Ghost, even from his mother’s womb. (16) And many of the children of Israel shall he turn to the Lord their God. (17) And he shall go before Him in the spirit and power of Elias, to turn the hearts of the fathers to the children, and the disobedient to the wisdom of the just; to make ready a people prepared for the Lord.” Let us read Malachi 4:5-6, to get the total prophecy together; but remember, you have to allow for almost two thousand years between the fulfillment of the first half of that prophecy and the last half. “Behold, I will send you Elijah the prophet before the coming of the great and dreadful day of the Lord: And he shall turn the heart of the fathers to the children, and the heart of the children to their fathers, lest (or before) I come and smite the earth with a curse.” What about the Elijah of our day, what kind of highway did he build? The same kind John built. The Bible does not say he will build a highway anywhere when he comes, but the Elijah spirit in both of those men did basically the same thing: prepared a people for the coming of the Lord. We do not travel by ox cart, horseback, nor by camels, like it was in John’s day and hour, so I have to picture an interstate highway. I will say this though, For the last thirty some years he was here on earth, from 1933 through 1965, he literally built a highway through the heart’s of people that is equal to an interstate, or super highway. The highway he built is running right to that Rock; and the Rock I am talking about is the Rock the Church of the living God is founded upon. Hallelujah! Right here in Jeffersonville, Indiana is the platform he always preached these major messages from, that have gone around the world preparing hearts for the coming of the Lord, and is still going around the world doing that very same thing. The rock is a symbol that points to Christ, the One our dear Brother desired to point all men to. Jeffersonville, remains to be viewed in a special way because of being the place of his ministry, from which it was launched, and from which his messages have been heralded to the world; but that does not mean the general population of Jeffersonville, have any more revelation of what he was sent of God to do in this age of spiritual confusion than any other city in the world. It has been said by some denominational people who once enjoyed the healing and various signs that followed his ministry, He was right in the heart, but wrong in the head. What caused them to say that? Simply because his revelation of the word of God caused him to preach truth that crossed their traditional, religious boundary. They loved the healing, and the unusual gift God operated through him; but they loved their traditions more than the truth he preached; so most of the masses turned against him. Before they stopped calling him though, God had already used him to get the attention of a lot of hungry souls who enjoyed hearing the true revelation of God’s holy word. It is from such a called out element of people, that God is perfecting a bride Church which Jesus will soon come for. Saints: I am glad to be among that called out number. The Methodist Church has nothing whatsoever that could feed me today. Well we have one more testimony to present to you before we finish this subject. I have asked Bro. Dan Berta to tell you how God has led them to be where they are today; and then I have a few more things to relate in closing this particular message.


I am thankful to the Lord for the privilege of being here tonight. I know it is by His grace that I am here and I am thankful for it. I was born and raised in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, where we attended an Assemblies of God church. I never dreamed of, or even had a thought that I would ever leave it. Susie and I were married in that church. However as time passed, the Lord allowed conditions to arise in that church, conditions which He used to begin to make us feel hungry for more of His word, for more understanding of His word. We were just not getting that. Sue’s Mom and Dad had been wanting us to listen to one of Bro. William Branham’s taped messages; but we never really cared to listen to it. At that time we were just not interested. God had to allow something to arise that would change our attitude about that. As we became more disinterested in the Assemblies of God church, I said to Susie one night, Let’s take our Bible’s and listen to that tape. What it says must line up with this word. If it is true, and what is said is true, it will be in the Bible. One night after that, we went to Sue’s Mom and Dad’s house; and the tapes message of Bro. William Branham’s preaching was the one titled, “The Spoken Word is the Original Seed.” This tape just opened up to me. Everything that was said made more sense than anything I had heard in my whole life. Everything from serpent seed, baptism in Jesus’ name, the whole works. The Lord just allowed me, and Susie to understand what we heard. He opened the whole thing up to us. Now I have to say a little about my father-in-law Bro. Lau, who went on to be with the lord in December 1985. The Lord worked mightily in his life. Bro. Lau believed with all his heart that the Lord would have a called out Bride Church in the end time. It was his heart’s desire to be with this people wherever they were. He traveled from east to west, hunting for where this element of people might be. However as they went to various places they heard about, the Lord would show either him or Sis. Lau, in a dream, This is not the place. In 1968 they came in contact with the message of Bro. Jackson. Dad had a dream. The Lord dealt with him through dreams many times. I call him Dad because that is what he was like to me. My Mom and Dad were both taken on to be with the Lord shortly after Susie and I were married. Bro. And Sis. Lau have been like a father and mother to me. I appreciate the Lord for that. Anyhow he had this dream where he and Bro. Jackson were going through the Bible. Bro. Jackson would read a scripture and explain how he understood it. Dad would say, That is just how I believe it. Then Dad would read a scripture and explain how he understood it and Bro. Jackson would say, That is just how I believe it. They went through the whole Bible together in complete agreement. After that, we began having house meetings: Sue’s Mom and Dad and Susie and me. There were a few others that came now and then; but not many. We began to hunger for more of the word of God, and for fellowship. The Lord opened up a lot to us through listening to Bro. Jackson’s tapes. We listened to Bro. William Branham’s tapes as well as Bro. Jackson’s; and we were taking notes all along. Then after awhile, we began to notice that what Bro. William Branham said on one tape was different than what he said on another one we had listened to. We ran into the dual statements you may have heard mentioned. It was through Bro. Jackson’s ministry that we learned to take both statements to the Bible, to see which one lined up with it. Anything that is of God has to line up with His written word. Which statement was right? The one that lined up with the word. It was through Bro. Jackson’s ministry that we accepted Bro. William Branham as the prophet to the seventh Church Age. It was through his ministry that we learned how to accept what we heard; and we are so thankful for it because it filled such a void in our lives. As we began to listen more and more to his teaching, we felt we would like to come down here where we could meet and be with these people. We came to conventions for about three years. Then in 1975, when we came down here for the convention, we had been praying about moving down this way. Therefore I put a fleece before the Lord: Lord, if it is your will for us to move here, you will open up a job for me. I am a television engineer; so I put my application in at each of the local TV stations in Louisville. At that time, there were no openings. They all said they would put my application on file. To me, that just seemed like a door being shut. We went home feeling, Well the Lord wants us to stay in Milwaukee. In September of that year I received a letter from WLKY, the Television Station where I now work. They had an opening and wanted me to come down for an interview. I said I would. I came down for the interview; and two weeks later I received a phone call saying I was accepted. I had the job. They wanted to know if I could start work for them in two weeks? I said, Could you give me four weeks? I have a home to sell, a long way to move, and a lot of things to get ready. I could not do it in two weeks. From that time on the Lord just led us. We got ready to move; but we could not move everything at once; so we had to move a lot of our furniture and things to Sue’s Mom and Dad’s attic. After we had done that, Dad remembered a dream he had some time before, when he dreamed people were moving furniture up into his attic. He just could not understand why anyone would move something into his attic, when he himself was wanting to move down here. It was the Lord’s will, that we were to move first; even though it was him that first wanted to move here. Believing that the Lord was moving us, we moved down here without first selling our house; even though we felt that we could not afford to pay both a house payment and rent on an apartment at the same time. It all worked out. Shortly after we got a telephone down here, we called the lawyer we had given power of attorney to, for him to sell our house; and he said to us, We received such and such an offer for the house; and it expires in two days. He gave us the offer. It sounded right; so we told him to accept it. As it worked out, we did not have to pay any more house payments there. All we had to pay was the apartment rent here. There were many other things that gave us assurance we were moving in the will of the Lord. We were able to load everything on that one truck that we needed to load. There were so many things that let us know the Lord was leading us to come here. Since we have been here, it has been such a blessing to us. The end of it all is this ministry here, where our heart’s and soul’s have truly been fed. We are just so grateful to the Lord for all that He has done for us. One other thing I will mention, In Milwaukee, there were two elderly ladies that came to our meetings for a while; and one gave a prophecy over me: that the Lord had a work for me. I had never felt any calling to be a minister; nor any desire to preach. I did not know what kind of work that would be. However after we were here for a while, it worked out that Bro. Jackson asked me to take over the tape ministry. To me, that was the fulfillment of that prophecy. Mom and Dad moved down here shortly thereafter; in June of 1976. In our lives, we have seen the Lord has protected me from disaster. Satan has desired to take my life at least two times that I am aware of. The Lord was there to help me both times. It is true, Romans 8:28, that all things work together for good to them that love God, to them who are the called according to His purpose. Also the scripture in Hebrews 18:8, Jesus Christ the same yesterday, and today, and forever. It has certainly meant a lot to us. This place has been a beacon of light in a world of darkness for us; and an answer to all spiritual confusion. It has been a light to our hearts, that we found no other place. I am just so grateful to the Lord, that He looked down upon our lives and led us this way. Praise His name. (Bro. Jackson says) Thank you Bro. Berta.


I will try to close this subject out with another dream I had; and a few things I want to explain. All through this message we have emphasized, wise servants and evil servants. That is why we have those scriptures up here for you to look at. Many of the followers of Bro. William Branham, pay no attention whatsoever to those scriptures; because they have not the slightest idea of what they are in the Bible for. All they care about are the books and booklets containing only the words of Bro. William Branham. They feel, if I stick with the booklets, saying only what he said, that is all anyone needs. Well, that is not all you need. What he preached was ordained of God to put HIS (God’s) true children back in the Bible, the very book Bro. William Branham preached from. IN that book, is where the faith of our fathers is found. If what you have heard did not put you back in that book, you are just messing around; and Satan will make sure your mind goes in a dozen different directions. It is very evident after twenty six years, that this has already happened to many who claim to follow the message Bro. William Branham delivered to this Laodicean Age. On the other hand, all through these twenty six years we have preached and stood for this very truth, THAT THE WISE SERVANT WILL STICK WITH WHAT THE PROPHET SAID THAT WILL PUT YOU AND ME IN THE BIBLE. I sat under his ministry long enough, hearing the many sermons, the seals, the church ages, the seventy weeks of Daniel, Sirs: Is This the Time, so on and so forth; and I can assure you that in all of these various messages, there is a message in each message that points you to the Bible. In another place, another statement will be made that sounds completely contrary to what he proved by the Bible in the subject he was dealing with; and a certain element of people grab that statement because they thin, This one is inspired, so we will take it. When he preached on the seventy weeks of Daniel, he unmistakably showed that there is yet seven years, one week of years, (which is the seventieth week of Daniel’s seventy week prophecy concerning God’s dealings with the nation of Israel) left to be fulfilled. He laid it all out with a chart. Then when he preached the seals in March and April of 1963, he just throws in a statement, There are three and one half years left to the Jew. Well if you have already had it proved to you by the Bible, that there are yet seven years of God’s total dealings with them, you just ask yourself, What was he thinking of when he made the three and a half year statement later? God will have two prophets dealing with them for three and a half years; and then He will allow the old antichrist to deal with them for three and a half years; and that will finish the last seven years (one week) which is still left of the seventy. Nevertheless the masses go for the three and a half years; because they neither know the scripture, nor history. That is one subject you just do not take every word for what is said, unless you have the history to back it up. Therefore, this one (seven) is right. The three and one half years is thrown out there as a little particle that helps make up the fan that is surely being used to separate the chaff from the good grain in these last days. They like the hang on to every word of what they like of what he said; but when it comes to the five fold ministry of Ephesians 4, they would just as soon forget he said anything about that. When you speak of apostles, prophets, evangelists, pastors and teachers, the ministry he said would be so humble, they are ready to do away with you. After twenty six years, you can see from the course the overall movement has taken that they do not want apostles; and they do not want prophets. They want puppets dangling on a string. You preach it like we say it ought to be preached, or you are not in the message. That is why I say, I would not like to be considered a brother to a lot of people, because I have known them in former years as we sat there in the Tabernacle hearing these messages preached. It matters little to me how many degrees of theology they have: if they cannot make what that man said line up with the Bible, I have just about the same regard for them as I have for the pope of Rome. They are in just as bad a shape, spiritually speaking. To whom much has been given, shall much be required. When God gives you an opportunity to see something, to hear something, and eventually to know something, and yet somehow you just play around with it and handle it to suit your own fantasy, God will take the real thing away from you, leaving you with just little fragments that will eventually lead you off into no man’s land. Who can you blame? You have heard the truth.


The reason I emphatically say, Bro. William Branham will not be coming back in any private resurrection to fulfill a ministry or anything, no matter how many people say, Jackson is wrong, is because it would be contrary to the overall body of the scriptures; and also because God has already given me dreams that vindicate this stand. When I had the horse dream and watched him ride away from that scene where he spoke to me, he rode off into the sun. I knew I would never see him again. The dream I had where he slid the top off the rock, the dream that was pointing to the breaking of the seals was the same way. Something inside me said, Watch him. As I watched him go off into the distance, when he went out of sight, the few that were left standing there by the rock, all turned and looked west knowing we would never see him anymore; but also knowing in our hearts that he had fulfilled his purpose. As the year 1964 continued on, after he left this are, we came to the month of October. No one, at that time, knew what was about to happen; just that he had mentioned something is getting ready to take place. In the month of October 1965, I saw myself in a dream. My wife and I were in a car with some friends of our out in Missouri. We were pulling into the parking lot of a church that I had never seen before. The building drew my attention because of the way it was constructed. As we walked out of the parking lot I looked across the street from the parking lot at another large building. IT was an armory building. I saw the large lettering, A-R-M-O-R-Y. We made a right turn on the sidewalk and took just a few steps down and entered the church building. I notice how the church building, in the dream, was made. It was built years ago when they had to build with air circulation in mind; because down in Shreveport Louisiana it gets very hot. There was an elevation along the top that had skylights, windows all along the top. I saw us go in and take a seat. I will tell the dream, then I will tell what Bro. William Branham said to me when I called him. As I saw myself and the others in the dream, there we sat. I knew we were there for three services. When the first service got under way, I saw Bro. William Branham take the platform and preach his sermon. Then he called for the prayer line. As the prayer line came passing by, he laid his hand on each person and prayed for that person as though, I will never be praying for you again. As each person came by, he just prayed so earnestly, in a way that made you feel, I will never be praying for you again. Each person would pass on by and off the platform. At the end of the line stood a young man. The young man walked up to him and I could hear him say, Bro. William Branham, I have had a dream. Then he would set about to tell Bro. William Branham the dream. I would hear Bro. William Branham say to the young man, Son, there is something about to happen. When it does you will have something to do. With that, the young man took a seat. The dream turns and goes to the second meeting. The second meeting sets in motion, Bro. William Branham preaches his sermon and calls the prayer line. Again he prays for each person just like, I will never be praying for you any more. At the end of that prayer line came a young man, a young minister saying the same words. I could hear him say the same thing I had heard the first time. Bro. William Branham repeated the same words to him; and the young man went back and took his seat. When the dream went to the third service, again Bro. William Branham preached his sermon and called the prayer line. As he came to the end of this prayer line, there came another young man. As this young man tells him his experience or dream, whatever it was, I could hear Bro. William Branham say these words to him, Son, there is something getting ready to happen. As he said those words, he motioned to me, like, Come here I got out of my seat and walked to the front. When I reached the front, that young man left the platform, came down and stood beside me. The two other young men that had been there before, got up and were standing there before the people: when all of a sudden, it was like an earthquake. Something just began to shake the entire building. Through the skylights of that church building, a white mist began to come in, like a fog. It was a manifestation fo the glory of God. It was like a cloud coming in. Out of that, I heard these words said, This is the voice of God. It just keep repeating it. This is the voice of God. In the dream, it just felt like an earthquake shaking the whole building. People started to scream, and were literally crawling under the benches and things they felt could protect them from what was taking place. That voice kept saying, This is the voce of God. Bro. William Branham was standing on the platform alone, looking up. As it shook the building, it literally knocked us off our feet. We were lying on the floor crying, Oh God! Saints: If you ever hear the voice of God speak audibly through the roof of this building, I assure you, it will not be a laughing matter. I was lying there in my bed crying when I woke up. I could not understand anything about such a dream. I just thought, What a dream! I knew Bro. William Branham was going to be in Shreveport for a meeting, so along about the end of the month, I called him one night. He said, Bro. Jackson, have you ever been to Shreveport, Louisiana? I said, No. Well, the way you describe it, that sounds like Glad Tidings Tabernacle. (Bro. Jack Moore, a preacher who traveled with Bro. William Branham a lot, was the pastor there.) He said, Bro. Jackson, right across from the church parking lot is an armory building. He said, If I were you, I would do my best to be there. Well, my wife and I left by plane on Friday, thinking, If we leave on Friday we are going to get there for Friday night service, Saturday night, and two services on Sunday. That would make us there for four services. That was our plans; but that is not the way it turned out. When we got to Atlanta, where we were to catch a flight to Jackson, Mississippi, bad weather had detained the flight. We were detained for over two hours before we got the flight out of there to Jackson, Mississippi, and from there, on to Shreveport, Louisiana. When we arrived in Shreveport our luggage was all messed up. It did not come in with the flight. Therefore our friends took us to a motel; so we did not get to attend the Friday night service. I could see later, We were only supposed to be there Saturday night, Sunday morning and Sunday night. He made mention of my dream, when he preached the sermon that night, the message titled “The Wings of a Snow White Dove.” When I left there, I thought, God, nothing happened. I was worried and very disturbed. However in December, when we heard what happened, how Bro. William Branham was hit by the drunken driver on his way home, and his life brought to an end I said, Yes, what Shreveport signified in my dream, That is where the movement was gathered together. They were there from Canada, Mexico, Africa, Europe, and all over the states. They were assembled there for those meetings, the movement of this following. That is the last meeting the movement was ever gathered together to hear that prophet of God preach. When he lay a corpse in Coots Funeral Home, I had more than one brother from various parts of the country say to me, Bro. Jackson, this was the fulfillment of your dream. I said, I believe it was. Shreveport was only a point to stand out. This was where God had gathered the movement for the last time to see this man alive. When that automobile wreck occurred, and God took the man, it literally had a spiritual impact on the whole movement: just like an earthquake. You would have had to see what was doing on in the funeral home and what began to transpire in the hours and days that followed, to fully understand the connection. There were some that literally went berserk; and their remarks were totally fanatical, just like something wild, as they ran around saying, He has to rise, he has to do this, that and all the various things they thought no one but him could do. God brought His prophet on the scene in such a humble way the mass of religion could not believe a man like that could amount to very much in the plan of God; but he delivered his message, those who were ordained to do so received it by revelation, God took the man from our midst; and the greater percentage of those who followed him around from place to place could not be in worse shape than they are today, spiritually speaking. The movement as a whole appears to have been through an earthquake. There is no genuine unity to be found. Each one, is seeking to make a name for himself: by knowing more about Bro. William Branham than anyone else, or by having some secret revelation of something Bro. William Branham said, or by being able to quote him verbally, word for word. Whatever they are doing, most of them are missing the mark; because they have not allowed what they were privileged to hear, to put them back into the Bible where every anointed message originates from. Nevertheless brethren, wherever you are around the world, and whether you see me on video, hear these testimonies by tape or see them in print, be aware of this one thing. Bro. William Branham is not coming back to please the fantasy of an element of people that have cultivated these unscriptural ideas. If you have joined their camp, you have put yourself in the midst of a mess. There is a remedy for the mess; but it requires genuine repentance; and it will require humility. You cannot genuinely repent, still holding to the idea that you know all there is to know. That proud spirit will lead you straight to destruction. It is not of God. Bro. William Branham brought a message to this generation that will put any true believer back in the Bible; but the literal words of Bro. William Branham are not what is going to perfect the bride of Christ. I have never said anything to take away anything from Bro. William Branham, or from what he preached; but in various sermons scattered through the years, I heard him make statements that were unrelated to the true revelation fo the Bible subject he was dealing with; and used as they were, did not present a clear picture of what it did pertain to. I have never said he made a mistake; I have only said, God willed him to say certain things the way he did; so that when he was gone the fan could be put in motion. There are people that go for these statements. Somehow or other they feel these statements are Thus saith the Lord; because they were said in such a way, and within certain messages, it makes them believe it was the Spirit of God revealing something to a few, while hiding it from the rest. They just do not realize the fan has to appear somewhere. It is not in Oral Robert’s ministry; nor any other of those high class TV ministries. It is right in this movement. God ordained this man to say certain things a certain way, to test you. The test is, Will you get back in the Bible or take certain booklets and run with them, claiming you have the message of the hour? Well you have something alright; but you may, in the end, be just like the Jews were, recorded in St. John 6, when Jesus fed them with five loaves and two fishes. Think of it. They ate miracle bread and fish when he multiplied it, and got a revelation, “Is this not that prophet?” They began to mumble among themselves, This is that prophet Moses spoke of. That was a revelation from the book of Deuteronomy; but when they began to say, Let us take Him and make Him king; they were overstepping their revelation. Every single phase of the plan of God has to be inaugurated by Him, in His time, and for His purpose. What He does is not just to please the selfish desires of a chosen few; but to accomplish a certain phase of His foreordained plan of redemption for lost mankind. Certain people always reap a benefit for their flesh in what God does; but they also have a responsibility to give testimony to glorify God, when that is the case; it is not just for the sake of the blessing to their flesh. Those Jews that were thinking only of the loaves and fishes when they wanted to make Jesus their King right then and there, were like a lot of those who followed Bro. William Branham; they just loved the immediate benefits of what followed his ministry. Those who recognized the gift of God in Bro. William Branham’s life, but failed to get a revelation of the total picture, just simply could not accept the fact that Jesus Christ was manifested in Bro. William Branham’s life in the measure it was, to give us Gentiles here at the end time the same sign, gift, and type of ministry that God gave to the Jews through the personal ministry of Jesus the Christ. That is why they want to make this man God. God gave them a revelation, if they would have just treated it right. Anyone would have to be spiritually blind to witness the things that took place in the ministry fo Bro. William Branham and not recognize that he had an anointing that far superseded that of other men who had outstanding ministries; but those who tried to make him more than he was, turned out to be spiritually ignorant concerning the plan and purpose of God. It is true that Jesus the Christ is coming back to earth; but He is certainly not coming back as someone else; and He is not coming back until this Gentile Church Dispensation has run its full course. Then He will come. Hallelujah! It all comes down to this, If you treat a revelation right it will take you to the word; but if you do like those Jews did and try to make something out of it for your fleshly benefit, God will take the real thing away from you; and leave you with just enough of something to pick on from now until you have either gone off the scene in death, or Jesus Christ comes and takes His true Church away. Which ever it is, you will not be ready to have a part in the marriage supper with the bride. As I conclude this message, I want to assure anyone who comes in contact with it, that I say these things with humbleness, knowing that it is by the mercy and grace of God that I have my own head on straight; and therefore I am pleading with anyone who will hear me, Please, it is time there should be a people all over the earth that will begin to reason these things out in a scriptural way, and realize God is going to have a Bride people that see the same thing. There are going to be preachers that preach the same thing. They are going to see eye to eye. That is why that prophecy would say, “Thy watchmen shall lift up the voice; with the voice together shall they sing: for they shall see eye to eye, when the Lord shall bring again Zion.” You could not presently get enough preachers in this movement to make up a choir; because they all want to sing their own song. Nevertheless this prophecy is going to be fulfilled, whether any of those who stuck so close to Bro. William Branham have any part in it or not. It is soon going to be fulfilled; because God is bringing back Zion. The Jews are coming home by the thousands; and it is destined to fulfill all that has been prophesied about them for the end time. We Gentiles do not have another ten years to play around; making believe we are the Bride of Christ. If we cannot begin to prove that we have something in us that can bring people into unity, we are deceiving ourselves. May God help us, as we endeavor to be led by His Spirit. Amen.


Meat In Due Season, Part 3 – 1992, July


If we will look back to the beginning of the gospel era, first you had John the Baptist. We can understand what he was. Then we have the Messiah the Christ. He came upon the scene right on the heels of John. It was through Jesus Christ that this whole dispensation was activated, through His death, burial, and resurrection. When He was crucified, buried, rose again, and ascended on high, then that same Spirit that was in Him was sent back to dwell in every true believer. That first happened on the day of Pentecost, enabling them to pick up and continue on with what He had been doing. When that Spirit came back, what did He do? He literally fulfilled exactly what Ephesians 4 speaks of. “Now God has set in the Church apostles, prophets, evangelists, pastors and teachers.” That ministry got the Church established upon a solid foundation; and as long as that generation remained alive and able to guide the Church, Satan was unable to do much in the way of perverting Bible doctrine. However as they finished their course and left the leadership responsibilities to the next generation, that antichrist spirit began to infiltrate the ranks of the various assemblies; and before very long, it was obvious that the Church was being robbed of that apostolic type of men. Every imaginable Satanic teaching began to be introduced among the ranks of the believers. You can read Revelation 2:1-3:18, and get a pretty good picture of the shape the Church was in even before the apostle John died. He was anointed of God to write the book of Revelation in the year 96 A.D.; long after the rest of the original apostles were all dead. There were none of the original apostles left alive at the close of that first Church Age. They were all martyred. History picks up the record and speaks of many men who had sat under their teachings, that were affected to a great extent; but somehow or other even in that second generation of men there was something lacking, when it came to holding a line on the original revelation given to the Church. Therefore the Church was destined in process of time, to begin to decay, slip away, deviate and begin to err concerning the faith of our apostolic fathers. Satan just simply began to strip the Church of these important things; such as the apostolic ministry and the revelation they held. While in the Middle Ages God raised up various types of men, much like those of the Reformation that came later, only He Himself knows what the gallant faith and stability of those men caused them to have to labor under as they faced persecution of not only the governments, but also of the Catholic Church and every other kind of Satanic spirit. Many of them were just literally slaughtered because of the things they stood for. What we need to realize is, if the Reformation itself, which has been in process for the almost five hundred years, has been a process of God restoring back gradually what the Church had been stripped of, then rest assured that it was here in the end time that God intended to put everything back in true perspective, in every detail, so that the faith of our fathers (our apostolic, spiritual fathers) can give us exactly what those had who formed the foundation upon which your and my faith and understanding and walk with God is established. It absolutely has to be back in the Bible. That kind of faith cannot survive on nothing more than denominational church tradition. That is why we have for twenty six long years, labored and strived to present something in a Christian way, to give people that would listen to what we say, an opportunity to know what Jesus Christ is coming back for. We have had much opposition since the death of Bro. William Branham; but we are witnesses of what that man was, what he said in this area, and of the fact that he had a message for the universal body of true believers. It was in this area, Jeffersonville, Indiana, Clark County, the southern portion of Indiana, right along the Ohio River, that God raised up this man to sound this truth to the ends of the earth. I do not care from what nation some may come from, they were not witnesses of this man and his unique ministry. How dare the man that lived in Rome, whether he may have been Jew or Gentile, come to Jerusalem ten years after Jesus had been crucified and dare to say, I was a witness. How could such a person claim to be a witness? To be a witness, you have to be there personally. You have to see and hear what is taking place. Furthermore God has to establish you, in order for you to be an effective witness of spiritual things. You know how this kind of thing works. A lot of people can be driving down a highway and be involved in a catastrophic automobile wreck; but you believe me, not every one can be a legal witness of what actually happened, in a court of law. By the time those attorneys get through screening everyone, you find out there were not nearly as many real witnesses of the tragedy as you might have thought there were. The mere fact that they were all involved in the mishap did not necessarily qualify them as acceptable witnesses of what actually caused the thing. They have seen all the chaos; but what really caused it? They all have a different version; and that makes it necessary for those who have the responsibility of learning the truth to determine which testimony has merit, and which does not have sufficient merit to be acceptable. It is the same way concerning the life and ministry of Bro. William Branham. A lot of people claim to know all about him, his ministry, what he said, and what he meant; but when you put them to the Bible test, very few qualify to give personal testimony of these things. That is why I talk like this; because God allowed me to be a personal witness. By the grace of God, I know what I am talking about. I did not receive what I know from someone else. God raised up this man, in this area, because it was the end time; and because there are certain things in our Bible that had to be characterized in much the same fashion as it was in the apostolic hour. Also there came people of this end time, their outlook was affected much in the same manner as it was back then. I will give you an example.


I will never forget: it was along about 1958 when there began to be the murmuring or rumor that certain ones within the following was secretly believing William Branham was none other than the Messiah, the Lord. I know I have told this in other messages; but I feel that it should be in this one also. It was in the fall of 1958, a particular preacher that had moved to this are from Michigan paid me a visit. He came down where I was building on my house. Standing there on that day he asked the question, Bro. Jackson, do you reckon mankind today would recognize Jesus if He were to come on the scene as before? I said I believe they would, if God was dealing with them. Then he said, Well, what I mean is, if he dressed like you and I, would He be recognized? I thought, What is he talking about? He followed up by saying, Have you ever thought about who you think Bro. William Branham is? When he said that, then I realized, this is exactly what I have been hearing over the months that have transpired. I said, Brother, he is that Elijah of Malachi 4. He is that Church Age angelic messenger of Revelation 10:7; and when you start making him more than that, you are getting yourself in trouble. He shut up and never said any more about it. I never heard much more of him after that; but I do remember it was in the fall of 1958. Then in December 1960, Bro. William Branham was led to start a week of meetings; and during that time he taught on the seven Church Ages. He took each age separately as he dealt with them, reading about each church assembly that portrayed the spirit of a certain Church Age. He went into the history of the time that was related to that particular church that exemplified that particular age. That whole week was really a blessing to the people of God. I will never forget sitting there, hearing that little man preach those things. It made the Bible which was already a unique book, such a living reality. You could just see the picture in your mind’s eye. When the meeting was over, you just wanted to be that much more dedicated to the faith you felt God was giving you the opportunity to exercise. I heard many people say, It is going to be so wonderful when the Spirit of God begins to move over the earth and people begin to see this. However it was just a few months later, in the year 1961, while Bro. William Branham was in a meeting in Chicago, that this thing about him being more than he was began to appear. It spread fast though, for from there he went into Canada and ran into the same thing. Here, is the booklet titled, “The Bruised Serpent.” In there, he tells about the particular characters that had gathered around him and how God had showed him in a dream, this particular snake or serpent, and how the people thought it was so beautiful. He tells how he had been fishing with certain ones of those men and the subject was brought up. He told them and even begged them, in that experience of talking with them, saying, I am your brother. Please don’t play with that thing. Get rid of it. There in Canada, in that message, he told how up in Alaska among th Eskimos, they were wanting to baptize in the name of William Branham because they believed he was their Messiah. There is just no limit to what the devil will do, trying to cause people to miss God’s true way.


Let me take this opportunity to say a few things to clear up some of my other remarks. When I said, I was a witness, some of you older ones sitting here were witnesses also, to things that developed in this area. Therefore I say these words to viewers of the video, hearers of the other tapes, and to those others that are away from this area. I have a reason for saying what I am saying. When I said earlier, Bro. William Branham is not about to be resurrected to come back and fulfill some long hypothetical dream of someone that thinks it is the only way everything can be wound up properly. Even if God would bring that man back from the dead to please the fantasy of some people, it would not make them one bit better; it would only make them worse. In fact, the effect on them would be just as nil as when Jesus spoke of the incident and the circumstances concerning the rich man and Lazarus. (Luke 16:22) “And it came to pass, that the beggar (Lazarus) died, and was carried by the angels into Abraham’s bosom: 23 the rick man also died, and was buried; And in hell he lift up his eyes, being in torments, and seeth Abraham afar off, and Lazarus in his bosom.” That does not mean Abraham was carrying him around like a baby. God just let him see Lazarus leaning against Abraham’s chest, like the scripture speaks of John the apostle leaning on the Lord’s chest. What did Jesus tell them in that parable? If they will not believe the written word, they will not be persuaded by one resurrected from the dead. Can you see how vain all of this kind of talk is? I want to read the rest of that parable; so you can get the message right from the words of Jesus, as He used this setting to convey a truth. God does not depend upon dead men to come back from the grave and preach th gospel. That is a job for His living ministry. (Luke 16:24) “And he cried and said, Father Abraham, have mercy on me, and send Lazarus, that he may dip the tip of his finger in water, and cool my tongue; for I am tormented in this flame. 25 But Abraham said, Son, remember that thou in thy lifetime receivedst thy good things, and likewise Lazarus evil things; but now he is comforted, and thou art tormented. 26 And beside all this, between us and you there is a great gulf fixed: so that they which would pass from hence to you cannot; neither can they pass to us, that would come from thence. 27 Then he said, I pray thee therefore, father, that thou wouldest send him to my father’s house: 28 For I have five brethren; that he may testify unto them, lest they also come into this place of torment. 29 Abraham saith unto him, They have Moses and the prophets; let them hear them. 30 And he said, Nay, father Abraham: but if one went unto them from the dead, they will repent. (Notice how Abraham answered him, and apply that answer to your present day, for that part is still exactly the same.) 31 And he said unto him, If they hear not Moses and the prophets, neither will they be persuaded, though one rose from the dead.” All this foolishness about Bro. William Branham coming back from the dead to finish his ministry is mere hypothetical, presumptuous ideas that carnal minded men think God will yield to. He will not! It was in te year 1955, in the month of November: Bro. William Branham came down home to go rabbit hunting. He had seen this vision about the tent, the third pull, some months prior. (I remember when he first mentioned it in the pulpit.) It was on a November day, with drizzling rain, that he was down home. It finally rained enough we went up to the edge of the woods and sat down underneath a tree. He sat on a stump, and that is when he told me the vision. Yes, in the vision he literally saw a tent. In the vision he saw how he was to pray for people. He told me, Bro. Jackson, I believe the day will come when God will give me the tent, and I will not have to pay any attention to these ministerial associations. He said, I will be able to have the equipment, the trucks, and such to move about from place to place. I will just send out a coworker into a certain city and acquire the facility of a ballpark or something like that where we can set the tent up. I believe I can move in there and stay there a week, two weeks, six weeks, however long God wants me. I will not be restricted by the ties of a ministerial association that always requires cooperation with them, to carry out their plan. I just have to say this, There is no doubt in my mind that the vision was absolutely God’s way of showing him what his ministry would potentially become. Watch now. By 1957, not only do we have this Messiah spirit arising, but we begin to have a category of people, people with money, not the poor laboring class, that began to move into the area, people who did not have to depend on a particular job for their daily keep. These people began to press themselves around him. Everywhere you would see him, you would see them following. It did not matter whether he went to Georgia, Chicago, or where, they went with him. You could hear it said behind the church many times, in other places where you would see these people, I’ll be glad when he gets that tent. I want to be a truck driver. I want to help put up the tent. On and on it would go. The expectations people began to have, I want to do this, I want to do that, and so forth. By the time 1961 came and this Messiah spirit began to be so strong, it was those people who always pressed in so close to him, that were forever sowing that idea in the mind’s of all who would listen. Let me say to you out there across the land, wherever you may hear my words, You may say, But Bro. William Branham saw it. It has to come to pass. I will just come right back and say, Moses was told a certain thing in the desert, when he had fled from Pharaoh. He herded sheep for forty years on the back side of the desert for his father-in-law Jethro. When God finally spoke to Moses, you know what God told him? I have called you to go down into Egypt and lead my people out. He told him where they were to be taken to. They are going to be taken back to the land of their fathers, a land that flows with milk and honey. For four hundred and some years that had been the dream and expectation of all those Israelis sojourning in that strange land; because it was spoken to Abraham by the Spirit of the Lord. Well Moses went to Egypt. Moses was commissioned to display and manifest the power of God, as God worked it through him. You know the whole story. Finally the hour of the exodus came. What a display of God’s power was manifested as they crossed the Red Sea, and later as God gave them the rock, then the manna. We know from the story of the scriptures, the children of Israel were sustained for forty years. They did not have to depend on anything other than God’s provision. IN the desert there was no such thing as planting a garden or anything like that. They ate manna from heaven and drank from that rock. All this typed the Christ that was yet to come. Christ is that hidden manna; and the rock that was there in the natural, typed the Rock Christ out of which flows the Holy Spirit. That makes Him the rock of our salvation. My point is this, When they came forty years through that wilderness journey, you know the story so think of this, Moses left Egypt with a promise, with an assurance in his heart, I am going to a land that flows with milk and honey. No where in the scriptures did God ever tell him six months after they left. You will not go all the way. He never said one thing about it; but when they got to the final points, and the children of Israel got to complaining, fussing, and it so aggravated Moses, that after forty years of this, it just moved him to say a little word and make a statement in disgust. The minute he did it, God said, come here Moses. Did this diminish anything from what Moses had already done? No, it just goes to show that he was a man and could only take so much of that kind of grumbling without expressing himself. Yet the Bible tells me there were none of the prophets greater than Moses; because God talked to him mouth to ear, and so forth. Nevertheless when Moses said those words, and God said to Moses, Come here, and then said to him, Because you did not honor me, you will not lead them over. What did that do to the vision inside his soul, as being the instrument that would lead the children of Israel into the promised land? That vision was cut off; and soon afterward Moses was cut off; but what did God do for him first? He took him up on a high mountain on a clear day. God did this when the angle of the sun would be just right and He cleared all the humidity out of the air so he could see far away. God said to Moses, Take a look. You know what the scriptures say. He was privileged to look over into Canaan land and see a little bit of what he had for forty years longed to be able to lead the children of Israel into; but circumstances changed the picture. I say this, there is such a thing as man getting in the way of what God is doing, and when this happens it will cause God to cut short something that could have been. It does not cut God’s plan for His people short. Many times it is just a case of God cutting something short that He was going to accomplish through a certain man, if the instrument had not allowed circumstances to change things. It is all because of what people do. Therefore when Bro. William Branham, had this vision, if those people would have gotten themselves out of God’s way and let God lead and direct in the proper way, there is no doubt that as Bro. William Branham came into the later months of his ministry, things could have been different. He was moved by divine inspiration to teach the revelation of the seven seals; because they are written in symbols to hide the revelation from carnal mankind, in Revelation 5 and 6; and what a wonderful thing, if at that same time his ministry would have blossomed into the point that he could have been praying for the sick and God do some of the outstanding things in that fashion. As I listened to him tell of the vision, the tent and what he had seen done in it, that was really to be a further extension of the ministry, as to how he was to pray for the sick and the things that was to be accomplished. However none of that has anything to do with the revelation of what he preached. You just have to keep everything in its proper place.


When 1961 came, Bro. William Branham heard of this thing that was being spread about him, and he came home from the field. I just read it the other night. I remembered that Sunday morning as we went to the tabernacle. We did not know what we were about to hear; because we had gotten a telephone call: Bro. Jackson, please come to the Tabernacle in the morning. Bro. William Branham has come home. He cut the meetings short in Canada. He has something he wants to say to the people. When he stood on the platform that morning he was white, like he had been injured. He cried. He stood and looked at the people. You could not help but feel sorry for him; and when he began to bring out this terrible thing those people had turned loose, I thought to myself at that time, Yes, suppose he had a tent, suppose he had trucks, then what? Suppose these same characters were driving his trucks. Every meeting he would have had, before the service would start and he get a chance to preach, they would be out among the people indoctrinating them, twisting their understanding about this man, who he was, what he was, and what he was here to do, as though God needs that kind of help. God has never needed that kind of help. God wants you and me to be witnesses of something for sure; but He does not want us to be perverters of what we see and hear, and find us out among people giving them the wrong picture. God is not the author of confusion, but of love and peace. It is only the devil that stimulates such adverse things. Well when Bro. William Branham preached that sermon, at first it looked like those men responsible for the trouble all went to him personally, repenting and asking forgiveness. I remember that night, when he came back and spoke of how he felt relieved. He felt like that spirit would die after that; and never cause any more trouble. God knew whether it would die or not; and I can assure you, It did not die. In the dream, when Bro. William Branham saw that snake, he shot it. He shot it through the midst of its body. He was about to shoot it in the head; but one of the men said, Don’t do that, just take this stick. As he turned to get the stick, that allowed the snake time to get off into the water. He said, Well it is mortally wounded, it will die. However after Bro. William Branham’s death, that spirit revived; and from the land of India, Africa, as well as North America, there has been a scattered element of people through this time since, that have revived that thing. They preach that Bro. William Branham is none other than the Messiah. He is the Lord. They have even gone so far as to say the Lord Jesus’ new name, which you see written in the scriptures, in the 19th chapter of Revelation, is William Marrion Branham. All these things put together, have been sown out among the people that were to be the bride of Christ; but you cannot help but see that Jesus is not coming for a movement like this, with all this kind of confusion in it. They may all think they are bride people; but do not fit the category of those whom God would entrust the responsibility of rulership. They are not fit to rule. However there are some within it that frame of thinking that have thought upon nothing else that how to rule people. That is all they have ever wanted to do, rule people. They have a very unique way of taking quote and statements and compiling them into some far-fetched teaching they can rule people with. They use that tool as a club. If you do not see everything their way, they will beat you to a pulp, spiritually speaking. Therefore, for twenty six years these spirits have spread that kind of picture around the world. It is no wonder Bro. William Branham’s name is evil spoken of. Just about every serious minded man or woman out here in the denominational churches know more about God and His plan than to fall for the kind of picture these perverted minds present. I do not mean to be unkind; but sometimes you just have to call a thing what it is. This idea among some people that Bro. William Branham has to rise from the dead to finish his ministry is pure nonsense; but this is not the first generation that has ever been faced with a thing like this; so let us just keep our hearts in a humble attitude; and our mind’s open to the things God desires to speak to us through His living ministry. Other men back through the ages have said things similar to what you hear from these Branham people; because the man they were following did not complete everything some of them expected him to. Here is my point: You can look in the 21st chapter of St. John, where Jesus is saying to Peter, Lovest thou me? And he said, Yea Lord. Then go feed my sheep. And again Jesus said, Peter lovest thou me? Lord, you know I love you. Go feed my lambs. Then again Jesus said, Peter do you love me? By this time he said, Yes, you know I love you. Go feed my lambs. Well it irked Peter instead of getting his attention. Do you remember what he said? He turned, looked at John, and said, “Lord, and what shall this man do?” People are just like that. They are not going to do anything until someone else is doing something. Mankind is just that way. Bear with me; I am going to show you something. Peter was given instructions by the Lord; and instead of accepting responsibility for what the Lord told him to do, he wanted to know what John was going to be doing; and that caused Jesus to make a statement He would not have otherwise made. He said to Peter, “If I will that he tarry till I come, what is that to thee? Follow thou me.” In other words, Jesus just as same as said, Peter, it is none of your business what John is destined to do; you just do what you have to do; and do not be concerned about him. If I want him to tarry until I come, that is still none of your business. Jesus was just simply making a point; but what did those who were listening do with His words? Instead of catching the point He was making, they only caught a few words which they completely perverted. Notice what they began to spread around. (John 21:23) “Then went this saying abroad among the brethren, that that disciple should not die: yet Jesus said not unto him, He shall not die: but, If I will that he tarry till I come, what is that to thee?” Did Jesus say John was not going to die before He comes back again? He absolutely did not. Did that stop those disciples from spreading that rumor? No. They told what they thought they heard; but they did not hear it right. Jesus just used that as a figure of speech to let Peter know it was none of his business what John would do. Go do what I told you to do. There will be times in your life and mine, that God may say something to one of us: Go do this. We are completely out of line if we say, Well who else is going to be doing that? We are that way though. That is our carnal makeup. John is not going to die until Jesus comes again. That is what they got from what Jesus said; but that was not what He said. My point in bringing this out, is that you may see how people build upon something when they just half hear what is said. Jesus did not explain what He said; even though He knew they had heard it wrong. There are some things said, that God allows and uses to test your and my ability to shake ourselves and look at ourselves in the right way. We as individuals, have to give ourselves to God in such a way that we are not found just floating along with the crowd. We must have something inside of us guiding our way. It is my personal commitment God is after, rather than my believing and saying only what everyone else does. There is no salvation in that. If you knew whole truth, you would probably learn that a lot of people are believing Bro. William Branham is supposed to rise from the dead, only because they have heard some influential person say it. When you hear something from someone you believe to be a responsible person, it is easy to be led astray, if you are not sensitive to the Spirit of God so He can check you. God has allowed many of these men to run the road and spend fabulous sums of money proclaiming the letter of Bro. William Branham’s teachings; and then God has allowed the revelation of those teachings to be presented also. That those who are hungry for truth may have the opportunity to hear it. The teaching itself has reached the ends of the earth. It is even in various parts of what was for many years the Soviet Union. Russia’s door is now wide open to the gospel; and I am sure they have only a little short period of time to receive it. No doubt chaos will rip and tear it all to pieces before very long; because they have to be tested also. Some will receive a true revelation; and others will receive this, that, and who knows what; but that is how this thing works. God has His ways of sorting out the predestinated seed from all the rest. When this thing of an early resurrection is taken by influential people and built into a doctrine, (a doctrine is a teaching) and that teaching becomes a yardstick used to determine who is, who is not a Christian, who is in and who is out of the message, then someone is in trouble with God. That is exactly what many of these carnal minded men have played with for the past 27 years. Natural minded men always like to take things out of the hand of God and put them down on their own level so they can build their ideas into some kind of yardstick to measure others by. God will not allow it to end like that. Therefore I am forewarning you: This is going to be one of the longest messages of this type that I have ever preached; but I intend as we approach the end of it, to deal with this thing of the resurrection of Bro. William Branham in a way to show you how it is absolutely unscriptural; and at the same time, I am not saying that those who have believed it are all going to hell. Only God Himself knows who is going to hell, and who is not. Just listen to how I say it, when I deal with this teaching on the resurrection as a point of Christian faith later on. Right now though I am going to ask Bro. Allen to come and give his testimony of how God has led him, through these years of much controversy. The reason I am doing this, and the reason I am having the congregation included in the Video today, is so those in other areas of the world will be able to see, and hear enough to know I am not standing here alone in what I teach and stand for. I want those in other lands to know there are people here with me. People who believe what I believe and support me. I also want them to know there are witnesses here, of the things that have transpired through the years. There are people here that God has dealt with just like He has with me, to recognize the truth for our day and hour. They are here because they believe this is where God placed them. Furthermore I believe God has dealt with people around the world, to cause them to hunger spiritually, for more than they have been getting. I want them to know there is a people here in America, in the Jeffersonville are, right where this message came forth to be sent out to the universal body of Christ, that witnessed much of what was preached and manifested by and through the prophet to this age, and their own lives have been directed by what they witnessed. Bro. James Allen is one of them; and I am asking him to come at this time, to give his personal testimony of these things. Then we have other people with testimonies from various periods of time; so we will be having some of them testify later on.


I would like to start out with the year 1959, the year my wife and I were converted. It was in January of that year. Very shortly after that time I felt the call to the ministry. Then, it was a feeling in my heart, but just a little later on, in the spring, about April, the Lord dealt with me and told me what my ministry was to be. During the time from then until the last of June, I got with my brother who was already a Methodist preacher; and he wanted me to go into the Methodist Church. So I, and another brother which was a little older than me, started preaching. He started a little after I did; and both of us became Methodist preachers at the same time, with our older brother who was already a Methodist preacher for some years. After that time I became very hungry for the Lord. I spent my time when I was supposed to be doing school work many times off somewhere praying and reading the word of God. It went like that for two years. After my first year of ministry I moved to Burkesville, Kentucky, which was about a mile from where Bro. William Branham was born. I got in contact with some of his family, some of his uncles. They did not believe what we believe about him; but they gave me some information about Bro. William Branham, and during that time I got acquainted with another preacher who was preaching about him. Then in May of that year I found out there was a scriptural way to be baptized, and I knew I had not been baptized that way. I came to understand that baptism in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, something I had been against, was the only scriptural way of obedience to that command. God changed my mind within just a few seconds. I did not have to dwell upon it or days. After that, to make the story as short as I can: In June of that year, it was conference time. I came to Louisville, Kentucky for that. In Louisville, I was supposed to be praying, at a prayer meeting in a Methodist Church. They wanted me to pray at a certain time; but instead, I was with another man that knew a certain sister that went to the Branham Tabernacle. We were staying at her house. I went to the Tabernacle that morning. On going there and coming back to her house, she gave me the tapes of the seven church ages. That was in June 1961. I began to listen to those tapes, and before I got through with all of them, I had to be re-baptized. Because of this, as I began to preach at the Methodist, the district superintendent moved me. He moved me to Bowling Green, thinking that would get it out of my system, being completely away from everyone I was acquainted with. On moving there, I got word that Bro. William Branham, in 1963, was going to preach on the seven seals of the book of Revelation; and that it was going to be a series of messages all on the seals. I determined that I was going to go. I came, and heard him preach on all but one or two of the seals. After attending those meetings, I decided it was time for me to leave the Methodist Church. I began to make plans. I did not tell the people, but I began to make plans to move. In the meantime, they liked us there, and had even accepted what I had been teaching. I baptized five people in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ. I never baptized another person from that time on, in the titles the Father, Son and Holy Ghost. It was in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, like the Bible says. Then they asked me, Are you going to stay another year. I said, No. They said, We have raised your salary and we are depending on you to stay. I said, I will give you the answer Wednesday. God woke me up the next morning and told me it was time to move. I had the answer; but I did not tell them until Wednesday. God gave me the answer the next morning, about 5 o’clock. I woke up about four, but about five the next morning I had the answer. I moved in that year and was privileged to listen to God’s prophet messenger all that summer. He was there at the Tabernacle a lot of the time through the summers, 63, 64, and 65. Many times I was approached by certain people who tried to inspire me to believe that he was THE Son of God. That never did bend me one bit in what I believed about the man. I said I can believe he is a prophet. I can believe that he is a son of man, but that is as far as the scripture goes. Therefore I could never believe he is God. At the end of the year 1965, Bro. William Branham passed off the scene; and for some time after that my wife and I both had dreams, and a vision that God gave us both on one occasion, and one of our little sons with us. It was in the year 1966, when this happened. This was concerning some error I had heard of a preacher friend of mine at that time. Soon after that, we ceased to be associated with him in any way. I had a lot of decisions to make in a short time. After Bro. William Branham died, I began preaching in a man’s house and continued to do so for more than a year. After I made certain decisions, we closed the meetings out; but God was dealing with me all along, in this line. After we closed out the services there, we went back to the Tabernacle; but I had been given a dream three weeks before that time. The dream was one I mentioned here a year ago. It was about how they (those still attending the tabernacle) were worshiping Bro. William Branham. In the dream they were playing a tape of one of his sermons. When he would say, (on the tape) Raise your hands, they would raise their hands. When he would say, Amen, they would say, Amen; but if you said amen when he had not said it, they would all turn and look at you. When my wife and I went in that Sunday morning after I had closed out this other meeting, I did not know then what I was going to do. We went back to the Tabernacle and they were acting out exactly what I had seen in the dream. After witnessing that, we knew we had to do something. I had been to Bro. Jackson’s assembly down on Market Street a few times; but had not been led to start going there regularly at that time. However when this church building was opened up in 1967, we began to come here. I did not know a lot about Bro. Jackson: I had heard things pro and con, a little bit of everything as people would talk; but I did not really know anything about him really. I still had a lot of questions in my heart, that I needed answers to. I needed to have questions answered about the Godhead, and about the seventy weeks of Daniel as well as other things. I had heard Bro. William Branham preach on the seventy weeks of Daniel back in 1961 or 1962, which ever it was. Then when he preached on the seals, I heard it a little different concerning the seventy weeks of Daniel. These things needed to be straightened out in my mind. Serpent seed was another subject I had questions about. When I came here I saw the titles on some of the tapes, Serpent Seed, Seventy Weeks of Daniel and so on; and I did not know what to think about it all; but when I began to hear Bro. Jackson preach these things, answers began to come. Things began to be straightened out in my heart and mind. Therefore because of that, if I live, and time last until June of next year, I will have been here 25 years and I have not been disappointed by what I have been privileged to hear during this time. I am glad I came here. One thing Bro. Jackson has always said is, If you do not understand what you are hearing, stick around and in due time you will. Well I have stuck around and now I do see those things as one should see them. I came here, not for any position, not for any other reason than to hear the word of God; so I praise the Lord for allowing that. I appreciate this church. I appreciate the ministry here. I appreciate Bro. Jackson; and the opportunity I have had to do a little service for the Lord. I do not have to do much; but I do want to serve God with all my heart and soul wherever I am. Once again, I appreciate the place God has allowed me to come to that I might be able to hear the word without denominational compromise. My wife and I both appreciate it. We are very thankful to the Lord for that. (Bro. Jackson responds) thank you Bro. Allen.


I have one more little explanation I want to give you, concerning the seven seals. I hold in my hand the Seventh Seal book. I sat there every night while all these things were preached. When we come to his statements and things about the seventh seal, you can read for yourself what ye said. He plainly tells you that he did not know what it will be, yet he spoke of it in a fold. He tells you there in that seventh seal, that the mystery of it was not broken. It was not revealed to him; but it will be in effect around about the time of the coming of Christ for His Church. It would be then, the bringing forth of the seven thunders, which are not even written in the Bible. He said the reason they were not written, was because God knew the devil would use them. Just suppose that whatever they are to be, was already written. We would say, Oh it is wonderful. Look what we are reading. It would all be in the revelational writings. However that was one thing that was forbidden. That is why, when that meeting was over, everyone had the understanding that the seventh seal is not revealed in its complete understanding; and that it will not be until around about the time of Christ’s coming. When it is revealed, it will set in motion the sounding of those seven thunders. He (Bro. Branham) said those seven thunders will be something to bring about rapturing faith. Then a few months after that when he was having questions and answers, and he was answering the question put to him, he made the statement that has been used by many to cause friction in the following. When he was asked, Was the thunders revealed in the revelation of the seven seals? He said, Yes. The mystery of the seventh seal is the sounding of the seven thunders. I tell you, when I heard that, I said, Now there goes somebody’s mind. That is why many are saying the thunders have sounded already; when here in the book where he was preaching under the anointing he said, They are not even written. Therefore no one knew what they are to be. Later on he says, Yes it is all in the revelation of the seventh seal. It is very strange, that for twenty six years they have been reading these sermons, listening to the recordings and picking them apart, yet if you ask one of them, Tell me what the first thunder is: All they can do is read you the first seal. Well the first seal is a seal. It is not a thunder. The thunders cannot sound until the seventh seal is completely revealed. Therefore again I say, Here is what he said when he preached the messages; and this is what we will stand with; that the thunders have not sounded, and neither is the revelation of the seventh seal been given. In other words, The seventh seal has not been broken. It is still a sealed mystery known only to God Himself. It is yet to be. Therefore evil servants will take that last statement Bro. William Branham made, that they (the thunders) are in the revelation of the seven seals; and they will run up and down the road of life proclaiming, It is all in here. (The seal books) This is all we need. Yet they cannot tell you a thing that will feed your hungry soul. Such a servant will just tell you, It is all in there. They will use that one statement trying to make everyone who does not go along with their ideas, feel like they have missed it all. While on the other hand, the wise servants will stand before God’s family feeding them from the things that truly have been revealed, helping them prepare themselves for the soon return of their blessed Savior who is coming to usher His bride Church into that heavenly chamber where the marriage supper will be held. The wise servants will teach just exactly what they have been called to teach, without trying to convey the thought that they are entrusted with some secret revelation that others cannot get except from them. God can reveal anything to anyone, any time he sees fit to do so. The perverted way some of these people look at things, is what keeps them from seeing that this very scripture we are using for our text is being fulfilled right now. That scripture will hang right over God’s work until He (God) has finished His work and taken His Bride Church away from here. You every one know by now, what He said He is going to do to that fellow who falls into the category of an evil servant. (Matthew 24:50-51) “The Lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looketh not for Him, and in an hour that he is not aware of, And shall cut him asunder, and appoint him his portion with the hypocrites: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth.” I do not wan to go where those fellows are going. They are going to be worse off than Oral Roberts, Billy Graham, Jimmy Swaggart and that bunch of compromisers that have been so successful in deceiving unsuspecting souls. I thank God for His grace. We are not deserving of it; but He has made it available to all who will receive it with the right attitude and motive. He has even allowed some to abuse His grace and mercy; but according to His written word, they have a payday coming that they are not going to enjoy so much. We just need to be humble, and sensitive to the leading of God’s Spirit, so we do not step into one of Satan’s snares. He has them everywhere. That is what we are endeavoring to do in this message, reveal many of them to you. We still have others that will be adding their testimonies to these you have already heard; for it is our desire that allowing you to know how God has dealt with them, will be of benefit to you, as you are faced with decisions of life.


Like I said earlier, This is a lengthy message; but I believe we can help some people find their way through all this spiritual maze they have been in for so long now; so we will not be concerned about the length of the message. It is going to find its way into several places throughout the world; and I realize there will be people read the paper that may not be familiar with our Southern Indiana terminology; but I am trusting the Spirit of God to make it clear enough for everyone who loves truth, that they can receive it. I am not one who wants to commercialize anything; so be assured that we are not putting it on Video tapes just so we can sell thousands of them for a huge profit. We just want to make them available to those folks who find them to be helpful. We are already sending the printed messages absolutely free of cost to anyone who requests them; and our audio tapes which may be ordered at any time are just barely above cost; so our purpose in making the Videos is just to make another arm of this ministry available to folks who prefer to receive the messages like that. Having said that, I now want to return to our text scripture in Matthew 24; and stress a few things once again that I am persuaded are important to believers of this hour of time. For those who may think, What is meant by “Meat in Due Season?” I would just like to illustrate it to you by using a very natural example. I am aware of various customs and habits in other part of the world; so this example is based upon common practices of people in this part of the world. We are a people that enjoy eating three meals a day. We have breakfast when we arise from a night of sleep in the morning; and there are certain foods that we just naturally associate with that meal. Then a few hours later, we have another meal which is very commonly referred to as dinner; but also called lunch by many others. For that middle of the day meal, there are also foods that are commonly related to and accepted for that particular meal. When evening time arrives we have the main meal of the day, which a lot of us refer to as supper; but those who refer to the noon meal as lunch, refer to this evening meal as dinner. As for me personally, I am going to stick with breakfast in the morning, dinner in the middle of the day, and supper in the evening when you quit work and go in to retire for the night. Remember, the wedding supper is not called the wedding dinner; and we know from the scriptures, that it is going to be in the evening time; so we will make our remarks as biblical as possible. Nevertheless regardless of what one may call each one, there are certain foods that are thought of as belonging to a certain meal of the day; and to receive them in that order is to receive the proper food at the proper time. That, to me, is like receiving the proper spiritual food for the hour we are living in; and that is what Jesus referred to as giving meat in due season. At this time, I am going to read these verses we have been using; because after what we have said, I want you to catch the picture exactly as Jesus presented it. (Matthew 24:45-51) “Who then is a faithful and wise servant, whom his Lord hath made rule over his household, to give them meat in due season? Blessed is that servant, whom his Lord when He cometh shall find so doing. Verily I say unto you, That He (The Lord) shall make him ruler over all His goods. But and if that evil servant shall say in his heart, My Lord delayeth His coming; And shall begin to smite his fellow servants, and to eat and drink with the drunken; The Lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looketh not for Him, and in an hour that he is not aware of, And shall cut him asunder, and appoint him his portion with the hypocrites: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth.” I have stressed the fact at the beginning of this message, that this wise servant is more than one, even though the admonition and identity is worded like this in order that each person that is in the ministry may know that he is responsible to God for how he as a servant acquaints himself with time, and how he sees the body of Christ, and for knowing in the season and time of his ministry, how to preach and present the word of God to believers to fulfill these scriptures. I stress also, as we consider the verses written here, and as we think of separating the wise from the evil, that the wise servant is not Bro. William Branham who preached back in the 30’s, and on into the mid 60’s. There are people in the world that will say, That wise servant was Bro. William Branham; but I just have to say, I beg your pardon. There was no one to my knowledge, at that time, while he was still alive, setting dates for the coming of the Lord. These verses are only fulfilled because there has been a ministry on the earth in this generation, doing and saying things that have caused people to begin to calculate the time for the return of the Lord. They have done this because they did not understand what he said, nor why he said it. A spirit grabbed hold of them, causing them to begin to set in motion a time factor related to when they think the Lord is coming back. This has never occurred among the followers of Oral Roberts. Neither has it occurred among the following of Jimmy Swaggart. It is not even going on in the World Council of Churches; nor in the ecumenical move among the Charismatics. They are just not setting dates. This only goes on right in the move of a people that has been dealt with by God in a way that they should know better than to do what they are doing. They have been given the revealed truth for this hour of time, that should by now, be putting them back in the Bible, instead of something they call, “THE MESSAGE”. They are in a message for sure; but it is not God’s message. That is evident after twenty six years since the man’s departure from this world. After God took him from us, multitudes began interpreting what he had said, to fit their own carnal fantasy; thereby fulfilling these very scriptures. Nevertheless, regardless of what some may do, that does not change the plan of God. There is, and always will be a few men that have sense enough to keep their heads level, their feet on the ground, and their heart’s and souls in tune with the word of God. These are the men you need to be following the same way the apostle Paul exhorted those who listened to him. In 1st Corinthians 11:1, we find him saying,  “Be ye followers of me, even as I also am of Christ.” (And in Philippians 3:17-19, we find these words) “Brethren, be followers together of me, and mark them which walk so as ye have us for an ensample. For many walk, of whom I have told you often, and now tell you even weeping, that they are the enemies of the cross of Christ: Whose end is destruction, whose God is their belly, and whose glory is in their shame, who mind earthly things.” You hear people say, Bless God, I am not about to follow any man! There have been enough carnal minded scoundrels roaming the earth under the disguise of being called to preach the gospel, to cause a lot of people to feel that way; but sooner or later, any person who desire to walk with God will end up following someone; so it had better be someone who is following Christ, or that person will be in trouble with God.


Because there are both wise and evil servants in the world today, within this Branham teaching, there is a great struggle going on all the time. The wise servants go about their business of feeding the flock of God; and the evil servants go around trying to destroy their image, undo everything the wise servants do. Also because of their kind, the denominational world of religion fights everything associated with Bro. William Branham’s ministry and message; and look upon all who associate themselves with it as members of a cult. To an extent, and up to a point they have every reason to do so; because they have only been exposed to the fanaticism element: those who bring reproach upon Bro. William Branham’s name, and upon the very plan of God. To our critics I want to say, Stick around long enough and you will find out what these evil servants have been doing to the word of God; and what they have done among innocent minded people who just needed someone to guide them. As for you in the denominational church world who see nothing worth while in any of us, the day will come that you will know who the parable about the tares was really pointing to; but it will not do you any good to find out; for you will already be bundled together for burning. I may sound hard hearted to some of you; but I am only stating truth that I can produce scripture to vindicate. It is too late in the hour of this age for anyone to just be playing church. We are living right at the threshold of the coming of the Lord, and in a time when you will either shake yourselves and line up with the word of God, or you will be left behind to face that great tribulation hour that is soon to come upon this world. Trying to follow God hanging on the coat tail of someone else while having no revelation yourself will not be sufficient to get you off the ground in the rapture. This walk with God is an individual thing that no one else can do for you. Every individual child of God will have to be responsible for adorning their own wedding garment. The five fold ministry that so many speak of in these days, can only supply you with the proper material; you have to dress yourself, just like the scripture says. When you look at Revelation 19:7-9, you see there that the Lamb’s wife has made herself ready. She is wearing a robe of righteousness that only can be adorned by those who have a true revelation of the scriptures. That is why you will not find these ritualistic, denominational truth shunning, modern church members going in the rapture. They will have shunned, even despised the only thing that can made anyone ready to meet the Lord in the air when He comes. I will read those three verses to you. “Let us be glad and rejoice, and give honor to Him: for the marriage of the Lamb is come, and His wife hath made herself ready. And to her was granted that she should be arrayed in fine linen, clean and white: for the fine linen is the righteousness of the saints. And he saith unto me, Write, Blessed are they which are called unto the marriage supper of the Lamb. And he saith unto me, These are the true sayings of God.” Let no one who refuses to walk in the revelation of truth think for one moment that you are going in the rapture with the bride of Christ. This business of living for God is a twenty four hour a day life you live; it is not something you just put on when it is time to go to church. Those who live that way will wind up in the same place where all the other abominable and hypocrites are destined to be; and you will wish you had opened your heart to the word of God; but it will be too late. I believe there are some who need to hear this before they will honestly face their loose way of living a Christian life. Light has no fellowship with darkness. They cannot both be in the same place at the same time.


Not only must we be aware of the snares and traps of the devil, but we also must be aware of the fact that John the Baptist spoke of a fan in the hand of Jesus with which He would thoroughly purge His floor. I realize some of you may be thinking, Bro. Jackson you have already gone over that: so I will just ask you, Do you understand everything about it? As long as there are those who do not understand the significance of these various points, it will still be beneficial for us to think upon them. This scripture is found in Matthew 3:12, and it is a prophesy having profound significance; because this symbolic terminology applies to something the Lord has intermingled with His word in such a unique way it separates the genuine from the make-believers as time goes on; and the ultimate result of this separation will be the presentation to Himself a pure, blood washed, WORD adorned body of people He (Jesus) can take to the Marriage supper, to be with Him while the wrath of the old antichrist is being turned loose upon all the rest of mortal mankind John, speaking of Jesus, said, “Whose fan is in His hand, and He will thoroughly purge His floor, and gather His wheat into the garner; but He will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire.” These scriptures we are reading have a present tense application. They could not have had any kind of application a hundred years ago; for Jesus Himself gave us the key to when they would be effective. Pertaining to the separation of tares from the genuine He said, (Matthew 13:30) “Let both grow together until the harvest: and in the time of harvest I will say to the reapers, Gather ye together first the tares, and bind them in bundles to burn them: but gather the wheat into my barn.” Then of course you remember me saying there could not be any evil servants fulfilling that scripture until after the seventh Church Age Messenger fulfilled his ministry to this age. That is when some people felt they had a reason to set a date for the return of the Lord. I have to believe there are people laboring under the load of these scriptures, that the Spirit of God is dealing with. These people are definitely going to understand what the right meat is, who is feeding it, what they themselves should be eating, and how to digest what they eat so it will produce spiritual growth. Spiritual growth will produce unity, harmony, a healthy environment in the fellowship of people destined to be the true children of God. That is what all of this has to come to before it will ever be acceptable to God. It is only by His grace and mercy, that we have been able to make it to this hour of time where we have reason to believe we may still be alive to see the Lord coming back for a Church without spot, wrinkle or blemish. Known only to God Himself, is the exact time that the last predestined seed of His will come to full maturity. In the meanwhile the evil servants will continue to persecute the wise servants; and the fan in this message will continue to expel those who are not anchored upon a true revelation of the word of God. The fan does not work in Billy Graham’s message; nor in any other of these popular Television preachers’ messages. It only works in this end time revelation message first delivered to us by God’s messenger to this age. It works in what we usually refer to as dual statements God allowed Bro. William Branham to make from time to time.

Before I go any further in the outline of this message, I want to give you the opportunity to witness the personal testimony of another dear soul whose life was affected by Bro. William Branham’s ministry through the years. Sister Hess met Bro. William Branham many years ago; so I want her to come and speak whatever is on her heart at this time.


(Sister Hess speaking) I am from Milltown, Indiana. Bro. William Branham had a vision of someone at Milltown, that needed to be healed. He came, prayed for her, God healed her, and she wanted to be baptized in the name Jesus Christ. The Milltown people did not believe in that of course; so the news of it went like wildfire through the town. Nevertheless it was real, and she definitely wanted to be baptized in Jesus’ name. He preached, and told us about it; and had a baptizing that Sunday afternoon. Sis. Georgia and a couple from Jeffersonville, that he brought with him were the ones that were ready to be baptized. Bro. William Branham did the baptizing. I believe the place was out from Milltown, a little ways. While he was baptizing, the power of God was so strong that we people which had gone to witness the baptism and be with them, walked out into the water, and were baptized. Men, women, people that were just there to be at the baptizing. Oh the power was so strong and God was so real. There were men standing up on the hill a little ways, leaning against a barbed wire fence. They said the power was like electricity on that fence. I just praise God that I had the opportunity to meet Bro. William Branham. He was a wonderful man. I never heard anyone like him. I praise God. Praise His name! I praise God for Bro. Jackson also. Just as I had never heard anyone like Bro. William Branham, neither had I ever heard anyone like him either. He has really been used of God to enlighten me to the Bible. Praise God! (Bro. Jackson says) God bless you sister.


I have observed through the years, how God allowed Satan to put sickness and disease upon people, that would cause them to reach out looking for help. That is how a lot of them first found their way into a service to hear Bro. William Branham preach; and to be ministered to by him. I saw many people back in the late 50’s, that would come, and after seeing them come to his meetings, and hearing them give their testimonies, you soon found out that many times God allowed these physical needs to be brought on by Satan, to cause them to reach beyond where they had been, to find help. Sooner or later they would hear about this man, and were thereby led to where they could witness his life and ministry. God used various means to get some of us into the right place. When it came to hearing the truth, many people were getting hungry for something they were not getting. They could see how in the churches where they were going, things were getting so formalistic, and so cold and indifferent, that going to church had become an obligation of boredom, with nothing in it to satisfy their soul. When they would hear about this man’s life and his teachings, it seemed to revive them; just like recharging a battery. It just put new vitality in them. When my wife and I were led out of the Methodist Church to hear Bro. William Branham I said, This man makes Jesus of the Bible stand head and shoulders taller than any doctor of divinity, or any professor of Asbury College, or anyone else. I had heard them all. I had heard some of the big radio preachers from the 1950’s. I can name them; but I will not. They did very well in certain Bible teaching subjects on the radio; but there was something about the life and ministry of Bro. William Branham that made Jesus stand head and shoulders taller than I had ever been made to see Him. After watching how the Spirit of God worked through his life, there began to be a picture painted inside my heart. That man was sent by God; to show the church world that the true Church of the living God is not going to wind up in the end time, just being a mere fundamental element of people believing the written letter of the Bible, with no revelation. It has got to be a spiritual, dynamic organism of people that know how to walk in the fellowship of truth, and that find it is a joy to walk that way. It satisfies a hunger, a yearning of our hearts. It is God’s way of allowing our spiritual appetite to be fed, just like we feed our fleshly appetite. The Spirit of God being allowed to manifest Himself, and being allowed to work in and through the various members of the body as He sees fit, is a glorious thing to be a part of. When you read the book of Acts, you cannot help but see a spiritual body of people in which the Spirit of God had free reign to work through. He lived in them, He motivated them, and empowered them when there were circumstances that needed to be dealt with. Christianity lost much of that. As I sat under this man’s ministry I was made to realize that he came unto this age to be a testimony and witness of the power of God; and a preacher of the truth that God’s Church in the book of Acts stood for. Why? So the end time Church can be made up of that same kind of people. It began to make me want to be that kind of Spirit filled and Spirit led person. I got so tired going to the Methodist Church, going through the same rigamarole; and never really realizing very much satisfaction for the effort. Many times the services would just end up in a Sunday School discussion, or you could say, an argument. I have said before, When and if they would have a church house cleaning to clean the dust out, and if someone would happen move the piano a little, reposition it, you could expect someone the next Sunday to say, Who moved the piano? They would get all worked up over it, as though no one had any right to do a thing like that without taking a vote first. That just absolutely got next to me. That is why the Lord dealt with my wife and me after we were privileged to meet Bro. William Branham in October 1952. After we began going to the Branham Tabernacle, I will never forget how right after the first of the year, in 1953, we went one Sunday night and found that they were going to have foot washing. We were glad to take communion; but when that part of the service was over and Bro. William Branham said, Now we are going to have foot washing, I thought, What is that? I remember hearing my grandfather on my mother’s side, talking about the old time foot washing Baptists; but I somehow just did not think I would ever meet anyone like that. I found out later, this was not foot washing Baptists; it was foot washing, Holy Ghost filled, Bible believing people who loved God and desired to walk according to His word. It turned out though that one of the socks I was wearing that night had a hole in it. I was so embarrassed about that, I said, There is just no way I am going in there and allowing anyone to see that hole in my sock. I told Bro. William Branham about it later. He had a good laugh about it. I determined right then and there, that from then on I was going to be wearing a good pair of socks. (I just thought you might enjoy hearing how I was introduced to foot washing.) Coming on through the years after we started attending services at the Branham Tabernacle, we come to December 1960, the time when Bro. William Branham was moved upon to preach on the church ages. I sat there on the platform every night. He would go into the history of each particular age, reading from various historical writings of the Nicean fathers and others, that go back to that particular period of time, bringing out some of the conditions and things that developed, and showing how it affected people. Sitting there through all those services, you could not help but see how the Church of the Lord Jesus Christ, right from the beginning of Pentecost has journeyed down through time, continually being replaced by oncoming generations; and how the Church as a whole has gone through these seven various stages winding up here in Laodicea, the last of the seven ages. The meeting really did encourage me, and make me realize how much I thank God for leading me to truth. I thought, Thank God, I have found a man that can preach the Bible the way it ought to be preached, without having to preach it in favor of the Baptist, the Methodist, or the Church of Christ, or the Catholic hierarchy. He preaches it in a manner that lets you and me know that Jesus Christ is the head of His Church. I began to say, Lord, I want to be a Bible believing preacher. Hallelujah! He granted me that prayer.


I well remember something that happened in the month of February in the year 1961. At that time things were going along very nicely in the movement. People were praying, Oh God, may the day soon come when you will send me forth to labor in your work. They were praying for the gifts of the Spirit, and everything like that. Well in February, I saw myself in a dream one night. In the dream I saw myself walking over rolling countryside. I know how Bro. William Branham told it in the booklet, Sirs: Is This the Time; but I am telling the dream as I saw it. As I saw myself walking through rolling countryside, it reminded of a stretch of the country as you leave Pekin, Indiana going toward Salem. The grade began to climb constantly. It was not level land. As I was moving, walking, and at first all by myself, I knew in my heart, I was moving toward a point where I would meet many people. I just kept on walking. Finally as I came up to the summit of a knoll, I could see off in the distance around the skyline, individuals that were beginning to form a gigantic circle. As I kept walking, I saw myself go down into a little valley, then come up again on another little knoll. This circle of people kept getting larger, and the immediate area became very congested. Finally, as I came up over this last knoll I looked off into the distance in front of me, (Bro. Branham said in the book, like on a mountain) but no, it was not on a mountain, it was in a valley where I saw this lone figure standing by a rock in the center of the valley. As I saw that little figure at that distance, I knew it had to be Bro. William Branham. As the circle of people, hundreds and thousands of them, were converging on that point, I saw myself as I got to a certain point, I yelled out very loudly saying, Listen to what he says; for he will not always be here. I just kept on walking. This circle of people kept congesting, getting thicker and thicker. When I got up close, I yell out one more time, Listen to what he says for he will not always be with us. Well in the message, Sirs: Is This the Time, when Bro. William Branham referred to this dream, he never mentioned those words. He had a reason for not mentioning them. After I had said those words the second time, by then the vast crowd was gathered around him. As we all moved in close, he was standing by a rock that protruded up out of the ground. The rock itself, on top, was flat like a little breakfast table. Then I noticed that about six inches down from the top there was a hairline all the way around; and between the hairline and the top of the rock was some beautifully engraved words, engraved in the rock like you see it on memorial stones. The words engraved there were, “The Rock of Revealed Truth.” Lying there on top of the flat surface of that rock was a long bar, a bar like they use in rock quarries. I knew the little man that stood there was the only man that knew how to use that bar to accomplish whatever was to be accomplished. He then took the bar and reached back and jabbed at that little hairline. In so doing, the whole top of that rock literally broke loose. He slid that bar in underneath and began to move it. He eventually worked the whole top layer completely off, leaving newly exposed rock beneath, that looked just like this high grade of limestone. It looked like it had snowflakes in it. It glistened. When he had done that, he laid the bar back on top of the rock and said these words, Stand by this. With that he turned and began to move out of the crowd. Something inside me said, Watch him. I turned sideways, so that as I was looking at the rock, every once in a while, out of the corner of my eye, I could keep watching him move away from us. He started walking westward; and just kept going. Finally he would disappear for a while and then reappear on another summit. Again he would drop out of sight and then reappear, and finally he went completely out of sight. I knew when he went out of sight that last time, I would never see him anymore. I just happed to look at the angle of the sun. It was low in the western sky. It was casting evening shadows back across the earth. With that I looked back at the rock, and the great crowd of people were still looking at it. As they stood there looking, everything went silent. Nothing was said. After so long someone noticed Bro. William Branham being gone and said, Where is Bro. William Branham? Someone else would then say, Where is Bro. William Branham? Where did Bro. William Branham go? Oh, Bro. William Branham! Bedlam broke out. People began to turn from the rock and would run screaming, Oh, Bro. William Branham! Oh Bro. William Branham! Some were literally screaming, Where is Bro. William Branham? That great mass of people left there and went back in the same direction they had come from. It left only a small number of people standing there by the rock. Time went on after that until October 1962. I asked Bro. William Branham to come one Thursday night and preach for us. He did. I had been wanting an occasion to tell the dream to him. When he got finished preaching, he prayed for some sick people, and then someone came in the side door (not in this building, but the one we had over in Clarksville) and said, There is someone out in a car which just drove up, that needs prayer. They asked if Bro. William Branham would come out and pray for the sick person? He said, Yes. Bro. Jackson, let’s go. We walked out to the car and prayed for that person. Then as we moved away from the other people, I took the opportunity to say, Bro. William Branham, I had a dream I would like to tell you. He said, Good. He walked over and got in his station wagon, and said, get in on the other side. I got in on the side where the driver sits; and Billy Paul got in the back seat. I told him the dream I have just told you. When I was through telling it, these are the words he spoke to me, words which were never repeated in the message, “Sirs: Is This the Time?” when he made mention of the dream. He picked up his Bible from the dash and said, Bro. Jackson, that is getting ready to take place, isn’t it Billy Paul? We are getting ready to move to Tucson. Actually it would be the first of the year; because it was in October 1962, that I told him the dream. He said, Now Bro. Jackson, I want you to remember: when this all comes to pass, you stick with this word and he held up the Bible he had just picked up. He said, “They will go after everything, teaching everything.” Since his death, they have done that, yet they still look for him to come back and do something out of the ordinary. I have to say after twenty six years, What could that man do to change the picture of things? There is nothing he could do. They would only idolize, deify, and make the whole sick picture even worse than it already is. Therefore I have to say to those who will read this in the Contender, see the Video, or hear me on the other tapes, You are not going to see William Marrion Branham coming back from the grave to have a tent ministry, or anything else this side of the rapture. Even if time lasted another thousand years and you remained alive, you will still not see anything like that take place. In six thousand years of time, we have no record of God allowing anyone to come back from the dead to warn a bunch of carnal minded people to get their lives straightened out. He would not let the rich man’s family be warned by anyone sent back from the dead; and neither will he allow such a thing to take place in our generation. God has a living ministry to attend to that which He deems needful; so if you will not submit to those He has already on the job, what right do any of you have to expect Him to resurrect someone who has already fulfilled his part in the plan of God? Do you not have enough confidence in the sovereign God of all creation, to believe that He is able to keep every individual servant of His alive until he has finished what he was called of God to do? Read the first seven verses of the 11th chapter of the book of Revelation, if you have any doubt about that. The plan of God is not a hit and miss situation. Satan has never been allowed to take the life of a faithful servant of God before that servant was finished with his part of the calling. I know it has looked that way at times; but that is because we do not see every thing the same way God sees it. God is still running His plan of redemption regardless of how it may look to mortal men at times.


In December 1962, at the end of the year, Bro. William Branham preached the message I have already referred to, “Sirs: Is This the Time?” At the first of the year he then made his move to Arizona. In March and April of 1963 he came back and preached the revelation of the seals as far as they were revealed to him. Why did I say that the way I did? Simply because I want you to pay attention to what I am going to say next. Only six of those seven seals were broken. We now have the revelation of what the first six pertained to; but even though he made some comments about the seventh seal, with his own mouth he said, I do not know what the seventh seal holds. In other words, he did not have the seal broken and the complete revelation opened up to him. Naturally he felt that it has something to do with the coming of the Lord, and made a few comments to that effect; but do not try to tell me he preached the revelation of all seven seals. He did not. I hate to have to keep saying it over and over again and again; but as long as that element out there keeps telling that he did, it will be necessary for me to say, No He absolutely did not. As 1963 finished on out many things began to materialize. You could begin to see people moving from different areas of the nation, trying to get situated where they felt they could have ready access to Bro. William Branham and his ministry. Some would come to the Jeffersonville area; and others would go to the Tucson area. A lot made the move, only to learn later that it was to their own spiritual and material ruin. Some even began to say, No one can be saved after the seals were preached; because Jesus is now off the mercy seat. That was the result of a statement Bro. William Branham made when he first started preaching the seals; and not because he taught any such thing. What he said just made it appear that Jesus was off the mercy seat.


Coming to the year 1964 in our little rehearsal of events, I will now relate a certain experience involving my own wife being healed. My wife and I had gone through a lot of emotional, psychological pressure because of criticism from the main body of followers, concerning our stand on church order. I think I just have gone through a year of sickness. Not that I went to the doctor for it, but inside I just felt sick. At times I felt like my heart would stop beating. Every time I listened to it discussed, played the tape of it, or looked at that church order thing, I said, It is just not in the Bible; but at the same time I knew he had a right to put something like that in, because somewhere there was something that needed to be corrected. Therefore it was actually in February 1965 that Bro. William Branham came back and was preaching in the Parkview High School in Jeffersonville, the time when he preached Marriage and Divorce, that I had the experience I am now going to relate. As I sat there that night, the last night, it was just like the Spirit of the Lord said, How long will you doubt? When that was like a question presented to me, in my heart I said, It is not in the word, so I will not accept it as something that has to be preached to the church or put in my church. When I took that stand, it was just like a giant pair of scissors came right down my backbone and cut a steel band from around my chest. For more than a year, I had felt like I had a tight belt or a steel band fastened around me, so I could hardly take a deep breath. All of a sudden that band was cut loose from me, and from that day until this, I have never felt that belt holding me any more. I realize Satan had to take his hand off my life when I settled it in my heart. Now I will go back to the year 1964 and fill in something else I want to share with you. My wife had developed a very chronic and acute bladder infection. She had gone to our family doctor several times. He kept giving her different kinds of medicine. Finally the last time she went he told her, I am going to give you this certain drug and if it does not help, then I may have to send you to a specialist. In June of that year, Bro. William Branham had a weekend meeting out in Topeka Kansas. I decided one night, that (after our mid week service) I was going to take my wife to Topeka and see if I could get her in the prayer line. We left from the church that night and drove as far as we could. We got close to St. Louis, and pulled over on the side of the road and laid in the seats of the car and slept a little while. Before long the sun came up and we went on our way; because we wanted to be sure we got to Topeka before night. Arriving at Topeka, it just turned out that it was not in the plan of God for my wife to be able to get in the prayer line. It just seemed like everything we thought to do was blocked; and we were kept from the very thing we made the trip for. We enjoyed meeting a lot of people there; but I will never forget how, on my way home I felt very troubled. I thought, Well Lord, you know all about my wife’s problem. I just cannot stand to see her go on with this tormenting thing much longer. After I got home that night, very concerned about this physical condition in her body, I had a dream. I saw myself with my wife, walking into Bro. William Branham’s house. When we walked in, I could hear myself telling Bro. William Branham my wife’s problem. In the dream, I could hear him say to her, Sister would you care to sit here? Bro. Jackson would you care to sit over there? Well after having the dream, I felt led to call Billy Paul. I said, Billy Paul, could I get a chance to talk with Bro. William Branham, my wife is in need of prayer. He said, Sure, come on up this evening. We went up there; and when we approached the house, he met us at the door and greeted us. We walked into the house and he said, Well Bro. Jackson, What is the problem? On our way between the door we entered in through and the living part of their house, I just briefed him a little on her condition. He sat down on the piano stool first, then finally he said, Sister, would you care to come over here. He sat her down on the couch, and I sat in a chair over a little from there. He went ahead talking. Then he said, I guess you wonder why I am talking, I am just waiting on the Lord to see what He would have me do. Then he just went on talking about other things. Before long, he got up from the piano stool and came over and sat down beside her on the couch and said, Sis. Jackson, you do a lot of worrying. Well at that particular time we had both done a lot of worrying over the church order thing, and over how people felt about us, that we were just a bunch of black birds. AS he said those things like that, he began to explain certain things. I will not tell the part how he explained certain things that occur in the body. He spoke though how sometimes these bladder conditions can go into an ulcerated thing within the bladder. The way he explained it, you could not help but see how realistic that thing really was. A lot of it is brought on by worry and stress, and pressure that builds up. He took his wrist watch off his arm, because every time he would pray for somebody and would use that gift in his hand, he would take his wrist watch off. The power of God that would work in that way, many times would crack the crystal. That happened on time at the Tabernacle. Sister Drucie Wood was there and saw it. As he took his watch off and laid it on a stand, he took my wife’s hand and said, Yes, in fact it has gone into an ulcerated condition. He said, Things like this can be very severe at times. As he talked, he then prayed. After he prayed, he went back over and sat down on the piano stool and began talking about other things. Sis. Branham had been in another part of the house doing something; so when she came into the room where we were, Bro. William Branham said to her, Sis. Mede, you weren’t here when we prayed for Sis. Jackson; but I believe God has done something for her. He got up from the piano stool, went over and took my wife’s hand. The way that gift would work through his hand, when he would take hold of your hand, his wrist would puff up and big blotches would come on his hand and wrist. He said he could hear this thing some times, just like a roaring sound, when the spirit of that condition in someone would come against that gift. Well the second time he took hold of her hand, he said, See there, it’s gone. Sis. Jackson, you have more faith than I thought you had. Now in my dream I remembered he said these words as we were leaving that day: Sis. Jackson, don’t worry. Everything is going to be alright. That day, as we were getting ready to leave, the first thing he said after we were moving toward the door, Sis. Jackson, after about three days, if I were you I would go back and have it checked again, see how things are. As we went out the door, what were the words I heard him say? Sister Jackson, don’t worry. Everything is going to be alright. Just like I hear it in the dream. We went home, and for the next three or four days my wife felt so good she said, There is no need to go to the doctor, I feel fine. However about a week later, she got up one morning and felt like the whole thing had come back on her. I said, Then we will go to the doctor. We got ready and went on our way to the doctor; and on the way to the doctor’s office, all of that left her. She went on anyhow and he took various tests then said, Everything is clear. It has been that way ever since. I tell these things to let people around the world know that this was one man who recognized where a doctor fits into the picture. He himself would go to a doctor at times. He would use a doctor when he had the need for one; but he realized also there were times when God was not going to let the doctor do one bit of good. Many times, after God corrects a situation, He then creates the opportunity for the healed person to go back to the doctor; because it sometimes take the doctor’s diagnosis or test to prove that God has done something to correct the situation. Then it becomes a vindicated thing; and produces a testimony that God is truly a healer. No, this was not a man that condemned you for taking an aspirin for a headache. A lot of times he would do that himself. I say that for the glory of God; and certainly not to diminish anything from Bro. William Branham. He knew when to trust God for something; but he felt no shame, and certainly did not feel that he had sinned, if he decided to take an aspirin or something. To walk with God in truth requires spiritual priorities; but it does not require one to become fanatical with a do, and do not list. There was just something about that man, that changed the whole life of a lot of people.


As we approached the end of 1964, in the month of December, I went to bed on this particular night, not thinking about anything in particular, when about eleven o’clock the telephone rang. It was Sister Wright (Bro. George Wright’s wife) calling. She said, Bro. Jackson, I am calling to let you know Sis. Edith just passed away. She requested that you preach her funeral. I said Sister, if the Lord is willing, I will. This was in December 1964. Bro. William Branham had already moved to Arizona. After we went back to bed, I said to my wife, Honey, do you remember the dream I had when we were in Cuba in December 1957? In that dream, I say myself back in the states walking into a funeral home. I was asking myself, who is dead? As I walked across the funeral parlor, there was a casket on the stand. All the flowers were there. I walk over to the casket and it was closed; but there on a stand were the little memorial cards. I read one of them and it said, Edith Wright passed away on such and such a date. Funeral services will be conducted by Rev. Raymond Jackson, at such and such a funeral home. I awakened from sleep and said to my wife, I had the strangest dream. I just do not understand it. Remember now, that was when we were in Cuba, in the month of December, 1957. At that time, in 57, Bro. William Branham still lived here. These Wright’s were close friends of Bro. William Branham. I have heard him say many times, that no matter where he might be, if he ever got a telephone call that little Edith Wright needed him he would be there. Her name was mentioned in his sermons many times. The old timers know how that was. He loved this family; because when he used to walk the power lines, many times he would stop off at the Wright’s and eat with them. The became close family friends and were connected to Bro. William Branham’s life and ministry in many ways. (This was a family that was also brought into the truth during the Milltown meetings. That is where Bro. William Branham got acquainted with them.) I always thought, if anything was to happen to that poor crippled girl, Bro. William Branham would conduct the funeral, not me. That was just the natural way to look at it. God was the only one that knew it would not be that way. Anyhow after seven years, the dream I had about little Edith’s funeral was being fulfilled. Bro. William Branham had moved away from this area; and at the time of her death he was in a meeting he felt he could not get away from to come back here and conduct the funeral. That is why Sister George Wright had called me that night. After my wife and I talked about it a little while, I fell asleep and dreamed another dream.


After talking to my wife about sister Wright’s telephone call, and about the dream I had seven years earlier, I fell asleep and saw myself and my wife in our car traveling. My wife was driving. Many times when we are on a long trip, I will drive a little while, then my wife will drive. I want you to know, it is not because my wife runs things. My wife through the years has been a true helpmate to me in every way. Back when I used to farm full time, I just don’t know what I would have done many times if I had not had a wife that could drive a car. Many times I would be in the field with the hay bailer, or combine, and have something break down, if I could get to a phone somewhere and say, Honey, I need you to go to the parts place in Corydon, and get me this certain part, and bring it to such and such a location, she would stop everything, pick up the little ones, go get it, and bring it to me. That is just one little example of the many ways she has been a helpmate to me, in addition to being a faithful wife and a dedicated mother to our children; but she has never tried to tell me how to drive the combine or anything like that. Nor has she ever attempted to run my ministry; no matter what my critics say. I only say these things for the benefit of some of my critics out in the world who have made up stories about my wife running things. I want the world to know, I married a woman that knows how to be a wife and help mate; and that knows how to take care of a home. I will get back to the dream now. I fell asleep and saw myself and my wife in our car traveling. My wife was driving. In my heart, I knew we were going somewhere to be in a meeting. I also knew we had never been there before. Well in the dream, while we were traveling along, with me sitting on the passenger side, just relaxing and looking out the window, all of a sudden I see a little speck in the sky. The sky was clear. That speck keeps getting closer and closer and closer. I watch it, and as it gets closer and closer to us I see that it is a man on a horse. The thought struck me, I just be seeing things. There is no such thing as a man riding a horse in the sky. I just turned my head away without saying anything to the wife, and kept it turned away for awhile. After a little interval of time I thought, I will look again and see if that thing is still there. I turned again, and by this time the man on the horse was descending in a way that I knew he intended to intersect us there alongside the road. When I saw that, it was then real close to us. I said to my wife, Honey, pull over here, I want to watch this. There is a man on a horse, in the sky. By the time she pulled off onto the shoulder of the road, the horse with his rider was on the ground, standing a little bit in front of us, just a little further off the road. It was a beautiful white horse; and sitting in the saddle was a man I recognized to be Bro. William Branham. He was dressed like a western range rider. I have seen them at various times in the state of Colorado, when I used to go there with my father and mother deer hunting. I sat there looking at him and he turned in the saddle, pointed his finger at me, and said, You! Get ready! There is a work for you to do. He raised his finger and said, Prepare yourself for the work where unto you have been called; and if you believe these words, a powerful horse will be given unto you to carry you in the calling where unto you have been called. He repeated that and touched the reins, and that horse turned, made a few lopes and he was right back in the sky. I sat watching the horse. He rode that beautiful white horse off into the sun. (This is the second dream I had, where I knew when he went off into the sun, I would never see him any more.) As I turned my head back, standing right there in the same spot where his horse had stood was another beautiful, white horse. It was not as large as the one he was on. I said to my wife, I am going to get out and try him out. I got out of the car, and the horse stood right there like a well trained horse would. I stepped up in the saddle. The stirrups were adjusted just exactly right for me. I touched the rein and the horse made a little turn, took a few lopes, and headed for the sky. Sitting in the saddle, I felt the movement of that little animal’s body as he kept getting higher and faster, higher and faster. It just seemed like he kept reaching out there. The thought came to me, There is no end to where this horse will take me if I just let him go; but I am only trying him out; so I must go back. With that I touched the left rein, he turned in the sky and brought me right back to the same spot. I got off, got back in the car, as I shut the door of the car I woke up. When I had that dream it really startled me. I could not figure out what in the world such a dream would ever amount to; so I kept it from December 1964 until August 1, 1965, when I finally got a chance to tell it to Bro. William Branham. I told Bro. William Branham the dream that Sunday morning; and he gave me the interpretation of it; but I am going to stop right here and let you hear the testimonies of some others whose lives were changed as a result of Bro. William Branham’s ministry. The first will be Brother Billy cox; and I especially want him to tell of something that took place up here in the Parkview High School, the last night of the meeting, as Bro. William Branham with his back toward them, responded to their heart cry.


We were there in the meeting. We had a little girl that was born in July. We had taken her to the doctor a couple of times with some problems. They said she had a hole in her heart. We had taken her to the Children’s Hospital in Louisville. They said the hole was definitely there and it was about the size of a dime. At that time she was six months old; and they said that when she was a year old they would have to do open heart surgery to correct the problem. This was in 1965, much before open heart surgery was as common as it is today. It was a big thing back then. We were very young at the time; so the very thought of such a thing scared us half to death. I tried several times, to get in to see Bro. William Branham and tell him about it in person; but I was never able to do so. It was hard to get in to see him because there were so many people with the same desire. We tried several times without success; so we were doing a lot of praying about it. Then as we sat there in the high school auditorium, he was up on the stage which was between the auditorium and the gymnasium, with people seated in both places. We were about half way back in the gymnasium, sitting in chairs placed out on the floor of the gym. When he got through preaching the message “Who Is This Melchizedek?” (My name is mentioned in the book, in the back of the sermon.) He came out to the middle of the stage and had his back toward us. He called out two or three people over in the auditorium, told them where they lived, what was wrong with them and so forth; and while he was still standing there looking in the opposite direction from us, he pointed back over his shoulder and said, I see a man behind me. HE then called my name and said, Everything is going to be alright. It took six months for that to come to pass. I will not go into all of the details; it would take too long to tell the whole story; so I will just say, Our daughter is 27 years old now. She has two children of her own. A couple years ago there was a clinic opened up here in town and her and her sister went by to get an EKG; because they were giving them free. They thought they would just go by and see what it was like. Both of them were O.K. To my oldest daughter the man mentioned that hers would kind of do a little flip once in awhile; but he looked at Becky’s (the one that had the hole in her heart) and said, I see you have never had any heart trouble. Yours is perfect. When God does the operation, it is a success story. It never left a scar or anything: Her heart is perfect. Amen. (Bro. Jackson says) Yes, this man’s life was destined to have an influence on the lives of a lot of people. At this time I am going to ask Brother Bud Thompson to give his testimony: how God dealt with him and brought him into this truth.


First of all I would like to say that I am thankful and very grateful, and feel very honored to be a Christian, a child of the living God. It is by His grace and mercy that I am here; and that I have this opportunity to give my testimony. I will try my best to condense what I have on my heart to say and make it as short as I can; yet there are some things on my heart that I feel I must say. I will just try to start by telling a little about when I was a child. I grew up in a very good home. I have two very wonderful parents. I appreciate the Lord for that. My mother always took us to church and taught us to pray and trust in God: that He was real, and that He would minister to us. However as I grew older I began to drift from the way I had been taught; and as I got into my teenage and young adult years I just quit going to church altogether, got out into the world and began to do things I knew were not pleasing to my parents; and certainly not pleasing to God. Nevertheless I just let myself get in that condition and lived the life of a lost sinner. I never murdered anyone. I never robbed anyone or anything of that nature; but I was a sinner, doing what sinners do. I met a young Christian girl by the name of Patricia, who was of a Christian family. I fell in love with that girl. We have been married for almost 18 years. It was through my wife and her family that I began to see there was something in their lives that I had never experienced. Though I had joined the church at a very early age, eight years old, and was baptized, I still saw that there was something in their lives that I had never experienced. I really came under conviction. The Lord just spoke to my heart one day through an eight year old child, and let me know I had never really surrendered my heart to Him. I cam under great conviction. For several months after that I was just simply miserable, knowing I was not a Christian, and that I needed salvation in my heart. I finally became so troubled, and so burdened, that one day when I was alone, I knelt beside my bed in prayer, and when I was finished pouring my heart out to God, and as far as I knew how, completely surrendered my heart to Him, He filled me with the Holy Ghost and made my life what I had never known a life could be. He put within me a joy, a peace, and satisfaction that I had never known any mortal creature could ever experience. Wanting to do what was right, I went and joined another church, and was baptized again. During that period of time when I met the girl that later became my wife, her family had been introduced to Bro. William Branham’s teachings; and they were in the process of studying what he taught and trying to understand some things that were different than what they had always heard. All during that period of time, the things they were saying were in the back of my mind. I had never been taught those things; but still they began to make sense to me. As I began to mature as a Christian, I began to search the scriptures, trying to find some answers for myself. I went to ministers that we were associated with, as well as other people in the church; and I suppose they all thought I was crazy. They told me things like, You scare me when you talk like that. The things you ask bring fear. I did not understand why something in the word of God would bring fear to a man who was supposed to be a minister. It really discouraged me, and troubled me greatly. I did not know what to do. I continued to pray and search the scriptures for myself; and then my in-laws and Sis. Margie Crook began to introduce me to the tapes of Bro. William Branham’s teachings. I sat and listened to those tapes; and the more I listened, the more encouraged I became. Yet there were some things said that I did not fully understand. We now refer to them as dual statements; and we understand why God allowed his prophet to speak like that; but at the time it was very hard on me. Nevertheless I continued to listen to those tapes prayerfully. When I got the seven seals, I would sit up late at night when the rest of my family had gone to bed, so that I could really concentrate. Through those first six seals I was just so excited. Then when I got to the seventh seal I was just so thrilled, that I was going to get to hear the seventh seal. When he was all finished he said, I can’t open this seal; its not yet time. That always stuck in my mind, that he never opened that sea. Along about that time, my in-laws and Sis. Crook began to inquire about this man we had heard on Bro. William Branham’s tapes by the name, Junie Jackson. That name just seemed to come up often, even in the books we read. They began to inquire about him. They obtained a tape from here at Faith Assembly. They ask me if I would listen to that. I had already become discouraged because of the quotes. All of that just simply troubled my heart. Yet when they asked me to listen to the tape of Bro. Jackson I said, Well yes, I will listen. I listened to it; and when I heard him teach on the subject, “The Wise and Foolish Virgins,” it thrilled my soul. I heard that entire message almost sitting on the edge of my seat; because I heard a man who stood and ministered his own message without having a lot of quotes from Bro. William Branham’s messages. I said in my own mind, and to the others, This is a man that God has anointed. This is a man that knows what he is talking about. As time passed we heard more of Bro. Jackson’s tapes; and in 1978 we were privileged to come here for service. I came here and was baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ. Bro. Allen was the one who baptized me. From that time on we began to strive for opportunities to come here and be a part of this fellowship; but finances did not permit it as often as we desired. We lived about 123 miles from here; so for about two years we came only 3 or 4 times a year. I knew in my heart that truth was being taught here and that I needed to sit under this anointed ministry; but I thought, A hundred and twenty three miles sure is a long way to go to church; so maybe we can still go to the local churches we were already fellowshipping with, and just go to Faith Assembly three of four times a year, and the Lord will surely be pleased with that. As I continued to attend the local fellowships I became more discouraged; my soul was not being fed spiritual manna. It got to the point that I would get ready and go to church, get in the parking lot and say to myself, I cannot go in there. I know that God is not in it, and that this cannot be His will. I just cannot fellowship where there is no truth. I decided that I could stay at home and serve the Lord just fine. Little did I realize that God would not tolerate that attitude from one of His children. Therefore I believe what I am now going to tell you was ordained of God for a purpose. It was December 1st, 1979, I went on a deer hunting trip. About 9:00 A.M. we started to leave the woods: it was very cold that morning. My cousin who was with me was walking maybe twenty feet behind me when he slipped and fell, knocking his gun off safety, causing it to fire striking me in the calf of my right leg. The twelve gauge deer slug went completely through my leg leaving a hole about the size of a half dollar coin piece where it entered my leg and a hole 3 ½ inches wide and 6 1/4 inches long where it came out. I lost about four pints of blood, most of the large muscle in my leg was destroyed and just at tremendous amount of damage was done to my leg. I will not take the time to tell the entire story. I spent twenty one days in the hospital and had four surgeries. I began to question why, Why did this happen to me? As I asked that question I realized it was my attitude. God just simply would not tolerate it. He did not want me in the denominations; and neither did He want me sitting at home. God will use whatever corrective means necessary to get our attention; and believe me brothers and sisters the Lord did heal my leg; but He left me with the scars as a permanent reminder. After I came home from the hospital, and was able to travel, we found a church about fifty miles from where we lived, a church that was associated with Bro. William Branham’s teachings. We began to have fellowship with them hoping that this was God’s will for us. They were wonderful people; but they began to teach that the seventh seal had already been opened; and in my mind I thought, I never heard him say that. I thought maybe I was crazy; so I went back and listened again. He said the very same thing I thought I heard the first time. Yet they said the seals were all broken. They began to talk about Jesus being off the mercy seat in 1965. Well that would have excluded me from the family of God; and I knew better than that; so I just searched that much harder. I had heard preacher after preacher, who were followers of Bro. William Branham. It was quote this, and quote that. They never stood on their own two feet and preached their own message. That really troubled my heart. This is when we really began to pray and seek the Lord: that He would make a way for us to come to Faith Assembly. I was then more than willing to travel a hundred and twenty three miles to hear God’s anointed word preached. My soul was just so hungry, I sat down and wrote Bro. Jackson a letter asking him to pray that the lord would help us to be able to come. The Lord opened up a way for us; and from then until 1986, we drove 123 miles each way, every week, coming to church. We did not come here just for natural fellowship. There were friends close to home we could have that kind of fellowship with; but our soul’s were hungry for fellowship led by the Spirit of God; and for hearing His anointed word preached; and this was a place where we could find what we hungered for. Never, in all the years of my association with Bro. Jackson, have I heard him stand and belittle Bro. William Branham’s ministry. Instead, he took Bro. William Branham’s teachings, and especially the things that had put questions in my mind, and put a picture together that enabled me to see clearly, why the statements were made the way they were. Then in 1986, the Lord made a way for us to move to this area. We gave up our job, packed up what we had a moved to this location. The Lord has just blessed and given us a great understanding of things than I ever knew any creature could possibly have of the word of God. It is all by the grace of God. It is not by the wisdom of man. It is not Bro. Jackson. It is not Bro. William Branham, but the grace of the Spirit of God in those men, that included us. God took a little man by the name of William Branham, and anointed him to speak some words. I never was privileged to meet him because he was gone off the scene before I became a Christian; but I have heard the tapes messages he preached and read the books. Therefore I just thank God for allowing that little man’s ministry to touch a poor unlearned heart like mine. He took that man and introduced me to the scriptures. He also introduced to me another man that would continue to stand and minister and carry out the work of God. He is not standing here to carry out another man’s ministry; but to carry out the work of God committed to him. I just have to say, The Lord has been gracious to us. I appreciate the Lord for eternal life, and for the revelation of His word that He has allowed me to have. That is why I said, We did not come here just to make natural friends; but for the benefit of our souls; and we have not been let down. The Lord has always prospered our souls for every effort we have made. WE have had valleys to walk through and hills and mountains to climb just like other; but our souls have always been encouraged. I am not ashamed to be associated with Bro. Jackson and his ministry; but quite the contrary, I am very honored; because it has led me to God’s truth. I just appreciate the Lord for His grace and mercy. (Bro. Jackson says) Thank you Bro. Bud. We still have some others to testify; so at this time I want Bro. Jay Reliford to give his testimony; and then I will give you Bro. William Branham’s interpretation to my horse dream. Before Bro. Reliford comes I want to read a verse of scripture; because this verse of scripture goes with this message. Around the world, wherever it might be read or heard on tape, or video, let me say this, concerning the prophecy: It is a prophecy found in Isaiah 52:8, concerning the end time ministry. “Thy watchmen shall lift up the voice; with the voice together shall they sing: for they shall see eye to eye, when the Lord shall bring again Zion.” As I said, That is a prophecy pointing to the ministry of the true end time church. I will not read it; but the 7th verse is a prophecy that has been hanging over the Grace Age, and has been applicable to the ministry that has been down through the age of Grace. The apostle Paul used it when he wrote the Roman letter, in chapter 10, verse 15. That verse has been applicable for all times: “How beautiful are the feet of them that preach the gospel of peace, and bring glad tidings of good things!” Of course we realize that particular prophecy will run its course one day. As a matter of fact, it has just about finished its course and is about to terminate because we are at the end of time. Therefore verse 8 comes right in, saying that the ministry in these last days, will all see eye to eye. I just have to say, It is a crying shame, to think that what God has given many people in these last days to allow them to see, to get them pointed back to the same faith, and the same scriptures this faith was founded upon in the beginning of the early Church, has been treated in such a way a lot of them are as far away from reality as daylight is from dark.


I am thankful to have this opportunity to tell you what the Lord means to me, and how he brought things about that have changed our lives. I am grateful, and very thankful. Bro. William Branham was born and raised as a young child, just a few miles from where I was born and raised up. However I did not know him; and never even heard of that name. I was raised up in a Methodist Church. We didn’t know anything else but that. The Lord has His way of bringing you to wherever He wants you to see and hear though. Just to make it short, in July 1952, we came to Clark County: My wife and I, and our children, still not knowing anything about Bro. William Branham. We drove down from Illinois over night on Saturday night; and drove down through Jeffersonville; but we knew nothing about Jeffersonville. We drove by the Branham Tabernacle; but did not know what it was. It was just the Lord leading us where He wanted us to go. We did start going there just after we moved to this part of the county, for we began to hear about Bro. William Branham. There was a curiosity set up and we started attending the Tabernacle occasionally. When we began to hear him minister, and were allowed to see the miracles, as well as the gift in his life in operation, we certainly felt like we were in the right place. You know, I think of his ministry as a complete ministry. We went to the Methodist Church, but the spiritual diet was not satisfying. You have to have spiritual food as well as natural food. We were just not getting a proper diet at the Methodist Church. When we began to hear Bro. William Branham we were getting the right diet and it was seasoned just right. You have to have something to grow on. As we sat and listened, the thing that I thought about a lot, he would say so many times, I am your brother. Knowing some people were taking it otherwise, just made that stand out to me. He kept telling us to get back to the word. That was something else that stuck with me. We had attended a Pentecostal Church for a little while, and they had some doctrines we had heard Bro. William Branham did not teach the same way. We didn’t quite understand it; but we were fortunate enough to get an interview with him August 1, 1965. My wife and I went in together to see him. He talked to us for a little bit, and then he, more or less just feeling us out, reached over and took us by the hand and said, Your lives are clean. I don’t see a thing in your lives. He took his Bible and laid it there on the stand and said, Now this is the capstone over a well of water. Remove that and let water flow freely. He said, The gifts are for you; pray, speak in tongues, or prophesy. Then he said, I can’t go out this morning and tell the congregation what I am telling you; because some of them will try to get the gifts without having what you already have. That was a blessing to us. We attended there on up until he passed away. I noticed while we were going there, that there were some ministers setting there which were being fed a spiritually balanced diet. They knew what he was saying; and why. Shortly after he was taken from us, (Let me say, I do not believe God makes mistakes, I believe his work was done and the Lord took him home.) We again began to get dissatisfied. The Lord was going to move us again. At that time we did not know where we would go. Some time in early 66, we were driving home from church one night, very discouraged because of the spiritual diet we had been on: because it was just not like it used to be. WE were getting very hungry spiritually. I looked over at my wife and said, Honey, what are we going to do? She said, Let’s go to Bro. Jackson’s. That has been 25 years ago. I thank God for this place, for the ministry that has been set before us and for the spiritual food that is seasoned just right. You can grow on it. I am grateful and thankful to God for that. (Bro. Jackson says, Thank you Bro. Reliford, God bless you. I wanted Bro. Reliford to give his testimony before I tell you the interpretation Bro. William Branham gave me concerning the horse dream.


On August 1, 1965, the same day brother and sister Reliford had the interview with Bro. William Branham, my wife and I also had an interview with him. That is why I wanted him to give his testimony before I tell what Bro. William Branham told me. As they were coming out, we were going in; and that is when I told him the horse dream. To save time I will not tell the dream again; I will just tell you what he said about it. When I related it to him, Bro. William Branham looked at me and said, Bro. Jackson, something is getting ready to happen. I don’t know what it is; but whatever it is, when it does, you have a job to do. I do know what the horse is. He picked up the Bible and said, Stick with this word, because the horse symbolizes the power of the word. With that he turned and walked over to a wall there in the office and said, Isn’t this a beautiful picture? It was a picture of Elijah being carried away in a fiery chariot. He told how a certain person had painted that picture just a few days prior to this occasion, and had give it to him as a gift. He said That is really beautiful: isn’t it? I said, It sure is. As he turned away from the picture on the wall, he came right back to his Bible again and said, Bro. Jackson, stick with this word. There is something about to happen. I don’t know what it is, but that horse is the power of the word. With that he set about to tell me of a dream someone else had told him. Therefore I will say no more about my dream: I will just leave his interpretation with you.


Meat In Due Season, Part 2 – 1992, May


We are continuing the thought we were dealing with at the end of last issue. This element of the Branham movement that has disgraced the name of the very man they look to as God, will take Luke 17:30 and try their best to convince you that the Son of man mentioned in that verse is Bro. William Branham. Well I want to state emphatically, that he was not the Son of man of Luke 17:30. That verse belongs to none other than the Lord Jesus Christ Himself. However you can look at the literature the Spoken Word Publications puts out and you will see, that they have Malachi 4:5-6, Luke 17:30, and Revelation 10:7 on it. Malachi 4:5-6 and Revelation 10:7 can be attributed to Bro. William Branham; but when you try to give him Luke 17:30 you have gone too far. Spiritual blindness is a terrible thing. Unless God reveals a thing to us by His Spirit, all we can do is apply our own carnal ideas. Your denominational church systems are full of that kind of thing; but you would expect those who sat under the ministry of God’s prophet messenger to this age to do a little better than that. It is as I said earlier, The movement as a whole saw something that they knew was God in action; but they cannot get it straightened out in their individual minds so they know what goes where. They have run the world over for 26 years spreading their ideas far and wide; but all they have accomplished above the fact that Bro. William Branham was the Messenger to this age, is that they have caused more confusion than there is out here in spiritual Babylon. Many of those preachers have had a lot more money to operate with than I have had; but I will have to say, We have given the people something that has helped untold numbers of them better understand this message; while all they have done is promote idolatry. That is all you can call it, when people worship God’s creation instead of HIM, the Creator. I respected Bro. William Branham and his ministry as much as anyone could have; and I readily admit that there were times when one would feel just like they were sitting under the ministry of Jesus Christ Himself; but there has never been a time that I felt I should worship him as God. Neither should anyone else who has the Spirit of God in them.


Bro. William Branham

Bro. William Branham

I feel that we should open our Bibles back to Revelation 10:7 and be sure we understand what that verse really pertains to. It is right to say this scripture pertains to Bro. William Branham; because his ministry truly did fulfill it; but there is a right and a wrong way to use it. That is what I want to talk about. We are living in the Laodicean Age, the last age of Christianity, the last generation of time allotted to Gentiles. That is why, as we read here in this 7th verse we need to know how it applied to him. “But in the days (it means, in that period of time) of the voice of the seventh angel” Let me stop right there, before reading the rest of the verse, and explain the terminology. The word voice, does not mean the articulating sound of the vocal chords. It does not mean that, yet it took that to put in motion the word and thought of God. In this instance, the word voice, applies to his message, and not to his actual vocal sounds alone. It is important for us to make that distinction; because the sound of his actual voice ended 26 years ago, yet his message is still sounding back and forth around the world even today. You find in the book of Acts how the word voice, is used in the same context that I am speaking of; and certainly we all understand what this pertains to. Notice how the apostle Paul used the word in this setting. (Acts 13:26-27) “Men and brethren, children of the stock of Abraham, and whosoever among you feareth God, to you is the word of this salvation sent. For they that dwell at Jerusalem, and their rulers, because they knew Him not, nor yet the voices of the prophets which are read every Sabbath day, they have fulfilled them (the words of the prophets) in condemning Him.” In their synagogues on the Sabbath day, those Jews had the voice of their prophets according to the apostle Paul; and that is the exact same terminology that you find in Revelation 10:7. Therefore we understand that the word voice, does not pertain to the articulating sound of the man when he was actually alive; but rather pertains to his message delivered to this age. These are the days of that voice to many who are just now hearing it for the first time. Let me read the whole verse now, so you can see the context of the thought. “But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, the mystery of God should be finished, as he hath declared to his servants the prophets.” That does not mean, when he began to preach back in the early 30’s. It means, when what he had to say really began to be published and made known throughout the world as it still is today. The mystery of God is spoken in the singular and you can read it in Ephesians 3. It speaks of that interval of time called the Grace Age that God has given to the Gentiles. The prophets of old prophesied about it, but did not understand anything about it. The apostle Paul spoke of how God had made known unto him the mystery of His will, which in other ages, back in the Old Testament writing prophets era, it was hid to them. They wrote about it. They prophesied of it; but did not understand what they were talking about. Therefore in those days when this man’s message is being heralded and projected throughout the earth, this mystery concerning the Age of grace, (this Grace Age given to the Gentiles) should be finished. Naturally we notice the word should. How many times do you suppose people have been hung up on that one little word, should? Yet we know God is perfect in His language, and even caused the translators to use the right word, so it is not a wrong translation. It means this, It was not while the man was still alive that the mystery of God was finished. It is while his message is in the earth being heralded back and forth that the mystery of God should be finished. It is a progressive word. Not everyone heard it at the same time. As the message itself takes time for it to be heralded and published and preached and proclaimed, then the word should is applicable to whatever time it takes for that to be heralded. It is progressive because it just keeps on moving forward. Let me use this illustration of what I mean. I have blueprints to start a new house. (I am only using this as an illustration) I have the contractor. He has promised to come the week after next. According to the plans, the material, and everything involved, I would say that in three months he should have the house completed. I hope that helps you understand how you have to use the word should, in this instance. That is what it means. When his voice begins to be preached, proclaimed, because it was utterly impossible for the one man to go to every nation on the face of God’s green earth, this pertains to the message which indeed can go throughout the earth. However once it is set in motion, recorded, and now it is printed, this old testament mystery those old prophets wrote about should be finished. God Himself is the time keeper; and He has allowed time to last long enough for every predestinated soul to hear the message of his personal salvation; and when God sees that last Gentile soul come in, there will be no more mystery for any of them concerning this great plan of salvation. Who knows, that last soul may be in India, or it may be in Russia; because the message is there now. But wherever that last soul is, when that last one is brought in, you can rest assured the Spirit of Him that sent the man to set this era of time in motion will know that it should be finished. It will culminate right on schedule, right in the plan of God. That is exactly how we have to read that verse of scripture. Therefore I have no quarrel with anyone who wants to use Revelation 10:7 on their literature. My disagreement is with the interpretation many people put upon those certain scriptures. They try to make the Bible fit their warped ideas, if they even use it at all. Listen to me saints, I am not picking on individuals; I am only trying to expose the devil. Sometimes it is necessary to mention certain individuals when you are identifying antichrist and idolatrous beliefs and teachings; but my primary object is to lead you into a true revelation of the word of God, and help you identify the spirit that is behind all of this false teaching. God is not the author of confusion; and He hates idolatry; therefore when He sees innocent souls being pulled into that kind of things, He gives them a chance to recognize the error of their ways. After that: if they still persist in going the wrong way, there are other ways to deal with them. You can be sure of one thing though, He will not lose one single predestinated child of His.


Let us look at some words spoken by John the Baptist, beginning in Matthew 3:11. This element of the Branham movement that loves to pervert the true revelation of God’s word, completely ignore this scripture. If Revelation 10:7 is pointing to William Branham, and I assure you it is, I want to show you something that cannot be ignored as you hear the message of that prophet messenger. Here in Matthew 3, is John the Baptist, his counterpart, preaching at the Jordan River two thousand years ago. While John was preaching, it created such a stir up in Jerusalem, it got into headquarters and got the religious leaders all stirred up. They began to send scribes out to hear him, and question him. God ask that man who he is. It put a question in people’s minds. He was shaking things; and headquarters did not like it, so here came their spies listening and asking questions. John to those that were questioning him. “I indeed baptize you with water unto repentance: but He that cometh after me is mightier than I, whose shoes I am not worthy to bear: (John was talking about their Messiah that would soon make His appearance; so notice what he said HE would do) He shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost, and with fire: (That part of the ministry of Jesus was not even fulfilled until after He was crucified, resurrected and ascended into heaven; and there is yet another work to be done, mentioned in that same few words. This is what I want you to see.) Whose fan is in His hand, and He will thoroughly purge His floor, and gather His wheat into the garner; but He will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire.” Ten days after Jesus ascended into heaven to take up His mediatorial work, here came the outpouring of the Holy Spirit to start the baptism John was talking about. The Holy Ghost baptism has been taking place throughout the entire age of Grace; but the 12th verse speaks of something we want to watch. “Whose fan is in His hand, and He (meaning Jesus) will thoroughly purge His floor.” That verse is applicable for the day and time we are living in. Furthermore it is only applicable in the fashion I am going to point out to you. It is not what the religious people of the world are saying that constitutes the fulfillment of this verse: it is something God, by His Spirit, in the person of William Branham, set into motion by allowing him to say certain things a certain way, so certain people would get certain thoughts they could run the roads with. It was the Lord’s way of causing things to be said from the lips of this man that would be taken so literally they would consider them to be infallible; and they have made them, Thus saith the Lord: when in face, they were just comments made by a mortal man. They say, It is the word of God; but I say, many of his statements they have said that about were just comments from the natural person; and never meant to be Thus saith the Lord at all. When Bro. William Branham made the statement about the various visions he had, concerning things leading up to the end of time and the coming of the Lord He said, I predict, because of the way things are progressing, that by the year 1977 all these things will be fulfilled and the Millennium ushered in. Many of those people began calculating the time for the coming fo the Lord simply because he said that. They would not even allow him to make a simple statement from his own human thoughts without them taking it to be the infallible word of God. He never did say, Thus saith the Lord about that: he only said, I predict. I am accused of not believing the prophet, simply because I have refused to jump upon every word he uttered as though it was Thus saith the Lord; but in spite of all of that, I am thankful to God for the spiritual insight to see some things as they truly are, so I do not have to depend upon people like that to interpret the prophet’s message for me. I have said before, and I will say again, Look: the man was a prophet. I am a personal witness to that fact. But please, for goodness sakes, let the man be a man. I hope you understand what I mean by that. Naturally he is no longer with us, so apply my statement to that of the time he was in our midst. If you do not allow such a man to be a man, you are heading for trouble; because the Bible proves that Elijah of old was a man. The Bible proves that John the Baptist was a man. Likewise time itself is proving that William Branham, though he truly was a prophet to this age, was a man subject to like human feelings about time and conditions and things like that, just like any other man; and should have been allowed to speak of how he perceived certain things as a human being without someone making more out of it than they had any right to. Those people are so blind spiritually, they will not admit they made a mistake even when time itself runs out on their projections. They are unable to look at spiritual things in a balanced manner. Let me just say this, Time is running out for us Gentiles. They are not going to have another twenty six years to put together quotes and statements from Bro. William Branham’s sermons. As this judgment is intensified, we are going to see something take place that will bring a lot of this foolishness to a chaotic set of circumstances. God knows how to purge His true Church. He will not take it to glory with all of that hanging on to it. Remember the words of the apostle Peter in 1st Peter 4:17, “For the time is come that judgment must begin at the house of God: and if it first begin at us, what shall the end be of them that obey not the gospel of God?” If Bro. William Branham’s message was ordained of God to turn the heart’s of this generation of believers back to the revelation of our apostolic fathers, and again I assure you that this is exactly what it is supposed to do: why would anyone who has the Holy Ghost dwelling in them try to rob God of His glory and deify His faithful servant? That is a question a lot of people have refused to give an answer to.


We have taken our text from the 24th chapter of Matthew; which is the words of Jesus as He spoke to His disciples shortly before His crucifixion, leading up to His departure from the earth. He has been giving them a categoric outline of signs and events of things that would transpire through the ages, leading up to His second coming. Then, as He approached this particular point in time, which is right at the end, He projected this thought into a question. “Who then is a faithful and wise servant, whom His Lord hath made ruler over His household, to give them meat in due season?” We must realize that after almost two thousand years of the age of Grace and the gospel being preached, Jesus knew that Christianity would go through a lot of trials and upheavals; so He gave believers something to watch for, something that would be a sign of His soon return. Not everyone sees these signs the same way; but the true called out Church of the living God will. Along that line, I would like to clarify something new people coming into our midst may hear us say about denominational Christendom. It strikes them strange, that we have such distinction. Why is all this fighting going on? Why does it have to be like this? My answer to that would be, You are in the same shape, mentally, that I was. Too many people have been raised up in some kind of religious background, that causes them to just assume as they see the picture in the world at large, that this is the way Christianity, normally, has been. It is only when people begin to get a hunger in their heart’s as a result of the stirring of the Spirit of God, and there begins to be questions arise in their hearts that causes them to indulge in a more serious study of the Bible, that they see things worded a certain way, that causes them to wonder, Why is this worded like this? It is from that point, that God is able to show you a few things that mark a definite difference between those who are walking with Him in truth, and those who are just following some denominational religious program. These are things that God can use many times to begin to deal in your life. If you look at the Christian faith through all the centuries of time, it started in a great conflict, a great battle; and it will wind up in a battle also. It is man’s nature to always try to find the easy way to follow something, a way that does not put anymore responsibility on his flesh that necessary, or on his mind. He is a social creature. He does not like to have his social structure disturbed. Whatever he feels he is part of, he never wants it to be broken up. However I believe we will all acknowledge the fact that this is not the Bible way. Jesus was always breaking up little cliques while He ministered on earth in physical flesh. He is the one who said, A man’s enemies are they of his own household. Not that we are supposed to go about trying to make enemies out of them, it just turns out that way. When you personally try your best to live and walk with God, you will find you are faced many times with enemies you never would have thought would be your enemies. They just simply do not understand you: therefore without premeditation, they become your spiritual enemies. It is a human trait, to turn against things you do not understand. Only the Spirit of God in us, can rid us of those inherited traits. Your former friends and your family are all against you, because they do not understand what is affecting you. Why did you leave the clan? Why did you leave the congregation? Why did you do such and such? To them, it is a terrible thing that has happened to you; but the angels of heaven rejoice whenever a predestinated child of God begins to take his leave of denominational religion, to follow truth. It is necessary for us to understand the Bible, as well as the history of Christianity, and realize that if we walk with God here in the end time as we see the age and conditions just as Jesus said they would be, we cannot be a part of everything that carries a religious label. It is already as it was in the days of Lot; so what Jesus said about that has already come to pass. It is here. The liberal world wants it to stay that way. Yet they want it without all the drastic side effects, the diseases, and such like that go with such a careless way of life. You just simply cannot have both. Departure from God’s ordained way has a price to pay. Jesus knew the overall religious picture would become a very confused thing here at the end of the age. Therefore it would be necessary for God to send something, which we acknowledge was a prophet messenger, someone that had a true, divine revelation right from heaven, as it is portrayed in the word of God. That man would be anointed to say things to the church world, which would constitute the beginning of God by His Spirit, pulling people out of the systems of religion and bringing them back into fellowship with His Word. In doing so, He (God) knew conditions would prevail that would cause an element of people to be attracted to this thing, that would not go all the way with what they heard. Within that element of people would be individual persons that somehow or other were not ordained to see this apostolic truth in the true scriptural balance. Therefore they would wind up playing a role, a role that makes it essential for us to recognize what is taking place. Only at the end of the age, could our text scripture be applied in its true purpose. ONLY WISE SERVANTS ARE ABLE TO GIVE THE CHURCH MEAT IN DUE SEASON. “Who then is a faithful and wise servant.” The word servant is spoken in the singular, but the scripture on down will prove that we should understand it to be applicable in the plural. (The rest of that verse) “Whom his Lord hath made ruler over His household.” The Lord’s household in a true application is His bride Church. Naturally we know by now, that this does not apply to everyone who claims to be of the bride of Christ these days. The faithful and wise servant He has made ruler over His household has to be understood as the true end time ministry that feeds the flock what they have spiritual need of, to dress themselves properly for their flight to the marriage supper in glory. The apostle John wrote, (Rev. 19:9) “And He saith unto me, Write, Blessed are they which are called unto the marriage supper of the Lamb.” That is the true bride, dressed in fine linen clean and white, which is the righteousness of saints. You will not find any perverts nor liberal minded people in that setting. They will all be right here on earth in that great tribulation hour that is to come upon all that are left behind when the bride takes her flight. Yes saints, this faithful and wise servant terminology can only be applied to a man called of God to preach the gospel in a true apostolic revelation, and this parable is only in effect here in the end time wind up of Gentile time. He has been set in charge, he has been given a responsibility. God obligates him then, to be responsible for giving His people what is referred to as meat in due season. “To give them meat in due season? Blessed is that servant, whom his Lord when He cometh (meaning when he cometh in the rapture) shall find (that person) so doing. Verily I say unto you, That He (the Lord) shall make him (that individual man) ruler over all his goods.” That is in the Millennium, the thousand year reign, that such a servant is made ruler over his Lord’s goods. I realize we have already said much of what I am saying now; but this is a lengthy message, so we need to keep our main thought and purpose at the forefront. Just bear with me, and you will see a lot of your questions cleared up by the time we are finished. (Verse 48) “But and if that evil servant (during that same period of time, not ten years later, after the wise servants have been here fulfilling their purpose) shall say in his heart, (not publicly) My Lord delayeth his coming.” In his heart, he will have an inward, secret feeling, My Lord was supposed to be coming back at such and such a time. He is delaying His coming. This goes to show that in a process of time, this evil servant will begin to give up what he has been feeling in his heart was the truth. He begins to say in his heart, My Lord delays His coming: so as he thinks like that, My Lord delays His coming, he has to do something, and this is what he does, begins persecuting those who have held faithful to the word of God all along, without setting dates for the Lord to come. Watch, “And shall begin to smite his fellow-servants.” That word fellow-servants, is what lets us know this scripture applies to more than one man in both the wise and the evil categories. If there is more than one wise servant, who is the opposite of the wise? The evil. There are more than one of these fellows also. Who is it that the evil servant is speaking against? It is the wise. Therefore we can see that the evil servant is speaking evil against not just one person, but against all who are like him. Then, as he begins to speak evil of the wise servants he eventually goes a step farther, so notice the rest of that verse “and to eat and drink with the drunken.” This does not necessarily mean he immediately goes back to the beer joints and becomes a drunkard. It means spiritually speaking, that in process of time God will begin to push him out of the realm of fellowship he has been privileged to be brought into in the days when he allowed truth to pull him out of denominational bondage; and he will have to take up sanctuary with the lesser element of religious people again: because he has nowhere else to settle himself down. That is exactly what we are looking at in this parable. Furthermore, as I have already stated, these scriptures I have read to you were never meant to be fulfilled or applied back in the Dark Ages, nor anywhere in the Reformation period before the age of Laodicea. It was not time. What sets these scriptures in motion, is the fact that there was a point in time, and naturally that would be in the age of Laodicea when God knew that the universal Christian community was drifting fast toward anarchy, apostasy, and spiritual destruction. Therefore God, by His own Word, was obligated to fulfill a prophecy mentioned in Malachi, to send forth a man who would have a ministry that would far exceed any ministry that the reformers, coming out of the Dark Ages, have ever had. In doing so, God, through this man, would do things by His divine power that would get the attention of a lot of people world wide. He would say things by His Spirit concerning a revelation of truth, that would be a drawing factor, a means for God to open the eyes of a lot of spiritually blind people. You might say, to sound things on the ears of those that would have an ear to hear, and cause them to be turned around, and begin to journey, spiritually speaking, back toward the framework of the same faith that the apostolic fathers had. Our spiritual fathers are not the reformers. Our spiritual fathers are the spiritual leaders who believed what was later written in what we call, The New Testament. This is why we have the drawing here, the Holy Bible, called the Holy Word, which is what the Bible is. The devil, through the centuries of time has done his best to get Christianity out of it. You can have the book, but be out of it, spiritually speaking. If you do not believe what is written in it, or if you are not willing to adhere to what it presents, it is a worthless book to you, just to lay around and collect dust. As my own personal attitude always was, growing up in a Methodist home, I never wanted to be a religious fanatic. I had heard of too many people getting so religious it caused them to cut their hands off, pluck their eyes out, and a lot of things like that. You know how some people interpret a certain passage of scripture. I said, God forbid that I ever get around that kind of people. It is dangerous. That is why I always said, Yes, the Bible is the word of God; but do not get too close to it. Respect it for what it is, but never get too wrapped up with it: because you can become a fanatic. Well I want you to know, the distance between fanaticism and spirituality is about the breadth of a hair. I want you to think it over. It is just about the breadth of a hair. You have to have a spiritual mind to know how to understand that. The general trend of world religion is so carnal, so without any true God inspired purpose, when you begin to talk to them about basic truths in the Bible, truths the first century Church believed, they act as though you are talking to them in a language they do not understand. That is the way the religious world is. Some people think it is only these denominational systems of religion out here in the world that persecute true Christians that walk with God in a revelation of His word; but I want to assure you that most of them could not care less what you believe. They are the one’s who promote this saying, God to the church of your choice; but go to church. There are a lot of tare bundlers out here in the ranks of religion these days. They will stoop to any level to get you under their spell; but it is mostly for material gain. They are not feeding the true Church of the living God. Those who come to my mind are like the scribes and Pharisees Jesus spoke to in such a rebuking way, in the 23th chapter of Matthew. Notice, (23:13-15) “But woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For ye shut up the kingdom of heaven against men: for ye neither go in yourselves, neither suffer ye them that are entering to go in. Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For ye devour widows’ houses, and for a pretense make long prayer: therefore ye shall receive the greater damnation. Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! For ye compass sea and land to make one proselyte, and when he is made, ye make him twofold more the child of hell than yourselves.” Does that not sound like what a lot of so-called preachers are doing today? That is the picture out in denominational Christendom; but we are looking at another picture to see the evil servant of this parable.


We have certain booklets back here on the wall. They contain sermons preached by Bro. William Branham through the years of time. Through the years since his death, there seems to have been a spirit rose very quickly, to begin to monopolize the mind’s of people, and bring those people into some kind of subjection to certain ideas. This movement that was brought about by this man, was not a movement that was in a position to continue on, as other movements have in centuries gone by. It is true that within it there were a lot of preachers; but these preachers, came from every denominational background there is on the face of this earth. They saw, and heard a man preach. They heard with their natural ears, the things he said: but like I have said many times, If they did not see or hear it with the Spirit of God in their heart, nine times out of ten, they heard it wrong. A lot of them that were not there to see or hear, but have read or heard the tapes since then if they did not have the Spirit of God in their lives to teach them, and instruct them concerning what they were privileged to read and hear, many times they received it wrong. Please, my brother or sister that would eventually get the tape or the printing of this message, or the video, I am doing my best to give every person the benefit of a doubt. I say again, they could have heard or read it wrong, because the religious world in general is evidence that many read the Bible wrong. If every preacher of every system of religion read the Bible the same way, with the same spirit, you would not have a denominational Christianity on the face of the earth today. You would have an element of people that all believe one and the selfsame thing. Just try to tell me it is not that simple. However we know the devil is not content just to leave something alone, that God has done in that fashion. It is the devil’s business always to disrupt and confuse something God has done. Therefore I am saying this day, that just as Jehovah Witnesses have done, just as Christian Science people have done, the Seventh Day Adventist and all the rest that have read the same Bible, and all got a different picture to project their own teachings and formulate their own belief from, there is that element that has done the sermons of Bro. William Branham the same way. They will all claim, I believe the Bible! When you confront them. Sure they do, just that part that they carnally perceive and understand. They do not comprehend it through the mind of Christ, brought about by the Spirit of God in their lives, that is so necessary, if we are to receive the right revelation of what we read. It is a carnal motivation that most of them are moved by. Behind it all, it is Satan seeking to take a gouge at, and disrupt something God has done. If that is not the pattern, you can rest assured, the picture of true Christianity, as it started two thousand years ago, would never have changed. If the devil was not determined to thwart the plan of God somehow, by scrambling and perverting the word of God and confusing people, then you can rest assured, Christianity would have continued on in the same level of spirituality and understanding that it started out with. If we could have had over 1900 years of Christians all believing the Bible the same way, just think if youc an, what the Church would be like today. It would no doubt be much higher up, spiritually speaking, than what we perceive it to be today. Nevertheless God’s plan of redemption is moving right on schedule; and not one of His predestinated children will fail to make it in. That is the assurance we have from the word of God; and that is what our faith rests upon: the faithfulness of a sovereign God, to perform all of His word from beginning to end. Praise His name! As we look at the overall picture, it was necessary for God to send a man anointed with His Spirit, to get Christianity back on the right track; and naturally he was doing to preach. This man’s ministry was ever so unique: and through the humbleness of the man, the Spirit of God Himself was demonstrated, or perhaps I should say exemplified, which means, put on display. It was characterized through a man that lived such a simple life he would never have been man’s choice for such an office as he held. If you would have met him on the street, you would never have seen him as an individual to be compared with Bob Shuller or Billy Graham, or any of that type of preacher. He lived and walked just as simple as any average person could. On Sunday morning, yes, you would see him in the pulpit with a suit on: but the next time you saw him you might see him downtown with a pair of blue jeans on, looking like he just came in from the farm. That is just the way he was. You never would have known him as a man who had such a unique ministry as was demonstrated over and over again from coast to coast, and in many other parts of the world. The uniqueness of his ministry did startle a lot of Gentiles. As I have repeatedly stated before, Gentiles as a whole, and it matters not what race they are of, (for we are all Gentiles outside the Jewish race) are a very foolish people. We are a foolish, silly people, in our natural makeup. Either we are so set against something of God that we make a fool of ourselves, or if God does something to open our eyes and turn us around, we are prone to become so enthusiastic we just run blindly after the instrument He used, and are ready to deify, idolize, and even worship that instrument, just like we see portrayed in the New Testament. Think of the time when Peter was led by the Spirit of God to the house of Cornelius, who was a Greek. The minute Peter walked in that house, what does the Bible say took place? Cornelius fell prostrate on his face to worship Peter. That is the way pagans were, ready to deify anything or anyone. Peter, being a Jew, and knowing no human flesh was worthy of such adoration said, Rise up, we are men just like you are. When Paul and Barnabas were in Asia Minor, which is the country of Turkey, and there had been a miracle done through them, what were the Gentiles there ready to do the next morning? They were ready to offer up sacrifice to them, believing the men to be gods that had come down to them in human form. What did they do, when they saw what was taking place? Let us turn to the 14th chapter of Acts and read how those two men of God responded to what was taking place. “And when the people saw what Paul had done, they lifted up their voices, saying in the speech of Lycaonia, the gods are come down to us in the likeness of men. And they called Barnabas, Jupiter; and Paul, Mercurius, because he was the chief speaker. Then the priest of Jupiter, which was before their city, brought oxen and garlands unto the gates, and would have done sacrifice with the people. Which when the apostles, Barnabas and Paul, heard of, they rent their clothes, and ran in among the people, crying out, And saying, Sirs, shy do ye these things? We are also men of like passions with you, and preach unto you that ye should turn from these vanities unto the living God, which made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and all things that are therein.” Would it have been worse for them to worship Paul and Barnabas, than for these foolish Gentiles of our day to worship Bro. William Branham? Either one is idolatry in the eyes of God. IDOLATRY IS AN ABOMINATION TO GOD. Anyhow the actions of those pagans caused Paul and Barnabas to rent their clothes in disgust, or to show disapproval. No. They did not strip off naked as some imagine: they just merely tore their clothing as a token of disgust and disagreement with what was taking place. It was their way of expressing an attitude of rejection of that type of reverence from them. Any true man of God would respond in similar manner to such spiritual ignorance. The only thing is, Bro. William Branham was not around to reject their worship of him, when it finally came out into the open; but God sees it all; and they will ever one have to stand before His judgment to be judged for their idolatrous ways. Some of you may feel that I am being too hard on those who do such things; but I assure you, I am not doing anything a true servant of God should not do in a situation where the idolatrous practices of some, affect the lives of others that are just innocent victims. I have asked the lord to help me say some things wisely, that I feel should be said, I know, that in due time this message will fall into the hands of a lot of people, minister that have psychologically been against us. They have spoken evil things about us. I do not speak against what they are doing just for the sake of being jealous of them. I speak against their motives, and things they propagate by saying they are believers, when it is so obvious that they are not believers of the revealed word of God. I just have to say this, You were not a true witness of what God’s purpose in that man was. Every true witness that ever saw and heard this man, will always keep his feet on the word of God. The wise servant is a man that will walk with God with a level head. On the other hand, the evil servant is a character whose head just flops around loosely because he does not know where to anchor his attitude and motives. I have in my hand a book. This book is referred to as the Revelation of the Seven Seals. Bro. William Branham taught and preached this series of messages in April 1963. I was a witness to what was said. Some of you sitting here today were also witnesses to what was said in those messages: because you were there in person. I was present to hear every word he uttered in that series of messages; and I did not hear one thing that would cause me to think I should worship him. What I heard him say, made me even more determined to worship the God that used him to speak like that to us. I heard him preach every word of it; and I am thankful to God for the revelation of His word I received myself, as I sat there. It has kept me from being caught up in this foolishness that has been going on for the last 26 years since Bro. William Branham’s death. Like I have said before, This book has been taken by many people in the 26 years since his death, and has been esteemed to be their Bible. Others have taken it and said, we equate, or make it equal to the Bible. If Bro. William Branham could be here in person, one of the first things he would do is slap at the spirit that propagates such as that. He would cry out against it saying, That is not what I preached. He would plainly tell you, What I said in here was ordained of God to show you how to get your faith anchored back in the Bible, the only book that has stood the test throughout the ages. It was meant to give true children of God an understanding that would settle their spiritual soul upon a revelation of the word of God. Anyone that would say of the seven seals book, This is our Bible, we believe everything he preached from 1963 on is thus saith the Lord, is spiritually blind and probably without hope of ever seeing the book for its true, God ordained purpose. Any man that will try to interpret what he said through the years of time, when there are many other sermons there, represented in those booklets, or by those booklets, does not know how to actually understand Malachi 4:5-6 in its last day fulfillment. This book has statements in it, that rightly understood can clear up things that have always been a great mystery to those that would study the Bible. I sat there, and others in here did too, when they were preached. As I listened to those statements, in my mind I came to a conclusion, Those statements, if and when they are rightly understood, can give you a balanced picture of what is written in this book called the Bible. That is why when I heard him preach on the subject of the Serpent Seed, and he said what he did about the serpent, how he seduced Eve, and that the eating off the tree of knowledge of good and evil was exactly that, I said, That makes more sense than anything I have ever heard. However I did say to myself, Until I know what the tree of life was, I will never preach it: because the tree of life has to also be an act of some kind. I knew it had to be an act that is fulfilled in the plan of God, outside of what Satan, through the serpent, used it for. I am going to point you to a book, the book entitled Marriage and Divorce. I was there when it was preached also. In that book, which was preached after this, he said this, In the original, it was God’s design to speak life for man into existence, bypassing the sex act. It is in this book, Marriage and Divorce. If you were here three weeks ago, when I was on the other subject which I titled, Genesis, I was using the statements he made in here. Through the years that I was privileged to sit and listen to this man, I began to come to this understanding, God ordained this man to talk like this at times; because somewhere up ahead He is going to use this to bring about a separation between people, as time draws toward the end. As I analyzed these, and as I analyzed that, I looked right back to Matthew 3:12, where John the Baptist prophesied, “Whose fan is in His hand and He will thoroughly purge His floor.” When Jesus went away two thousand years ago, and was taken into glory to be seated on the right hand of God the Father, keep in mind, Right then, is when His mediatorial Priest work started. The Holy Ghost was sent. Mankind has been under a dispensation through the ages of having access to receive this Holy Ghost baptism, and with fire. But notice at the ending, when this kingdom age is beginning to climax, it is then we understand that from the hands of Christ, while He is still in His mediatorial work, there was somehow or other that a fan appeared. We read the scripture, but how are we to understand how this fan is to operate? It said He will thoroughly purge His floor. I used the parable the other night where Jesus, I believe it is the second parable, about the tares and so forth, how they got in, but it said leave them alone. At the end of the world, what would He do? He would send forth His angels. Angels are spirit beings. Keep in mind though, angels have to have earthly vessels to work through. Preachers, doing something that help carry out the plan of God. It said He would gather out of His kingdom, or separate the tares from the good grain. One of the explanations was, that they would first bind the tares in bundles to be burned. Is that not right? When we think of the farmer, as he goes out with the old fashioned binder, when he cut the wheat down, he would have straw and everything all cut down together. What then? When all of that was hauled in, and they put it in the old separator, called, the threshing machine, the straw, the ripened weeds and everything else all go out the back end, out through the blow pipe into a stack. But the seed, which is the product you are after, as it drops down and goes over the shaker sieve, there is a wind that is set just right for what it is designed to do. That wind will lift the chaff. What is the chaff? The hulls and every other type of microscopic substance that is attached to the seed. Just keep in mind as we transpose that into the spiritual application, “whose fan is in his hand.” The word fan is applied to something man made. In this sense you have to have some kind of material to put together, to weave such an item as a fan. His floor is none other than His Word, if you understand what I mean. Therefore God, in order to try you and me, will let the devil throw things against us, just to see if we are going to allow those things to get us off of His Word. In so doing, He is going to fan you with every kind of idea and teaching. The purpose of it all, is to see if it will cause you to leave the true revelation and go after some other type of idea that gives you a lesser feeling of pressure, persecution, ridiculement, and let you hold on to all your old friends. There is not another message in the earth today, that this fan is any more beautifully portrayed in than the teachings of William Branham. Yet these various statements were made through a process of time, over such a long process of time a lot of people ignored the fact that they did not all match up right and just paid no attention to it. I will say this again though, The evil servant will capitalize on every statement the man made. That is why he will take the out of context statement over what was said in the anointed message in the Seal book: about how man was to be multiplied on the face of this earth. He will quickly remind you that the prophet said they were supposed to be spoken into existence. Sure, he said that. I remember when he said it. I also know that in here, he also said, Before Adam could know Eve as his wife, the devil, through his instrument the serpent, had already defiled her. What do you think he was saying? Why did he say that? What do you think he was trying to project to people? That was telling you, if Eve would have run that serpent off somewhere and waited, there would have been a time that the law of God that was to operate from the tree of life, would have set in motion in her body; and she would have gone to her husband Adam and said, It is time for us to begin multiplying. In that particular period they could have come together for the purpose of conception and bringing forth a child that would have been born in the very image and likeness of God. Adam himself was created in the image and likeness of God; and his offspring coming into the world through the tree of life would have also been in the very image and likeness of their creator.


We cannot dwell too long on just one thing; because we have a lot to squeeze into this message. We are looking at how the fan in Christ’s hand is working, even though HE is not here in physical flesh to use it. In this Seal book, Bro. William Branham said there was just three and one half years left, of the seventy weeks of Daniel; and he was not even preaching on the seventy weeks of Daniel when he said that. He just dropped it out there: “There is only three and one half years left of the week of Daniel;” and on he went. That is just about he way he threw it in. However right here is the original message, when he took different Sunday’s to deal with it in detail, you find a different picture. In this message he emphatically laid out by a chart drawn to show that there is yet seven years left to the total seventy weeks of Daniel’s prophecy, seven years left for the Jews. I was there when he preached it; so I do not have to take second hand reports of what he said. I paid close attention to how he brought it out. Therefore if I was to take time now, to go back through the years and bring out of the various sermons, all of this type of statements, I could show you how God willed this man to speak like that for a specific purpose. I have never used the terminology that he made a mistake. I believe these dual statements he made were ordained to fulfill a purpose of God. The purpose for them as I see it, is that at the end time, these statement would be put together by an element of men who were void of a complete revelation, some in part, while some others would take them all; and in the end lead an element of the following right out of the Bible. Some of these men preach from these statements putting such pressure on certain individuals, that they are eventually led to a place where they just lay their Bible’s aside and try to live by the statements alone. These are the ones you will hear, saying, This is my Bible for this day and hour. This is the word of the Lord for my day. Yet when I use illustrations like this to help people see the truth of what is taking place in so many places, I am accused of trying to get people to turn away from Bro. William Branham’s message, and even accused of not allowing my congregation to read the sermon booklets. No brother, sister, I am not guilty of that. However I will say, If you cannot read them being guided by the Holy Ghost, you will surely read them wrong. It matters not, how much education you have, without the Holy Ghost guiding you as you read his sermons, you will read them wrong every time. Why do I say that? Simply because you are going to read various statements from time to time spoken opposite of each other; and without the Holy Ghost to teach you how to line them up with the scriptures, you will have no way of knowing which statements line up with God’s word, and which one’s do not. The only people in the end of the whole subject, that are ever going to read those booklets right, are people that have the Holy Ghost. The Holy Ghost is the Spirit of God; and when He is allowed to guide you, you will not be trying to make two opposite statements both mean the same thing. That is just plain foolish; yet there are a lot of those people today that will tell you, I believe both of them; because the prophet spoke them. There is no need for me to say any more along that line at this time; for people who are wise do not need to be beat to death with something in order to see it the right way. I am going to say this though, All of you who will jump up and down saying, That Jackson is talking against the prophet, trying to make himself some kind of authority, had better ask yourselves, Who has caused all of this confusion about the prophet’s message around the world for the last 26 years? You cannot blame me for it. You can scream to the high heavens, Jackson is not in the message; but you cannot challenge what I preach with the Bible. All you can do is use certain statements made by Bro. William Branham, statements he just threw out at times, without explanation, and without being a vital part of what he was teaching on, and that is what I am endeavoring to clear up for those who have ears to hear. The apostle Paul, in second Corinthians, made some statements because of the pressures of the hour he was living in; and I am compelled also to state in certain ways how God has dealt with me. God dealt with that apostle in dreams and visions, or revelations, which he used to compare and analyze himself in the eyes of his critics. That is for a purpose, that a man may be established in what he believes and teaches. I will say this also, Personally, I was a witness to what this man you try to make more than he was, said. I sat under the man’s ministry long enough to analyze it. Not to find fault, but to understand what the Spirit of God was doing through him. Never did I criticize, I just analyzed. To analyze, means you observe, you listen, you pay heed to and examine. You do everything within your heart to understand, is there a human part to this man? I can say beyond any shadow of doubt, There sure was; but it did not detract one iota from what God called him to be, and to do, in this age of Laodicea. There is one thing sure though, God will never have two Messiahs for people to look to. It matters not, how much you saw the Spirit of Jesus Christ exemplified in William Branham, nor how much his ministry resembled the ministry of Jesus the Son of man, there is absolutely no way he (Bro. Branham) could have been the Son of man of the scriptures. He himself made it very clear that he was just A son of man. You must understand, Jesus the Christ, the Son of David, the Son of Abraham, the Son of God, as man, was perfect. He was absolutely sinless. Therefore what made His life attractive was the God of heaven that was in Him, and when the God of heaven came down and incarnated Himself in Him, it made the man that was born perfect, sinless, and without any guile, the very Messiah, the anointed ONE all Jews looked for. He then became the Savior of lost mankind, by His sacrificial death on that old rugged cross at Calvary. However when God, here at the end of the age, re-exemplified that same character and likeness of Christ in a Gentile man, I plead with you, Do not try to make that man (William Branham) the Messiah. What God exemplified through him did not make him “the” Son of God. He emphatically stated, I am “a” son of God. Through the years, as many of his followers began to see how Christ was exemplified in that man, they began to say, He is that prophet. Meaning the prophet Moses spoke of in Deuteronomy 18:15. “The Lord thy God will raise up unto thee a Prophet from the midst of thee, of thy brethren, like unto me; unto Him ye shall hearken.” I can say this, in St. John chapter 6, when Jesus took the multitude out into a desolate place, and fed them there with five loaves and two fishes, that element of Jews sitting there in the grass, eating of that miracle food, finally began to get a revelation, This is that prophet. Don’t you think so? They were right. That was fulfilled in Jesus Christ. He was that prophet Moses promised the children of Israel God would raise up unto them from their very midst. That promise belonged only to the Israelites. No Gentile should be playing around with it. What a lot of those certain people are doing, is nothing short of playing with the word of God. You are going to get in trouble. That prophecy in Deuteronomy does not have a compound fulfillment. It belongs only to the Jewish nation. That prophet (Messiah) was perfect, sinless, without any trait of a fallen nature. That is the one Moses was prophesying about. On the other hand, the prophet to this age, the man so many want to deify, was not perfect. He was not sinless. He was a sinner that had to be saved by the grace of God, just like the rest of us. While it is true, the Holy Ghost, the Spirit of God was in him in a measure, and through that measure he exemplified much of the same likeness and qualities of Jesus Christ, that by no stretch of the imagination could ever made him equal to the prophet Moses spoke of. When anyone begins to deal with things like this, it literally sets that element on edge. They become hostile and say, You are absolutely blaspheming. Well I beg your pardon. I know what I am doing; and if I fail to do it, then somewhere later on God will hold me responsible. When you are a witness, it means you saw something, you observed it, and in my case I was not attracted to it just to be a spectator, as many of that element that followed him were. Spiritual spectators can go home and forget what they saw and heard; but I want you to know, I did not forget what I witnessed. It changed my life completely.


I am going to tell a little of my testimony. There are people sitting in this congregation today, that knew Bro. William Branham long before I did. Even many years before. I did not know him as a child growing up. However it is not how long anyone knew him that makes the difference. When I did get acquainted with him, I knew I needed to hear as much as I could of what he had to say. Let me say this though, When I see these people carrying around those pictures of the baptismal scene at the Ohio River, and see people going down there to the end of Spring Street where Bro. William Branham was baptizing when God spoke to him, it makes me wonder, What do they expect to get from all of that? There is nothing wrong with looking at the location; but if any of you think there is anything sacred about that place, you are as blind as Catholicism. That is how they do. They build a church building or some kind of memorial in every spot they know of anything with any spiritual significance taking place. Well I happen to know something about that old water front. In the year 1929, I was not very old. The picture you have seen of Bro. William Branham standing in the water in the year 1933, baptizing people, when the Spirit of God spoke to him like it did, is not more sacred than any other picture. A lot of them still think that spot is sacred. That spot is not sacred. That place was there before that ever happened. It is still there. Why was it a particular place that he baptized? It was because practically every preacher on the Indiana side of the river used it for that purpose. That was the old ferry boat wharf. It was a water front. The street came right off the level of town and just went right down the river bank. When I was a child it was bricked off, right down into the water. There was no transit bridges over the Ohio River back then to drive a car across. I have told before, how in the year 1929, my father took us on a trip to Louisville. I was very young, so it was terribly exciting to me. As he drove the old Model T. Ford down Spring Street, right down this water front bank and parked, there were other cars as well as horse drawn wagons sitting there. What were they waiting for? The ferry boat to come from the Louisville Kentucky side. Later I could hear that old thing chugging. It came right over and docked, exactly where you see Bro. William Branham baptizing those people, in the picture. I remember watching those horses and wagons as they drove them onto the ferry boat. I remember the other cars also. Finally Dad drove the old Model T on. As a child, this stuck in my mind; because just as we got out in the middle of the river, the water being a little choppy, those horses got scared. Every man on that ferry barge rand and grabbed a horse and helped hold them until that ferry boat docked on the Louisville side. Now I realize I am just telling natural, carnal things; but I get so sick and tired of hearing about people traveling from the ends of the world, coming here to take pictures, thinking these spots are still sacred. Why do they condemn Catholicism for doing what they themselves do? All of that is spiritual ignorance. When I read in the life story book, shortly after I got acquainted with Bro. William Branham, about the Second Street bridge, (we call it the Clark Memorial Bridge) it brought back childhood memories. I remember when the bride was built. I was a small child. That bridge was started from both sides of the river. From the Louisville side starting at the end of Second Street, and from the Indiana side; and the construction crews met in the middle. I remember when we used to go down and visit my uncle and aunt that lived in Jeffersonville. They would take us down there on Sunday afternoon, just for a little sight seeing trip, to look at the progress of the bridge work. Bro. William Branham had seen in a vision, the bridge being built; and how many men would fall to their death, as they labored on the construction of it. When the bridge came together in the middle of the river, I was still a child, but I remember hearing it said by my uncle, how it came out in the paper that the engineers who drew it out were so perfect in their work, there was only one rivet hole that lacked a fraction of an inch matching up; and had to be modified to finish the connection. What virtue is there in this? Not one bit. The bridge is not sacred at all. It was just that the Spirit of God showed this man in his younger years of life, how progress in that area would come about; and how God would use it as a sign to him as he was being instructed and guided, coming along in life. God has a right to deal with a man in this manner, without these places, things, or objects becoming sacred items in the whole category of religion. When the bridge was dedicated, we were there to witness it. I have never seen so much fireworks. Well I believe I have said enough about the bridge, and also Spring Street. All of that was excitable; but there was not one thing about any of it that has any spiritual virtue for the next generation. Neither the bridge, nor the Spring Street baptismal location. God was dealing with a man who lived in this area. He had ordained this man to be something to this Gentile, Laodicean Age. God used these things as means to speak to him, to direct him, and to use him. It is a wonderful thing, that God allowed many people to be personal witnesses of so many of the things He did through that one little vessel; but just going back to view the spot after all these years has no spiritual virtue whatsoever. I have said all of this just to let you know, I am not ignorant of the are of Jeffersonville, Indiana; nor of the things God has done in this area. I was born and raised 19 miles out in the country from there. When God saved me, and began to bring me to an understanding of how precious this book is, this is what I like to spend my time with. I cannot get close enough to this book. (The Bible) When I look back to my younger years, and think of how I used to feel about it, I appreciate the grace of God even more. I had respect for it; but I felt like people should not get too serious about some of what is written in it. I now know better than to blame the Bible for some of the things we have heard of people doing as a result of reading it. This book will literally talk to you, if you will let the Spirit of God, who is the author of it, deal with your heart and life like He wants to. You will read it and know it is talking to you: because God, the Spirit that inspired the writing of it, will cause certain things to stand out, and become so obvious to you, you can truly say, He is the same yesterday, today, and forever, just like it says. After I married and moved down to Harrison County, it was after that, when God saved me. The wreck that left this scar on my forehead had already happened. As many of you have heard me say, in the month of February 1952, from the time He had saved me, I began to have such a hunger for the reality of the contents of this book. I could not even go to the field to work, nor anything else I might need to do, without first sitting down and reading a verse or two of scripture. I have told it many times; but I will never forget that one particular morning. I do not remember which day of the week if was; but I took my Bible and sat down on the couch to read; and it just literally fell open to Luke, chapter 1. I began to read. I am not going to quote it all; but in that chapter I read how Zacharias the priest had gone into the temple to offer up incense and so forth. There the angel Gabriel had appeared to him, and spoke to him. When the angel Gabriel was speaking to Zacharias about the birth of his son, a son which was yet to be, and by his wife that had never yet brought forth a child, the angel also told him the child was to be given the name John. Then he referred to Malachi 4:5-6, in the first phase, or we will say part A. The angel told Zacharias his son would go before the coming of the Lord in the power and spirit of Elias, which was Elijah, to turn the heart of the fathers to the children, and the disobedient to the wisdom of the just; to make ready a people prepared for the Lord. Then he stopped quoting; and just left it right there. When I read that it was like this just stood out: The angel stopped quoting that prophecy, without finishing it. I then thought, If we are living in the days just before the second coming of Christ, God will send that spirit of Elijah again; because He will have to turn the heart of the children to their fathers; and at that time, I did not know what children really meant. I thought it was something that would deal in the juvenile sense. We were beginning to have a lot of juvenile problems in the American society. I thought this was a moving of God’s Spirit to make sons and fathers get along good together. Well it is a proven fact, that this has not happened. This is a spiritual thing. We now know what those scriptures pertain to. Nevertheless when I read that, I closed the Bible with the assurance in my heart: I do not know when, I do not know how, and regardless of what some may preach, Jesus Christ is not coming again until the second part of Malachi 4:5-6, is fulfilled. He may come for me tonight, He may come for some of you in the morning, or tomorrow night; but He is not coming to this earth to take His people to glory until first that spirit of Elijah returns to finish that commission. I knew it. I did not say so in the Methodist Church; because I did not know where it would belong; so I just held it in my mind, One of these days, somewhere, somehow or other, God is going to fulfill that scripture. The fall season of 1952 came; and I still felt that way. Then one day when I had just finished eating dinner, my wife’s first cousin, Bro. Glen Funk, who had been squirrel hunting came by home. We began to talk; and at this time I am going to ask Bro. Glenn to give you in his own words what he said to me about Bro. William Branham, how he had been in Africa, about the little boy in Finland, and such; and how he told me Bro. William Branham was back home and was going to have a meeting and so forth.


I really count it a privilege to stand for the Lord. If I can take any pressure off of Bro. Jackson, then let it be so. Before I was born, my mother prayed that I would serve the Lord. After WW2 came along, I went over there; and during that time I made a vow to the Lord. Lord, if you will just take me home, I will serve you. When I came back, I started going to church at the Branham Tabernacle in the fall of 1947, but I really did not get too wrapped up in anything until 1948. I went to the altar and was saved, and baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins. Not long afterwards I received the Holy Ghost. When I got a touch of that, I never was the same anymore. It made me want to go tell others. The Lord knows how backward I had always been. I never wanted to say anything to anyone. A few years after I was saved, Bro. William Branham asked me to testify in a New Year’s Eve service. Do you think I would? I slid down in my seat. He said, Do you have a testimony brother? I said, No sir. The Lord convicted me on that for sure. Then I would go down to my uncle’s, which was Opal’s Dad, (Opal is sister Jackson) and he said to me, Bro. Jackson is preaching some in the Methodist Church. The Lord laid it on my heart right then, that if I ever see him, I will tell him about the Lord, what I have heard and seen. So like he said, I went down there hunting, and when I came back in we struck up a conversation. I just told him about the deal down at the river, about the Lord calling Bro. William Branham to forerun His second coming. Then I told him about Africa. There was so much went on over there, it would take an hour to tell it. Then from there to Finland and all that happened there. I told Bro. Jackson, I heard something I never heard in my life. I enjoyed it so much, I thought maybe you would be interested in it. I said, He is going to be at the Tabernacle before long. I don’t remember what date it was. But I said, I would like for you to go hear him. I thought if he liked to preach in the Methodist Church, let him hear this preacher and see what he thinks of him. You know what, Bro. Jackson was like me. He got a taste of it, and it was so good, he came back for more. I thought, now we are living in the day we are getting our meat in due season. I thank God to be living in this day that we are getting meat in due season. We are one of the most blessed people on the face of the earth. That meat is something you are going to need. You are going to need that meat for this journey that lies ahead. I thought, Not only do we have meat in due season, we are in the present day truth. I want Bro. Jackson to know I appreciate him from the depths of my heart. I did Bro. William Branham too. When I met him, I thought, I have never met a man like that before. He could call you out of the congregation, tell you what was wrong with you, and all like that. He even called me out one time and told me about my mother. Another time he went down home, my Dad was always nervous, and he got so irritated one time my mother couldn’t stay with him for awhile, so she left for a week or two. My brother and sister wanted to put him away, down at Madison. They didn’t talk to me. They went to my mother, she was the go-between. When she told me that, do you know what I told her: I will not sigh papers for that, but I’ll tell you what I will do. I’ll get the prophet of God to come and pray for him. He will be alright. You know, the night he was supposed to come down there, (Bro. Branham, was always in a hurry, always tied up.) My Dad called me three times before we got there, wanting to know if we were coming. Yes, Dad, I am coming, just wait a little while. When he went out there, Bro. William Branham walked in, went over and shook hands. My Dad went over and sat down, Bro. William Branham sat down by me, he talked to him for about five minutes, then said Let us just kneel and pray. We prayed and my Dad was alright after that. My brother never said a word about it. He was normal in every way. All that nervousness left him. He wasn’t irritated after that. He and my mother got along just fine. So I just thank the Lord to be living in this day and hour, and for the fact that I am privileged to hear this word. It is THE Word. When Bro. Jackson read that word smite, in his text scripture, it don’t mean smite with your hands. It don’t mean to smite with a club. It is just this thing right here, (pointing to the tongue) it is an unruly thing. That is what condemns you. You will give account of every word that you speak. I just thank the Lord that what we hear in here is the word of God. You know, this just came to me, Don’t speak evil words because you might have to eat them. When you eat them they might be bitter. Speak good words, and when you eat them they will be sweet in your soul. So I thank God that we hear the sweetness of the word of the Lord. (Bro. Jackson says) Thank you Bro. Glenn. May God receive all glory, honor and praise.


I want the people to realize we are dealing with this message because of the lateness of the hour we are living in; and we are seeking to put some things together for the benefit of those who will read the paper or get the tapes, that they may know we are not just a people sitting here at the end of Potters Lane, ignorant of what God did in these last days. We are a people that have been ridiculed and talked about in the worst way by the overall movement. Yet in spite of all of this, I do not say these things because I want them to be talked about or ridiculed. I am looking at something that I know, as a minister, God called me to say something about, to help keep some things straight. They may say I have no more right to say what I do, than they do; but for 26 years I have seen what some of these statements have done; as men have compiled them and put them into a teaching of their own. I have witnessed the confusion it has brought about. It has distorted the picture that is really portrayed in the Bible. Therefore being a minister called by God, by His grace, not by man, I am compelled by time and the circumstances that prevail, to say these things; hoping it is not too late to help some people somewhere. I will say this, AS we think of the straw, the tares, just look at the ministries of Billy Graham, Oral Roberts, Bob Schuller and that type. All of that fits right into the World Council of Churches. They are preaching Christ, but they are doing it without a revelation as to how to bring people back into Bible truth. They have a story out of the Bible, they have just the fragments of a plan; but what they preach will never perfect a bride for Jesus Christ. They put it out there and it looks like they are winning thousands of souls to Christ; but actually they are not. They are just helping bind up all these denominational bundles of straw and tares, that Jesus said would have to be bundled at the end time. Keep in mind, what Billy Graham, Bob Schuller, Oral Roberts and that type have to say, does not affect you and me. The dealings of God have to come closer to us than what they are able to bring it. That is why we look at the thing John called, the fan in Christ’s hand; because the fan is not what blows the straw out in the pile. No. While it is true that on a threshing machine, it is wind that takes it out there, but it is a different portion of the wind than what is running off the shaker sieve. That grain that goes over the shaker sieve, or the shaker shoe, is wind that has to be set precisely by the man that knows how to set the machine. That wind lifts the chaff, the dust, the stuff you cannot handle with pitch forks. It lifts that chaff. That is why many times when you get around some people, they will open up and start talking and say, What has the Lord shown you? Look, they will take you to a book, take you to this, take you to that. If you start listening, giving your ear to them, before very long your mind is away from the Bible. They are taking you from book, to book, to book, to book. It is just the way they compile it, putting it together to suit their own purpose. It all becomes a fan in the hand of Christ. As for these others, God knew Bob Schuller, Billy Graham, and all of that type, would not walk in the light of this truth. Yet every last one of those men had an opportunity to know Bro. William Branham. What more can you say? I would not say they are not serving a purpose of God; for we know the tares have to be bundled by someone; and God’s five fold ministry to the bride of Christ is certainly not the one’s that will do that job. What we need to realize is, that there has to be instruments to fulfill all prophetic scripture, the good and the bad. God does not force anyone to fulfill the bad part any more than He does to fulfill the good part; but by His foreknowledge He certainly know who will do what; and when. We every one have a part to fulfill in the overall plan of God. That is why I have asked certain ones of the older folks of this congregation to give a few words of personal testimony. I want you to be able to see God in His people. These people saw and heard with their own eyes and ears, just like Matthew and John and others that gave us the writings of the New Testament; so I want you to have the benefit of first hand reporting.


I have people here with me that were witnesses of Brother Branham’s life and ministry long before I ever became acquainted with him. We have one brother here in the congregation, Bro. Creech, that knew this man many years ago, long before I even came into the picture. This man knew Bro. William Branham back in the earlier days of his life. God has put the truth of what this man stood for in our hearts. This is our way of telling you, Look, we are not ignorant of what God has done. We are eyewitnesses of this very thing. Bro. Creech, Come on and say what you have upon your heart to say. (Bro. Creech speaking) I count it a privilege to live in this day and hour. I never once thought I would ever hear a man like Bro. William Branham. My parents were church going people, but they were denominational people. They were good people; but they did not hear what we have been privileged to hear. I came to New Albany, and after I was up here a little while, on Thanksgiving Day of 1940, I went to my mother-in-law’s place at Milltown, Indiana. Bro. William Branham was there. He seemed to like me right form the start, and I liked him. He had a lot of problems though, his wife had died, and the people he associated with had began to turn against him. They tried to rule him. That is what they tried to do. He had nobody. His brother had passed away after the 37 flood. They were ministering brothers. I never did know George. I knew his brother. I knew his mother, and his dad; but I never did know Bro. George. When he passed away, Bro. William Branham had nobody to associate with, and he and I became close buddies. I never will forget when I moved up town. Just before I moved, (I moved in October and got acquainted with him in November.) I came up there with a hurting ulcer. I don’t know if any of you have had them or not; but they are about as painful as anything you can have. I went to the altar one time and he prayed for me. My wife and I just had one child back then; and we ate hamburgers on the way home. That ulcer never bothered me any more after that. Bro. William Branham and I were real close. We associated with each other almost every day from then on. In my work I could pass by and pick him up and drive him here and there while he was doing his work: patrolling the power lines for the Public Service Company, watching for trouble that could interrupt electric service to their customers. We spent a lot of time together that way. Another time I remember, I had become unhappy with the way things were done at the Tabernacle when Bro. William Branham was away. When he went out on evangelistic work, everyone left there desired to be the boss. I guess you could say, I just got plain disgusted with it. Bro. William Branham would always say to me, Brother, that man is just not right, or he does not belong there, or he does not belong here; so that stayed with me. He was a man that never tried to tell anyone what to do; rather he was a guy that always wanted to help you if he could. All of that just kind of stuck with me, and it bothered me, so I decided that this kind of thing was not for me. I just simply felt like I could not take all of that: going in there and knowing how Bro. William Branham taught, and how he tried his best to build a house of God in spite of all of that, so I left. I didn’t stay away. I would go and come every once in a while. Well one night I went there, and again I had to go to prayer. I went up to him; and before I ever said anything to him, he looked me right in the eye and said, Brother, Satan has desired to sift you; but I have prayed for you. That is why I am here today; because he prayed for me. Time went on for years and years and years, and I never could quite get it all together; until one time when Bro. Jackson was ministering and opened it all up to me. From that time on, those things never bothered me any more. Bro. William Branham and I always stayed friends. The year he went out to Arizona his last time, he called me up and said, Brother, are you going to be at home? I said, Yes. Well I would like to come down and talk to you a little bit. I am getting ready to leave. He then said, I have to take the kids to church and I will be down there. Then I will have to leave in time to pick them up and take them back home. I hadn’t seen him for quite a while: He had been over in India. He had a lot of things to talk about. When he got there, he said again, I have to leave here in time to take the kids home; but time just slipped by and he realized church was over with; so he had to call the church and get Billy Paul or somebody to take them home. He stayed at my house until about 11:30 PM and I never got to see him any more. Before that time though, after I got tired of running around, I knew there was no one else that could preach the gospel like Bro. William Branham. You would like others, but you just wouldn’t fall in love with their doctrine, like you would with what he taught. It was in the year 1957, in November, (I had forgotten about this until yesterday) I got acquainted with Bro. Jackson. Then I went down to Bro. Jackson’s church, in the old building where all the smoke would fill the room. We too have been friends since 1957. I appreciate Bro. Jackson from the bottom of my heart. If you knew Bro. William Branham, all he talked about was Bro. Junie (Bro. Jackson) and Bro. Neville. Bro. Neville took care of the Tabernacle when Bro. William Branham was away; and that is why the Tabernacle is in such a pitiful shape today, they turned him down. I really believe Bro. Neville died with a broken heart because of the way those people over there treated him. As for Brother Jackson, God has given him grace, and the revelation of His word, enough to keep us striving for the final goal all these many days. God bless you. (Bro. Jackson says) Thank you Bro. Creech. There are other that are going to give their testimony before we finish this message; because I want those who hear the tapes or that get the video tapes to know, we are not here just trying to put something together, something prefabricated. This is real life. I just want people to know there is an element of people here that were witnesses of some things God did in these last days. God has led them to be where they are today; and they are living witnesses; even though there is little ever said of what each individual saw and heard.


When you read the book of Acts, you read details about individual characters in the early church. Well we are just giving you a chance to hear of some things God has done since then. Take Agabus for instance. His name is mentioned only twice in the Bible; yet he was an individual that stood up in a meeting and prophesied concerning the future. Once of a great drought, and again of what was destined to happen to the apostle Paul: how the Jews at Jerusalem would bind him, and so forth. Nothing else is written of him; but these two particular events are recorded, which gives us a little insight into how the first age Church functioned. (Acts 11:28) “and there stood up one of them named Agabus, and signified by the Spirit that there should be great dearth throughout all the world: which came to pass in the days of Claudius Caesar.” That gave believers a chance to be watching for the signs of it: therefore they were not caught completely unaware of what was coming down the road of life. Again Agabus prophesied; and this time it concerned one individual. (Acts 21:10-11) “And as we tarried there (in the house of Philip the evangelist) many days, there came down from Judaea a certain prophet, named Agabus. And when he was come unto us, he took Paul’s girdle, and bound his own hands and feet, and said, Thus saith the Holy Ghost, So shall the Jews at Jerusalem bind the man that owneth this girdle, and shall deliver him into the hands of the Gentiles.” In other words, they have condensed the whole record of various things that took place; but if you and I had been there at Antioch that day we would be able to tell various details of what took place in those gatherings. He probably stood up and said something like this, Brothers and sisters, I saw in a vision a few days ago, that a terrible drought and such like is ahead; and he probably gave quite a few details of what he saw, yet it was sufficient for the writer of the book of Acts just to mention it as he did saying, And this was fulfilled in the days of Claudius the Roman emperor. Therefore just because 26 years have come and gone since the death of God’s prophet messenger to this age, do not endeavor to diminish anything from what he gave a Thus saith the Lord to. We all know what some of those who followed after him have done with some of the statements he uttered from the standpoint of human feelings. Our human feelings do not obligate God to bring about what we speak of, as what we feel may take place. Yet if He anointed some human vessel to speak something by the Spirit, you can mark it down: it will come to pass. Only God Himself knows the doctrines and things that have been projected by various individuals who took every word Bro. William Branham uttered after a certain date and gave it out as Thus saith the Lord. Well time itself has proved to most of us, that NOT every word he spoke was Thus saith the Lord. He had the same privilege of making human observation on things as any of us do. On the wall back there, is a newspaper printed in the month of April 1982. It has a picture of Willard Collins and Billy Paul, and an article underneath their picture’s. The contents underneath the picture is all about that particular year they were having this meeting at the Parkview High School in Jeffersonville. The article states that there were about thee thousand people gathered there. Many had come believing Bro. William Branham was going to be raised from the dead. Pictures were taken of a mass of people out at the cemetery by Bro. William Branham’s grave. Why would I read this to you? I am certainly not reading it just for the sake of humiliating anyone; rather to show you how Satan will use something that is done and said, and built it into a spirit. Please remember what our text scriptures say about that evil servant, or about those evil servants, for they are many. They will say in their heart’s, My Lord delays His coming. You have never heard Bob Schuller, Billy Graham, Oral Roberts or any of those men predict, or give you any kind of indication as to when they thought Jesus should have come, have you? However just as soon as God sent this man we are talking about and worked through him in the manner He did, and allowed him to say some of the things he said, it left people to speculate first of who he might be; but others began to project the thought, he is the Messiah. Some would say, He is the Lord disguised in human flesh, or he is the Word, and so forth. Most of you have probably heard it all; so what I want to impress upon you, is that all of this is projected by a spirit of Satan sent forth to cause confusion and discord among people who desire to walk with God. The devil knew there were carnal minded people he could use to project these things in a way to create chaos among those who recognize the fact that we truly did have a genuine prophet of God walking among us. What I really want you to take heed of is that the reason these evil servants even have an occasion to say, My Lord delays His coming, is because they have been indulging in something they have no scriptural authority to do in the first place: setting dates for His return. I will never forget October 1968. Bro. William Branham had been dead almost three years. In another state lived a certain man and his wife and son; (I knew their name and everything) and he got the idea from something Bro. William Branham said, that if the lord had not come by a certain date, I will know I have missed it; so I am going to take a shot gun and blow my wife and child and myself all to pieces. Well October came, and the Lord had not come, (and still has not come) but I never heard anything about that man blowing his head off with a shot gun. Can you not see that spirit of the devil in such evil servants? My Lord delays His coming. Why would anyone say that? Simply because they have such little respect for the word of God they are willing to go beyond anyone’s scriptural authority and do what the Bible absolutely gives us no authority to do. Before very long others begin to set dates also; and their dates have passed without the Lord’s return; but do you think they will admit they were wrong? I have not heard of one. Saints, I do not mind telling you they were wrong; and if I hear of anyone else doing what they have been doing, I will be quick to tell you they are wrong also. They had dates set from 1970 in November, then 1971, then 1973, 1977, then another one in 1982, when certain planetary bodies were to line up a certain way. The year 1982, was going to be a year of great catastrophic turbulence and all such like, according to some of them. These men made those predictions and none of them came to pass; so what is left for them? None of them come to pass. Why do these men do this? All because of the fact that God had a man in the earth which had said things he had every right to say the way he said them. Human speculation is acceptable as long as no one tries to make it more than that. We have all expressed our thoughts about things we felt were possibilities, based upon things we would see taking place in the world; but most of us have never gone to the extremes these evil servants have, in making their projections. Anyone who tries to make every word that man uttered Thus saith the Lord, is in the camp of these evil servants. The man had a right to say certain things, but nobody else had a right to set dates and take these statements, calculate and compile them into some kind of revelation as though they really had something to tell. That is why their dates came and have gone, and we are still looking for the Lord’s return. His return is a sure thing. You can depend upon that; but you cannot project a date for it to take place, especially when there are still prophecies of the Bible to be fulfilled before it can happen. I have already told you how even the day Bro. William Branham lay in the Coots Funeral Home, some were calculating and projecting the thought that he has to rise from the dead, to finish the work he was ordained to do. I was approached in the hallway, by one preacher of the movement. He said, Bro. Jackson, he has got to rise. I said, No, he will rise when the rapture comes. He said, No, he has got to come before then. I said, No he won’t. He said, There are too many things left undone. I said, God allowed him to finish everything he was supposed to do; and then He took him. He will not come back up until the rest of the dead saints come forth. I want to say at this time, The Branham family has never publicly stated that they believe in the early resurrection of Bro. William Branham. In the article hanging back there, Billy Paul and Willard Collins both deny that they believe that. I am going to read what is said as the journalist, the writer from the Courier Journal, writes this. One man they interviewed, (his name is Miguel Roman of New York City) said yesterday afternoon as he stood beside Branham’s grave and marble pyramid monument in Eastern Cemetery, a short distance from the school, I have coming here five years and I know he will come back. I will keep coming here each Easter. Leaders of the Branham sect, a bedrock fundamentalist group say (Notice now) they don’t endorse or encourage the resurrection talk; (Listen to this) though I am not saying some people don’t believe that, said Willard Collins, pastor of the Branham Tabernacle on Penn Street. Then as the writer goes on down here, he tells of an instance where Bro. William Branham was out in Illinois in prior years and such like, and as he comes to a conclusion, he goes back and picks up the subject at the time of the funeral saying, “When 700 people came to town for Branham’s burial, (I was right there also.) April 11, while in town for the services, the Rev. Pearry Green, pastor of a Tucson Arizona tabernacle that was a member of the Branham sect, talked openly of the resurrection belief. All along, local leaders of the Branham sect repeatedly said they don’t believe any of that; and today Collins says, It is just not true at all, regardless of what you have heard.” Saints, that is the statement Willard Collins made back in 1982; but I do not hear of any of them doing anything to discourage those who do believe in an early resurrection for Bro. William Branham. However I will not try to tell you exactly what they believe; but I will say this, If I believe something I will tell it to your face. I have no other reason. If somebody comes in here and wants to write an article and they are from the Courier Journal or the New Albany or Jeffersonville paper, you tell them to come and talk with me. We put our name on everything we have ever printed or preached; and I am not ashamed of any of it. I have nothing to hide. As we go on with this message, I am going to challenge this entire movement. Oh yes, it will bring a lot of criticism, and cause a lot of shots to be fired; but I tell you, There is not another preacher that was a witness to this man’s ministry, (and I want to say this as humbly as I know how) that has backbone enough to stand against all of that foolishness and say what is right and what is wrong. I do not have millions of dollars to play with, like some of these people do. I never have had a lot of money to use in my ministry; but I have always said, Whatever God gives me, I will use it for His glory. Therefore if He puts a revelation in my heart of something that I can see in the Bible, I will preach it from the house top. I will never come to you and talk to you about some secret revelation God has given me, and not have the nerve to put it out to the public There are no secret revelations as far as the Bride Church is concerned. Revealed scripture is for all of the true body of Christ. It is only hidden from carnal minded people who do not know what to do with a revelation. I realize there are times God will say, Wait just a little season, it’s not time yet, then release it; but there is one thing sure, I will never deny what God allowed me to see. That is why as we go along with this message, I am going to challenge this entire movement. As I come down to the end, my closing remarks are, If you believe I am wrong, and that I have done the man’s message a disgrace, (It matters not where you live, what country you are in, nor what kind of influence you have, build your platform, and build it high. Then you get up on it and tell the world how wrong I am. The day your prophet comes back to fulfill to the world, and to you what you have said he would do, standing on that platform, I will be there too, and I will apologize to you. But when time itself proves that he is not going to return, and your platform falls to the ground, please remember, I told you so. The last prophecy in the Bible that pertains to what will take place in the last days, we read it in Isaiah 52, verse 8. Mark it down in your Bibles: “Thy watchmen shall lift up the voice; with the voice together shall they sing: for they shall see eye to eye, when the Lord shall bring again Zion.” You know the preachers of this Branham movement, how they each have their own little interpretation: if they all even tried to sing in harmony, it would be one of the most ridiculous songs anyone ever heard. It would start a dog to howling. It would be like Mamma sang bass, and Daddy sang tenor. They are no more in harmony than a bunch of ducks quacking. They use their money to run their programs, to exploit, to propagate and influence; but we do not have to do that if we will just bide our time and walk with God in the way of truth. I thank God for the man I saw and heard, as he made this book come alive to me. He showed me the way to walk with God.


I want to take you a little further with this thought of the fan in the hand of Christ; and how with it He will thoroughly purge His floor. We are wanting very much to put out a message that will show some people something that is working in the movement claiming to be following the message of truth delivered to this age by God’s prophet messenger. At least, maybe we can show you how to look at things that have been said in Bro. William Branham’s ministry in the years gone by, things I know are true, if looked at the right way. In the mail today, I received a booklet from a man I never heard of before receiving the booklet. This man publishes a booklet entitled, The Revelation of the Seven Thunders of Revelation 10. After seeing how he used a certain quote I thought, Anyone who believes that, will be cut completely off from what was said in here about the thunders. Again I must say, We are not using this message to attack anyone, or to dig at anyone in particular except the devil. We only desire to give you an opportunity to hear the message of Bro. William Branham from the standpoint of a people in the earth today, that are reaching out to God for truth. They are only interested in the revealed truth of God’s word, no matter who God may use to make it known to them. People who love truth do not need to hear it from a recorded sermon of Bro. William Branham; they can receive it from anyone God chooses to use. Therefore knowing that there are still people in the world today who are reaching out to God for truth and reality, and that they are going to keep on reaching, searching, until they find it, gives me encouragement and a reason to do what I can to help them find it. It is a pitiful shame, that through the years so many people have misunderstood the man God used so mightily, in this twentieth century. They listened to how he preached, and yet took so many things completely out of context, without knowing scripturally why he said some things a certain way. This is why I feel that our text scripture, though seemingly insignificant, carries such a stark reality for us, if we read it with Holy Ghost vision. Years ago, who would have given very much though to a scripture speaking of a wise servant, or a foolish one? There are multitudes of people today that believe in Bro. William Branham’s teachings that are represented through those various sermons in the printed booklets, yet they seem to place such little importance upon the book he got those messages from. Most scripture is not even interesting to that element, simply because their idea is, that everything they need is all wrapped up in those messages. As I have said before, If they could only realize that what John the Baptist said in Matthew 3:12, about the fan in the hand of the ONE coming later, after him, is literally the very statements they spend so much time whipping people with, they might take heed to a scripture like we are using for this message. John said, “Whose fan is in His hand, and He will thoroughly purge His floor.” Do you actually realize what that means? Thoroughly purge, speaks of the fact that He will bring it right down to the last little speck and then He will get rid of it. God is going to have a people so pure and clean through the process of washing by His word, and by the blood of Jesus, that they are actually prepared to be the Bride people that will rule the earth in the Millennium. Those quotes so carefully prepared for worldwide distribution will never produce that kind of a bride for Jesus to come back for. Those quoters will read Malachi 4:5-6, to establish the authority of the prophet they want to preach about; but then they leave the Bible almost completely, to push a series of statements men like Peter, Paul, James, John, Matthew, Mark Luke, nor any of those apostolic fathers would have anything at all to do with, if they could come back. I will read it again, just for the sake of keeping it fresh in your mind’s, and for the sake of the thought I want to project to you. They are foolish and evil servants. It is just that simple. The very fact that they try their level best to cram every statement Bro. William Branham made down the throats of anyone who will listen to them, proves they are themselves without revelation of what they are trying to teach; for you cannot take two contradictory statements about the same thing; and give it out as Thus saith the Lord. God does not speak with a forked tongue like man is so likely to do. That is the very reason why I try so hard to impress upon you the fact that God’s true ministry in this end time will all have the same revelation of the scriptures. The end time Church could never be led into perfection, until God had a universal ministry all speaking the same revelation from the scriptures. Nevertheless just having the true revelation available to us, does not guarantee that everyone who claims to be a preacher or teacher of the word of god has it straight. Bro. William Branham delivered a message to this generation, that true Holy Ghost led men can take and digest, and all get the same revelation from; but within the framework of that message was a lot of statements carnal minded men void of the leadership of the Holy Ghost have taken and used to whip people with; and within all of that, the fan in Christ’s hand has been doing its work. These dual or contrary statements have been heaving people into the air; and many of them never do land on the true revelation of the word. They are just simply fanned away. God’s predestinated children, though they may at times be tossed around, will always eventually land with two feet upon the revealed word of God. Therefore through that very process, the threshing floor of the Lord is being thoroughly purged. When people get offended by truth that is preached, we are not required to run after them and drag them back. That is how this fan is working; so learn to be sensitive to what the Spirit of God is doing; and you will not be found interfering with some purpose of God.


Let me read the prophecy of Malachi. It was prophesied by Malachi, four hundred years before the advent of Christ, concerning this two fold coming of the spirit of Elijah. It was on John. We brought that out as clear as I know how; and most accept the part John the Baptist played in this picture, without very much being said. The part that seems so hard for a lot of people to understand, is the fact that somewhere in the end time, that spirit would come again on another man. I will read the whole thing at this time. “Behold, I will send you Elijah the prophet before the coming of the great and dreadful day of the Lord: And he shall turn the heart of the fathers (That is the old Judaistic, orthodox, Pharisee, priests and scribes, and such like) to the children, and the heart of the children to their fathers, lest I come and smite the earth with a curse.” Those Jews that were leaving Judaism, to go out and hear him, that would later become believers and receivers of the finished work that was to be accomplished in Christ Jesus, were the fathers of our faith. That is why it says, he would turn the heart of the fathers to the children. It was the fathers, these ecclesiastical big shots, that got so curious: What is going on down at the river? They sent the scribes, Pharisees, elders, always key men in high places, to the river to investigate. I tell you brother, sister, if you want to get in trouble with God, just listen to that type of figure for a while. They will get you in more trouble than you can get out of any way soon. First off, they appear to know it all, and most of the time they know so very little about true spiritual values. To the river they went, to see what all the excitement was about. Arriving there they saw a lot of their congregation getting baptized by John; and later they saw them following the man John did not feel worthy to baptize. Those people that would be going like that, were destined to be the children of the old Jewish orthodox teachers and such. However those children of that first age, are the very fathers of the faith we hold so dear to our hearts. That two fold coming of the spirit of Elijah has been separated by a time span of over 1900 years; but both phases of it have now been fulfilled; and we are the last generation on earth to partake of the benefits of this great move of God in the dispensation of grace. What we have looked at so far was John’s part of that Malachi prophecy. That leaves the second half to be applied to this Laodicean Church Age. We are the very generation Jesus said would not pass away until all those things He was referring to would be fulfilled; and Bro. William Branham fulfilled the second half of Malachi 4:5-6; for it was his message of truth that turned the hearts of the children of this generation back to the faith of those who heard John and walked with Jesus. “And the heart of the children to their fathers, lest I come and smite the earth with a curse.” That had to happen before this dispensation ended; or there would not have been the kind of Church left on earth, that the Bible tells us Jesus is coming back for. Our hearts have not been turned back to that of some denominational bishops we have been affiliated with. No. It means back to the apostolic church fathers who were the ones that wrote the New Testament. For the sake of illustration, we will divide this book into two parts and say, This represents the Old Testament, and this the New Testament. Therefore the things we read in the New Testament are the writings of the fathers of the Christian faith. The New Testament is the word of god that contains the precepts of God’s new covenant He gave mankind, the covenant that was perfected at Calvary. However we find that through time, the devil working against that covenant has caused man through the ages to lose the true understanding of it; so God knowing this would happen, already had a provision for the restoration of it; and had it announced in the writings of the Old Covenant. Every time the devil could get people to lose the understanding of a certain scriptural point, he would always insert a substitute of some kind of tradition to take the place of what was lost. This is why when we analyze the teachings of the Roman Catholic Church, there are hardly any doctrines of the New Testament taught by them. Therefore knowing that the Catholic Church through the centuries of time did away with the true revelation of God’s word, this should help us better understand why Protestantism, which actually is the daughters of that old mother church system brought about by the Reformation, coming out of the Dark Ages, could never teach Bible doctrine like our apostolic fathers did. God did not give it all back to any certain Protestant movement. As God dealt with each movement, He would give them a truth. Not the whole truth, but a truth such as Luther received, That the just shall live by faith. Calvin and John Knox, got the revelation of eternal security and predestination. Then we came to John Wesley and sanctification, all gotten right out of the same scriptures the devil had been perverting for 1500 years. I was thinking a lot about John Wesley today. John Wesley was in the Church of England, which had broken from the Roman Church some century before that time. When God dealt with John Wesley and he began to see the doctrine and teaching of sanctification in the scriptures, truth that had been right there all the time. He went back to the old church where his father used to preach. He knocked on the door; and when the pastor came he asked if he could speak to the congregation that morning. That pastor had already heard about John’s “new” revelation and the things he had been preaching to the coal miners; so he was not overjoyed to see him there. The words were said, We do not want anything to do with that teaching of yours, here in this place. The door was shut in his face. He turned away hurt. What did he do? He went out into the cemetery where his father was buried; and got on top of his father’s tombstone, looked up into the sky and said, the world shall be my parish. On horseback he rode, him and George Whitfield, preaching what God had revealed to them, through the mining towns, the country villages, and wherever they found ears to listen, just like circuit preachers you have known years ago. They preached hard and a revival broke out in England. George Whitfield was the man that brought the Methodist gospel to the new world. It was picked up by another man, Asbury was his name. That is who the Asbury college is named after. Down next to Asheville North Carolina, as you are coming out toward the Cherokee Reservation, there is a memorial on the side of the road paying respect to him. It tells how Asbury, from that point on up and down the Appalachian chain, rode mules and preached the revelation that John Wesley had preached in the mining towns and villages of the English countryside, Remember, that is why I said, Truth has always been faced with conflict. When you think it will be something people will readily accept, they do not. Man is very strangely made up when you think about it. He is a very strange creature. Most of them just want enough religion to give them a feeling of security, not really caring much about whether they hear it the way God meant for it to be heard, just as long as it makes them feel good. All the rest of what is written in the scriptures can just go sailing right on by. Well regardless of what other generations have done with the word of God, there has to be an element of people here in the end of this age, that have ears to hear the true revelation of scriptures people have fought about in generations past, and be willing to live accordingly, ready and willing for the Spirit of God to lead them, even if it does bring persecution from the other elements of religion. Truth has never been popular with the masses of religious people.. Through the Reformation, God restored more or less one major Bible doctrine at a time; but here in the end time we realize, we cannot stop with just one little thing. We have got to go on all the way with God. So as this man was sent in our generation of time to do one specific thing, to turn the heart of the end time Christian believing children back to the attention of what their apostolic Christian fathers taught, they have a call of God to receive the complete revelation of truth the bride Church must have, in order to dress herself properly for her Bridegroom. As for the ministry of Bro. William Branham, every message he ever preached was derived from only one source, the holy Bible. Therefore, whether it is this book, the Seven Seals book, or booklets of this nature, (and there are hundreds of others) the main source for every topic he dealt with was his Bible. Out of all he preached and said through the thirty some years he preached, not one thing did he ever say or preach with the aim of giving you and I another Bible. That was the farthest thing from his mind. That is why when he preached something, and preached it to be truth, the next Sunday he would not bring a copy of his own sermons to preach out of. He always brought this. (THE BIBLE) It is very strange how he could get a thousand, eleven or twelve hundred sermons through the years, out of this Bible, (and if he was still here, he would still be preaching out of it) but when God took him from among us, all of a sudden those followers begin to proclaim, The faith has been restored. We no longer need this. That is why I keep repeating, It is one thing to have heard audibly or verbally what the man said, but if you and I did not have the Spirit of God in us, leading us, and opening our spiritual ears, we may have heard it wrong. Hearing it wrong is no disgrace, if we are correctable; but if we heard it wrong and are not subject to be corrected, nine times out of ten we are destined to go astray, and miss the point altogether. This is the thing I am trying my best to do, show people why that prophet came, why it is important for us to recognize the purpose in his coming, and how to analyze what he preached, taught and said to see if what he said was designed to put us back in the scriptures, which is what that Elijah was to do. I will guarantee you one thing, he preached enough to put any true child of God back in the scriptures; but God also allowed him to say enough to fan any chaff far away from HIS good grain (the bride of Christ). The movement as whole are literally against Ephesians 4. You know what Ephesians 4 is about, the five fold ministry the apostle Paul said was for the perfecting of the saints. (Ephesians 4:11-13 “and He (the Lord) gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers; For the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ: (13) Till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of (Who?) The Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fullness of Christ.” They are up and down the road, across the land, around the world, telling everyone who will listen to them, that God fulfilled Malachi 4. He surely did. I certainly do not disagree with that; but we have to understand, that if that man’s teachings were ordained of God to point you and I back to the faith of our apostolic, Pentecostal fathers, it is certainly not the man William Branham himself, that is going to take these restored truths and perfect the Church, bringing it into the final state of unity it must be in before the return of the Lord. It will be the ministry of Ephesians 4, that takes what God used him to restore to us, and leads the Church the rest of the way. Bro. William Branham’s ministry was in fact to take what the other men God had used in the Reformation had stood for; and present the whole package together to the end time Church; and that is exactly what he did. That is the only scriptural ministry established by the word of God for this hour of time; and that is absolutely to be the means by which God will perfect the Church. Here is the one other thing. There could not be an Ephesians 4 ministry, until after there had first been a Malachi 4, ministry. God has this whole thing worked out perfectly. We just have to find out how to flow with the moving of His Spirit in order to be led into perfection.


Meat In Due Season, Part 1 – 1992, April





The Bible is the true Christian’s road map for this walk of life. It was not written just for man to read words and then jump over them and pick out certain points of his own interest, things that satisfy his own ego, and then treat the rest of it like it is nothing. No. It is not put together that way. Every scripture is written for our admonition, our instruction, and for our own correction, if we just know how to read it and let the Spirit of God apply it to our lives for that purpose. In the last few weeks since the news media has hit another element of big time TV evangelism, a lot of people thing that is the devil trying to destroy Christianity. That is not the devil after Christianity. It is fulfilling the word of God. The Bible says in the Epistle of Peter, The time has come that judgment must begin at the house of God. You and I know the whole religious world claims to be the true Church of God, the Church that had its beginning in the book of Acts. By these things that are going on, and the way they are being dealt with, God is proving to those who want to know the truth, that not every one who claims to be called to minister to the bride of Christ is telling the truth; and not every institution that claims to be the Church of the living God is. Most of them are counterfeit. Some are just deceived; but a great host of those who claim to love the Lord so much, and that claim to have such a burden for the lost, are just doing what they are doing for personal material gain. They could not care less about the lost and suffering souls they pretend to be ministering to. We have a gullible society in the world today, especially in America. They want just enough religion to pacify them and make them feel secure. They will tell you, I am not going to hell because I believe in this man’s ministry. I watch him on TV every week, and I tell you, he is such a blessing to me. Then go right on down the road of life and live just as careless and carefree as anyone could, without a revelation an understanding of how to walk with God. They have a little something in their head; but they have nothing that motivates their heart. They will send money to whoever can give them this comfortable feeling without giving any attention at all to what the Bible says about how we are to live. God has tolerated all of that until the cup of abominations of a certain element became full; and now it is shaking time. He will shake everything; and only that which cannot be shaken will remain when He is finished with the shaking. Let us read about 3 verses in the 12th chapter of Hebrews. (12:25-27) “See that ye refuse not Him that speaketh. For if they escaped not who refused Him that spake on earth, much more shall not we escape, if we turn away from Him that speaketh from heaven: Whose voice then shook the earth: but not He hath promised, saying, Yet once more I shake not the earth only, but also heaven. And this word, yet once more, signifieth the removing of those things that are shaken, as of things that are made, that those things which cannot be shaken may remain.” No saints, it is not the devil destroying these manmade systems of religion; it is just simply time for God to shake them. Therefore we are dealing with this subject in the light of what has come about in the past twenty some years since Bro. William Branham and his unique ministry was on earth. I am not going to stand here and preach to you about a man, without trying from the scriptures to show you the importance of such a figure. I want to show you also, how people many times are very prone to let the devil get on them and motivate, and propel them forth down the road of life very carelessly, in-differently thinking, We have found a good thing. People are like kids many times. They like to play with what looks good. You do not play with the plan of God and get by with it forever. It is something we have to allow the Spirit of God to put together in our lives. It then becomes a motivating factor to your soul. Otherwise, what you have been privileged to see, and privileged to hear, can eventually be turned in reverse. That is exactly according to the Bible. I will be using the 6th chapter of St. John, where Jesus took a multitude of disciples out into a desolate place and fed them; because this is what preceded the other event I want to deal with. He took them far enough away from the vicinity of Hardees, Wendy’s, Burger Chef and all the places where people just step in anytime and buy a hamburger, that He might have an opportunity to reveal something to some of them. I am just giving this a twentieth century setting, using these names. If Jesus were here in our day and He was to repeat this same thing, that is the way the writings of it would be. In other words, He took them far enough away from their usual surroundings that this multitude did not have access to food. Then He took the lunch of a little boy and multiplied it many times over and fed five thousand men, besides women and children. When He was finished, each of His twelve closest disciples gathered up a basket full of fragments. That was more than they started with. Do you know what happened that day? A bunch of those ecclesiastical, Pharisee Jews sitting there on the ground with a stomach full of food, got a revelation. (We will call it that.) They got a revelation similar to what a lot of these Gentile Christians get today. It is one thing to get a revelation, but it is another thing to know what to do with it after we get it. God will judge us by the means of how we saw it and what we have allowed to come about because of it. You know yourselves how they began to mumble among themselves saying, “This is of a truth that prophet that should come into the world.” Looking back to Deuteronomy, they recognized that this man could very well be exactly what they had been looking for. Jesus had to leave there immediately, to keep them from taking Him by force, to make Him their king. Did they care about His teachings? No. They were just looking at what a king like that could do for them. They could eat until they were full and never have to earn their bread again. They were ready to take a revelation they had gotten, (He truly was that prophet; but little did they realize that making Him a king like they had in mind, was going to displease God altogether.) And jump ahead of God by immediately making Him their king, thinking only of the loaves and fishes they had enjoyed. Jesus Himself said so. He said, You are not seeking me because of the miracles, you seek me because you have eaten of the loaves and were filled. Before the whole episode ended, they were ready to stone Him to death. Why? Because they were offended by His teaching. People are fickle like that. They will love you as long as you are doing something for them that their flesh enjoys; but the minute you say something that crosses their traditional ideas, they are ready to hang you for sure.


I want us to read a few verses from Matthew 24; and we will start with verse 32, for this parable of the fig tree leads right into what I want to deal with in depth. Speaking to His disciples, Jesus gave them the parable of the fig tree, a parable relating to the restoration of the nation Israel, which of course came about in the month of May 1948. “Now learn a parable of the fig tree; When his branch is yet tender, and putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is nigh: So likewise ye, when ye shall see all these things, know that it is near, even at the doors.” After that, He touched on another point, bringing in a two fold thought. (Matthew 24:37) “But as the days of Noe were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.” You would have to be blind not to realize that this it’s the number one picture in our modern, decaying society of this hour. What is going on out there today that makes this a parable for our day, is the perversion and overall break down of morals. Just think, We have a legalistic, liberalistic society today, that says we have no right to condemn their lifestyle. God has already condemned it; and those guilty ones are destined for death, hell and destruction. Those of that sort who even read the Bible just jump right over what the word of God declares is the penalty for that kind of life style. They ignore it and go right on to church; and dare anyone to speak one word against the way they live. That is a sign; and we will miss God if we fail to read it and prepare ourselves. When that sign is present, and is hanging before a society, He goes ahead and says, (Matthew 24:38-39) “For as in the days that were before the flood they were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, until the day that Noe (or Noah) entered into the ark, and knew not until the flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.” That is plain enough anyone should be able to recognize the hour we are living in; but there are multitudes in the world today that do not recognize such a sign; therefore they are totally unaware of the hour we are living in. Most of them do not believe this book contains the infallible word of an omniscient God. They think it is just a book of myths for simple minded people who are sour on what is in, if I may use that term. Well Jesus said they knew not until the flood came, and took them all away. The He jumped to another thought. Notice, “And knew not until the flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.” When Jesus said, So shall also the coming of the Son of man be, He was actually speaking in reference to the time when He comes for His Church; because the coming of Christ has to be understood in a two fold manner. First you have the mystical coming, when He comes for those who have a revelation of Him from His word. This revelation is what gathers an element of people together from out of systems of religion, to fellowship around a revelation of truth. Then as that revelation of Christ begins to become more and more a great image of Him, that automatically leads into the event of Him calling the Church unto Himself in the clouds of glory. That is what He is talking about here. When that time approaches, for there to be a coming and catching away, right here He explains how the catching away will catch the world in general unaware. “Then shall two be in the field; the one shall be taken, and the other left.” In other words, world commerce and industry is not going to stop for that occasion; for they will not know what is going on. However when He comes revealed from heaven in flaming fire with all His Holy angels and all the saints of glory, you can rest assured, industry will stop then. Commerce will come to a quick halt. Everything will stop. Why? Because the Bible says Philippians 2:9-11 “Wherefore God also hath highly exalted Him, and given Him a name which is above every name: That at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in heaven, and things in earth; And that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father.” That is why the Bible portrays in the book of Revelation how they will flee to find hiding places and beg the mountains and rocks to fall on them and hide them from His face. Let us just watch how He relates all of this to His disciples. He told them how the translation will come about so unannounced, so secret the world population in general will never even know what is happening. They will just continue right on in their same old pattern of life, eating, drinking, marrying and having a good time, not even thinking about a time when they will have to give an account of what they have so carelessly given themselves over to in this life. Nevertheless He is coming for His bride Church one day soon; and nothing any of that worldly conglomeration of mankind does will hinder it in the least. There are the perverts of ever sort, out here demanding their rights, feeling they are just as good as anyone else. Well when I read my Bible, I find that God did not feel that way. He completely destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah for that very thing; and has never apologized for it yet. Furthermore no matter what this weak bunch of politicians in Washington D.C. does, trying to give this perverted society every possible benefit in this life, the day is coming when God will burn every last one of them without mercy. No, I am not happy about it. I am happy to be a child of God though; and whatever He sees fit to do is right as far as I am concerned. The careless lives of these perverts and this pleasure seeking society has been the cause of such an alarming number of people being found with the Aids virus; and they want the rest of us to feel sympathetic toward them. I feel sorry for the little children that are born of individuals who are caught in the scope of this thing; but you can rest assured, they cannot blame the Christian people for bringing this cursed thing into this nation, or any other nation. Those who live such careless lives are the ones that introduced it into society; and they want everyone else to have a taste of their own wrong doing; and then expect the tax payers, the laboring people to pay the medical bills. What an evil picture this is. To think that god would allow this sort of thing to go on for ever and ever without dealing with it, is a very unscriptural way to look at it. He will not let it go on forever. Having these conditions so prevalent, and pressing so hard on society, Jesus said to the believers, “Watch therefore: for ye know not what hour your Lord doth come.” That is not for the world. That is for the true believer. Now we said this before, It is true the Bride will never know the day and hour of the coming of Jesus; it is not necessary that she know the exact day and hour. What do you think He put the fig tree parable in the Bible for though, if it is not to let the believer know the season of His coming? It is a sign to let you and I know, that when we see the fig tree blossoming, blooming, getting ready to bear fruit, the season is at hand. All that adds up to the fact the coming of Jesus is getting very close. Matthew 24:43-44 “But know this, that if the goodman of the house had known in what watch the thief would come, he would have watched, and would not have suffered his house to be broken up. Therefore be ye also ready: for in such an hour as ye think not the Son of man cometh.” In other words He used a natural point to state the reality of what He was revealing. Let me break it down like this. If you lived in a community and you knew that there was a tendency that certain individuals in that community were constantly breaking into other people’s homes, would you just sit nonchalantly and say, Oh they will never come into mine? Would you leave your house with valuable belonging you have invested a lot of money in, just because you have an attitude, oh they will never break into mine? Would you leave your doors unlocked? Would you leave all hindrances to such a thing out of the picture? That is why He used this illustration; we are not to become careless and indifferent toward the coming of the Lord. If we get to thinking we can just coast on in, we need to take another look at the word of God; for it teaches us to be diligent in looking for that day. To be diligent, is to exercise great effort and care. Notice how the apostle Peter used the word in 2nd Peter 3:13-14. “Nevertheless we, according to His promise, look for new heavens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righteousness. Wherefore, beloved, seeing that ye look for such things, be diligent that ye may be found of Him in peace, without spot, and blameless.” That tells me we have to be ready every day, every hour for the Lord to call us home. That leaves no room for careless living. In such an hour as you think not, the Son of man cometh. It is one thing to know in your heart where you stand, and have an assurance that Jesus in not going to slip up on you; but it is another thing just to get carried away with such an inner feeling of confidence, that we lose sight of reality, and of what is going on in the world about us. He says this as a warning. “If the goodman of the house, (a sensible man, a wise man that is the owner of valuable property and will never go away and leave it unattended, making it an open temptation for a thief to come along and take whatever he chooses to) had known in what watch the thief would come, he would have watched, and would not have suffered his house to be broken up, (that means, Watch for your soul, nobody else is going to be responsible for it.) Therefore be ye also ready: (This is not the world being ready. This is you and me being ready.) For in such an hour as ye think not the Son of man cometh.” To do what? To take one that is in the bed and leave the other. To find two in the field, take one, and leave the other. In Luke, it says, Two shall be grinding at the mill, (that is pointing to industry) one shall be taken and the other left. All these are illustrative of how we should approach unto and look at the time we are living in. Then as we come into the season of time when this great event is (by all signs) getting very close at hand, verse 45, which is our main text scripture, gives us another thought to be aware of, just who are the wise servants God has chosen to give us meat in due season, to help us further prepare to meet our Lord and Savior when He comes for His bride Church?


We have titled this message, Meat in Due Season; so let us read the scripture from which we get such a title. (Matthew 24:45-47) “Who then is a faithful and wise servant, whom his lord hath made ruler over his household, to give them meat in due season? Blessed is that servant, whom his lord when he cometh shall find so doing. Verily I say unto you, That he shall make him ruler over all his goods.” Who, then, really poses two questions. The first is WHO, and the second, THEN, causes one to ask, When is THEN? The word THEN, is a future tense word; and it is not applicable 50-100 years before the time Jesus had in mind. When is that? The time just prior to His coming for His bride. That is what HE was talking about in the verses preceding this one, a time when society in general is living like they were in Noah’s day, just prior to the flood that destroyed them all. When you have a society like that, then know that somewhere within that same condition of time, the Lord is coming for His people. As we begin to realize we are approaching that time, then do not take this scripture and try to apply it anywhere else in time. It is not applicable anywhere else. “Who then (That is the question to be answered) is a faithful and wise servant.” It is true He spoke it in the singular; but we should always remember this, When God is going to do something, yet in the end He is going to hold each man responsible as to what he has done with what was committed to him, or how he uses it, every man is judged separately. It is not written in a collective sense. It is written in the singular. It shows how He will look upon that particular person as to how he has conducted himself. “Who then is a faithful and wise servant, whom his lord hath made ruler over his household?” This does not mean one preacher is lord over God’s whole kingdom. No. That is what we have going on in the world today. These men get on TV and hit into a channel, a channel of psychological manipulations. They begin to see how it works. Then before very long they are hiding and masking that behind a cloak. Come help me build the kingdom of God. They are not building the kingdom of God. They are building a monetary, materialistic empire for themselves, to sit lord over. They are not going to share themselves nor their means with anyone unless they see some monetary advantage to it; because they claim God gave them what they have, therefore it belongs to them. In other words, What is mine, is mine. Brothers and sisters, Jesus was not talking about a different category of men altogether. He was talking about men that God has dealt with, and is still dealing with. Men that God Himself is seeking to equip, train and mold into an image of something that will carry on and do His will in these last days when time itself does become “THEN.” The THEN, does not last forever. Then, they will not look back. Let me continue reading. “Who then is a faithful and wise servant, whom his Lord hath made ruler over His household (meaning He put him in the ministry to work within that realm of His kingdom, His spiritual house) to give (who?) them (a plural word. The THEM of that verse is God’s true people.) meat (the word meat here speaks of feeding a meal. We can say, A meal is like when you sit down at the table for a breakfast meal, or lunch, or a dinner meal. That is really what it is implying. Give them a meal. When?) in due season.” Therefore He is actually saying, When the world is like He described and people are like they were in Noah’s day, He will be dealing with another people that is really going to be His own, and the ones He is coming after, and He will have some wise servants among them, to feed them suitable spiritual food. This describes how those wise servants in the end will appear in the eyes of God. Because God will see to it that they have given His people meat in due season. I will finish reading the rest of these scriptures and then we will go back to our text. The Lord said, “Blessed is that servant, whom his Lord when he cometh shall find so doing.” Naturally when he cometh, is speaking of His coming for the Church; it will not be His visible return to earth in power and glory to reign. That is not when He is going to say, Blessed is that servant, whom his Lord when He cometh shall find so doing; because that has already been taken care of in heaven, at the judgment seat of Christ, before He comes to rule from His throne in Jerusalem. Think about what He said. “Blessed is that servant, whom his lord when he cometh shall find so doing.” Doing what? Giving people the kind of meat that is applicable for the day time they are living in. In other words, Taking the word of God and breaking it down in an understandable way. We are all guilty of getting so involved in certain things ever so often, that we neglect to eat at the regular time, and we fail to eat the proper food when we do grab a bite to eat. However we all know there are three times a day that has been established in society from one end of this earth to another, that we are to expect to have a certain kind of food set before us. The breakfast meal is usually different than the noon or evening meal. You expect to eat certain things for breakfast, prepared a certain way, different than what one would expect later on in the day. It is one thing to eat fried eggs, biscuits, gravy, bacon or ham for breakfast. That is a breakfast diet. All of that is good; but nothing but that, three times a day, you would eventually get tired of eating the same old thing. Your taste buds would soon say, I’m getting tired of fried eggs, ham, bacon, biscuits and gravy. Yet it is enough to make anyone look forward to breakfast. WE have restaurants that capitalize on that, we serve biscuits and gravy. A lot of them do. You may be thinking, What is he getting at? What I am establishing, is what Jesus was setting apart from the usual every day kind of ministry you may have seen in the past. He knew there would be a people that would know how to break it down. People through the centuries have learned that there are types of foods that are prepared a certain way for dinner. They will use leftovers, warmed over, for supper. However we all know, if you look at these meals in the realm of royalty, royalty does not eat leftovers for supper. They may hand that out to the servants, but in royalty, there are three distinct meals that stand out, and it is fixed precisely a certain way that is applicable for the time of day. What Jesus is talking about here, is not that we should keep on eating leftovers and not waste anything. He is talking about feeding spiritual food in due season, or at the proper time; and there is no such thing as leftovers in the plan of God. God’s wise servants here in the end time, are those who will give themselves completely to doing what He wants done for the true Church He has determined to perfect. Giving them meat in due season, literally means, he is looking at the bride of Christ in the right way. It is one thing to look back and recognize something God did yesterday, twenty years ago, thirty years ago, forty or fifty, or a hundred or so; but it is another thing in the plan of God, for His called out ministry to be ready to recognize what he wants them to do right now, today, and in the days ahead. God never calls preachers to be repetitionists, copy cats. God’s word is so written that when you get up before a congregation and read a chapter, or even a verse, you are expected to be able to explain what it points to. What would you think, if I would establish a procedure whereby I would just step up here and say, This morning, we are going to read the 24th chapter of Matthew, and when I finish reading it I just dismiss everyone saying, Come back tonight and I will read the 25th chapter of Matthew, without one word of explanation as to what one should see in those scriptures? All of that was written in the first century of Christianity; and the apostles of Christ made application of what pertained to their day and hour; but much of it only applies to our day and hour; so there has to be servants of God on the scene that know how, by the leading of the Spirit, to pull out the part that applies to our day and make proper application of it. That is meat in due season; and the hour of time when T-H-E-N of the words of Jesus is at hand, God’s true servants will be feeding meat (spiritually speaking) that is fresh from that anointing. It will not be leftovers. That is not the way God’s word was constructed in the first place. He never intended that any preacher just get up and repeat word for word what someone else has preached without enlarging upon it. God’s word is written in a manner so the living minister is able to take it and digest it in his own spiritual system, and through the anointing of the Holy Ghost, put it out in fresh words that makes the thought warm, appetizing, and acceptable to the appetite of those hungry souls he is ministering to. I hate to keep looking back and never recognize what God is doing for today, causes you to be blind and ignorant of what is going on. Therefore blessed is that servant, whom his Lord when He cometh shall find so doing, feeding fresh meat. That is the wise servant Jesus was speaking of; and there will be several of them. There will be enough of them to get the work done worldwide. I have said this for years, The Bride of Christ will not be overstocked with unoccupied preachers. Our denominational world has been so filled with preachers looking for a place to preach, nonchalant so called Christians have been able to pick over and choose which one’s they want to listen to. Do you know why it has been like that? It is because God never intended for that kind to grow to be His bride Church. Otherwise it would not have been that way. God has just let them put up with their own wrong cultivation; but the Bride of Christ was never meant to be like that. She is going to have every instrument, every man that God has truly called, schooled and equipped to know exactly what to do and how to go about doing it through the leading of His Spirit, to feed His true people up to date spiritual food right on time. Therefore while the world passes on its way, blind, ignorant, and heading for destruction, the Bride of Jesus Christ is going to be wide awake, spiritually nourished, and well acquainted with the plan of God. Yes. Jesus was talking about that wise servant, or those wise servants, T-H-E-N. When? When the world is exactly as it is today. Only God Himself knows how much longer He is going to allow this ungodliness and overall perversion to go unjudged. It is already judged by the word of God; it is just that the penalty has not yet been activated. It soon will be though; and we will see a little later what the effects of it will be. Nevertheless Jesus said, “Blessed is that servant, whom his Lord when He cometh shall find so doing. (Notice) Verily I say unto you, That He shall make him ruler over all his goods.” That verse belongs in the Millennium. We will not need to preach in the Millennium. That is when we are going to rule and reign with Him. If we suffer with Him now, we have this promise and this hope, we shall rule and reign with Him. Hallelujah! I want to be ready always; and I hope you do too.



We have looked at the first part of what Jesus said about servants; but there is still something else to look at here in this parable. (Matthew 24:48-51) “But and if that evil servant shall say in his heart, My Lord delayeth His coming; And shall begin to smite his fellow servants, and to eat and drink with the drunken; The lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looketh not for him, and in an hour that he is not aware of, And shall cut him asunder, and appoint him his portion with the hypocrites: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth.” This is the opposite of the wise servant. This is not talking about some other character that comes along ten or fifteen years later. This is talking about the counterpart, one that is very much like the other, but ultimately turns out to be the opposite of the wise, living and ministering in the same hour of time as the wise servants. Again let me say, This is not speaking of only one man. It speaks of a large number of so-called ministers of God in these last days. Let us take these next four verses we have just read, one step at a time; for I need to dwell on parts of them. “But and if that evil servant shall say in his heart, My lord delayeth his coming.” I want to put this in present tense application so you will realize just exactly who it applies to. This verse has no application in the Catholic Church realm; because you will not hear a one of them saying, Jesus ought to have come back by now; He is delaying His coming. Neither can you apply it to the Lutheran Church, nor the Episcopal Church, just to mention a few. None of them are saying anything that fits into this parable. Not eve the United Pentecostals. There is one movement on the face of the earth today that this verse is applicable to. That movement has grown, and is now recognized throughout the world, numbering into the thousands of multiplied thousands of people all over the earth. They are believing in an end time message, delivered to us by a last day prophet messenger whose name is none other than William Marrion Branham. I am going to explain directly why it was so important there be such a man; but let me run this thought straight through first. God so manifested His Spirit in this man’s life and used him as in instrument to bring forth revelations from His word, that it completely blinded a lot of those who followed the man’s teaching. When God used him to take the wraps off of certain scriptures, to give people an understanding in depth of what those scriptures pertained to, it fascinated a great number of Gentiles to the extent that they can see the man as nothing less than deity himself. This fascination has grown around the world until it has become a great blinding spirit. As the Spirit of God worked through this man demonstrating His sovereign power and authority, it caused a great number of those Gentiles to look at this man with questions in their own minds. Did you ever take something out to a young puppy dog that he has never eaten before? I have watched them, how after a while, when they sense that there is no danger, they will just go right into it for all that they are worth. Well we had Gentiles twenty and thirty years back, who had the privilege of seeing God in these last days, as He worked through a man in much the same way He worked through His only begotten Son over 1900 years ago; and that caused many of those people to act just like the young puppy dog I described. Some of them, because they just simply did not know what to think about what they say and heard, just sniffed and walked away saying, I will leave that for someone else; because they felt there was something wrong in the whole picture. Others came, sniffed like the little puppy and said, This is for me; and they jumped right in the middle of it all; but never were able to put it all into proper perspective for their own lives. Eventually they ended up like the little puppy that ate so much it made him sick, they are sitting somewhere so sick of all of that they do not know what to do. They ate so much without understanding what they were eating, it made them sick. Now they are lying sick somewhere saying, Oh my Lord, I wish I had some help, I know not what to do. Others jumped in the same way; but did not get sick. They ate at that table and began to digest what they ate, in their spirit, and soon began to come up with strange ideas, all because of the uniqueness of the man’s ministry. They began to question, Is this none other than Jesus Himself? Could this be the Messiah? Surely that has to be the Lord, what do you think brother? I heard Bro. William Branham make a statement one time, about that very thing. He emphatically denied that he was the Messiah, the Lord, or anything like that. I am going to use his own words a little later in the message; because around the world today, some of those of that element have gone to the ends of the earth telling people to stay away from that man Jackson. Why do they do that, and what reason do they give people? They themselves are jealous of my ministry; and they tell people, Jackson is against the Spoken Word books and all such like. No brothers and sisters, I am not against the Spoken Word books; I am just against the carnal minded interpretation some of those people who claim to know so much, put on many of the statements Bro. William Branham made in those messages. It is a case of every carnal mind reading them and trying to interpret what they read to fit their own fantasy. You just simply do not play with this end time message of truth like that. The messages contained in those books will either make you a thankful child of God, or it will destroy you, depending upon how you allow God to deal with you. It is destined to do one of two things. It will either lift you up where you can go on with God in the realm of eternal life, having joy, peace of mind and understanding because of what the plan of God is, or it will eventually head you into some kind of detour that will plummet you down the road to destruction. Nevertheless, here is what Bro. William Branham said of himself one time. If this ministry that God has called me to, is the ministry that scripturally I believe it is, there has got to be something about it, that from certain realms of religious people, they have a question, Who is this man? Because remember, in the days of John the Baptist, when they had been without a prophet or preacher of that type since Malachi, which was 400 years before, what did they do? When they saw John the Baptist come on the scene, they went out and as they watched and observed him, after awhile they began to ask the questions, Are you that prophet? Are you the Messiah? Are you such a such? What did John the Baptist say? He denied he was that prophet. He denied he was the Messiah; but he did say, I am the voice of one crying in the wilderness. He says the same question has got to come about because it is the way God works in these last days, showing Himself to the Gentile church world in the same manner he did to the Jewish religious world in the first advent of Christ. It created a question then, and it has to create a similar question now. That does not make me anything other than a servant, a man through which God can work; but the question has to stay there. He said, What people do with the question is up to them. Well we all know what some of them did; and when they began to cultivate this, and think things like they did, you can rest assured the devil himself knowing what God was purposing, as He prepared this man to be a voice, a carrier of a message, was ready to anoint those who would run the wrong way with what they saw and heard. Nothing was any different than what is in the Bible; but it was just the way the man was bringing it out that made it so fresh and tasteful. It was all ordained to help you and me understand how to get back into the Bible, the same Bible the apostles and early church had in the hour they lived. Anyhow as God began to lead him into the ministry for which he was called, it was not long until that certain element began to project their ideas, what I call, their scriptural, negative thoughts: He is the Lord. He is the Messiah. I had one man come down to see me in 1958, and questioned me, as I was building on my house, as to what I thought about who Bro. William Branham was. I plainly told him, when I felt that I knew what he was getting at, what I believed then; and I still believe the same thing. I said, Look! He is God’s prophet for the age. He is truly that Malachi 4 prophet, and he is definitely that angel of the Laodicean Age, of Revelation 10:7; but when you want to make it any more than that, you are missing the boat. The man never said any more to me along that line. Did I change his mind? I do not think so; but he knew he could not change mine.


Please bear with me as I continue on: There are certain things I have put in other messages; but I feel that I have to construct this message in a particular way, because down the road in front of us, (I do not know when, but I already see behind the scenes) there is something working. When and if, whatever it is that is working, finally boils out into the open and the News Media gets hold of it, this movement is going to take a shaking worse than any earthquake has ever shaken anything. I have said it for a long time, God would not be a just God, if He let this movement go on untouched by some kind of His dealing when Jim Bakker is in jail; and Jimmy Swaggart is still sitting humiliated, after being exposed for their devious ways. These others we have heard about, like Oral Roberts begging for money to stay afloat. What a tragedy. He never will get out of debt; nor will he ever be anything God will honor. I have my doubts they will ever see the rapture, the translation of God’s saints; because they missed the will of God somewhere along the way. Because of all of what I see working, I want to say a few things in connection with some of it. Let me say first though: the fact that we call certain things the working of that antichrist spirit, just simply means that they are not in line with what the Holy Ghost would be doing. Therefore anything that falls outside of what the Spirit of God would do when you are looking at spiritual things, has to be motivated by that other spirit that works against the true plan of God. That makes it antichrist; no matter who is being used in it. Having said that, let me continue. I believe it was in the year of 1962, when that spirit wanting to make Bro. William Branham the Messiah first began to come out into the open. As it finally did, first in a Chicago meeting, then in Canada, it caused Bro. William Branham to completely stop, cutting everything short. He came home so depressed, so discouraged, just from finding out that some of the men he called brethren, men that were very close to him would go behind his back and secretly manipulate themselves among the crowd of people and cultivate this type of spirit among them. Everywhere they would go it was the same thing, Who do you think Bro. William Branham is? Don’t you know he is the Messiah? Then they took another advantage and began to make their little medallions and secretly wear them; and begin to influence people to be baptized in the name of William Marrion Branham. When he came home, and it was announced that he had something he wanted to say to the people, this is what it was about. I have the book, and I am going to read that portion when I reach a certain place in this message, because I want others to know how it was, from his very own words. That spirit is not dead today. Instead of being dealt a death blow, it has spread around the world. It is like a huge snake. It has wrapped itself around the soul’s of people. It has many people under the spell, completely bound up. There are people today that are doing that, some in Africa, some in India and other places. When Bro. William Branham came to the pulpit, I saw a man so depressed, having such a sick look on his face, because he knew that was an antichrist spirit flirting with a revelation; as the people, not knowing how to take the revelation and use it to benefit themselves spiritually, took it and went the other way with it. Standing there like that he first told about the dream he had, how he saw himself shoot this snake because these brethren were playing with it. He saw the thing after it was shot, crawl off into the reeds. He said, Well it will die. He told the people, if I would allow myself to go on, letting people believe that I am the Messiah, or anything like that, it would make me antichrist. He said, I would rather leave the field a quitter, than to go off the scene as a man that is an antichrist, having presented that type of image to the people. Temporarily it did bring about certain actions of repentance; but after God took the man from the scene, that spirit came to life again, right back in those same people. Those same people today will advocate that he is the Messiah. That was just his way of dealing with it. That has become a spirit that has wrapped itself around multiplied numbers of people around this world. Let me say it this way, There is not a preacher in that movement that will lift his voice loud enough with whatever means God has given him to speak against it, and tell the people that all of that is wrong. Remember saints, I have said many times, Gentile people are silly people. They are! As Paul would say, The Greeks are people that seek after wisdom. They like to work everything through the mental, what they understand through the intellectual realm, is what the Greek’s will accept. But it says the Jews want a sign. Well in these last days when God gave the Gentile people a sign, that He truly is the same yesterday, today, and forever, it is Jesus that is the same. That does not make William Branham the same. However people do not perceive it in that manner. They look at it, they have something they want to play with. They seem to forget all the things the man taught through the years of his ministry; like what was said at the Ohio River when he was baptizing, As John the Baptist was sent to forerun the first coming of Christ, thou will take a message that will go around the world, a message that will prepare the way for my second coming. Let me emphasize, if the man had a message, then it has to be something that is destined to put you and me back in the Bible. I say many times, Back in the book, and that is exactly what I mean, back in the book. What do you mean, Bro. Jackson? Simply this: Most of our Lutherans, Baptists, Presbyterians, and such like, have forgotten what the Reformation was all about. When Protestantism was reaching a point in time that they were slipping away from the purpose of the Reformation, and headed for spiritual death and chaos, that is what made it necessary for God to send that prophet of Malachi 4:5-6 in this later fulfillment. To do what? To wake up an end time generation of Gentile Christian children who actually are the spiritual children of the apostles of old. That is why they are called children. When our understanding of the gospel and the epistles that were written back then, had so deteriorated from our understanding that we were likely to take off after just anything, God sent us a wake up message. At that time, the Reformation looked like it was coming to a close. The Lutherans could no longer see the faith that Luther brought forth any more than the Baptists, the Presbyterians and so forth, could see the teachings of Calvin and Knox. Then the Methodists had John Wesley’s message that carried them right on into the Pentecostal hour. Each movement had a certain, particular scriptural truth they acknowledged and copied their form of belief after. Most of the rest of the Bible, if they did not understand it they would just explain it away. That is exactly why you cannot get Methodists to believe in eternal security of the believer; and why their congregations today prove their own teaching. They are in a mess, and they are sick. You can mention the doctrine of predestination, and your Methodists, Church of God, Nazarene, and a lot of others do not want anything to do with it. They say, It is of the devil. Every bit of it was taught by the apostles who wrote it in the Bible; so how could it not be Bible doctrine? I have said many times, and I repeat again, This man we refer to as a prophet messenger to the age of Laodicea, this man who was of the Gentiles, was the first man this side of the Reformation that ever dared to take what Luther taught, what Calvin, Knox, Wesley and all of those Reformers taught, and what the Pentecostals had, and put it all together in such a unique way of teaching, that if you were truly a seed of God, you could not help but see the picture God wants His children to see. A true seed of God would not try to deify another man. We are to give proper recognition and respect to God’s called out vessels; but to God alone belongs all glory, worship and allegiance.


The ministry God had put Brother Branham into was such a ministry that it was actually a vindication in itself. It was a drawing card, to draw people to it, that the purpose of God might be worked in those who came to investigate. It was something God put in the man so it would draw you and me to his ministry; and that was so we would have an opportunity to hear what he taught, in respects to the word of God. He had the calling and the investment of God, to reach into the scriptures, which is like a store house, or a treasure chest, and begin to bring out of that treasure chest, things new and old, new revelations, as well as old ones that had been forgotten. For the old, he would go back and get Luther’s message, Calvin’s or what Knox, or Wesley taught, and begin to show and end time people that are destined to be God’s Church, the called out bride of Christ, His body of people He is coming after, how those teachings are still for us today. As God began to use the man like that, there was an element of people that were not interested in anything other than making him God. On the other hand there were those who would never try to make him God. They would not make him the Messiah. Somehow or other they are restrained from going that far with the devil; but do you know what they do? Here is what they do? They say, That man is a prophet; therefore every word he speaks is thus saith the Lord; and should be regarded as another scripture. That means, it is the same as, or like the Bible. Then when God took the man off the scene and his sermons began to be put in print, a spirit fell on those who thought like that, and those people began to say among themselves, and to others, We no longer need the Bible; it has already been fulfilled. Holding up those Spoken Word books they will declare, This is our Bible now. This is the word of God for our day. They take his sermons, and in various way they compile quotes, thoughts, and put together a picture that pleases themselves. This is the Bible for my day; they will proclaim. This is why I have to say, God gave Gentile people an opportunity to really see something. Then in seeing they had access to everything they should have needed to get the right revelation and the right picture; but just like that bunch of Jews back there in St. John 6, that tried to take what they saw, and put the cart in front of the horse, so to speak, they took what they saw and painted a carnal picture with it. That was a testimony. They got a revelation from that. But with that revelation they carnally wanted to reach out and set it in motion to please their own fantasy. We have people today that do not want you to get up and read the Bible. It has lost its interest to an element of people. Some of you may be wondering, Bro. Jackson: Is that really the truth? You have not been there, to see their reaction; but I have had it said right to my face, If I had to give up either one, I would take this and give up this; and they held up Spoken Word books as that which they would choose to keep, books of Bro. William Branham’s messages, and the Bible is what they would give up. These are things that have gone on for 26 years now. For 26 years, God has left the letter of this message lay over society until it has been heralded around the world. It has been printed. It has been preached. It has been put in many forms around the world. It is in Russia now; but wherever it goes these spirits follow it. The denominational world which is headed for chaos, is headed up by big shot doctors of divinity that look upon this movement as a whole, and condemn it as a cult. They do not see the Bride of Christ being made ready for the coming of the Lord. All they see right now, is this great mass of idolaters roaming the earth trying to convince people that one of God’s true servants was none other than deity himself. All of those denominational people know better than to believe a story like that, even if they are in error themselves. I have to say though, If you and I will walk with God, the hour is going to come somewhere between here and the rapture, that the little Bride of Christ is going to be lifted up in such a way it is going to make some people in this world recognize that she was not a cult after all. Right now though, people of the world in general are not able to tell the difference between the one’s who believe Bro. William Branham is God, and those of us who just simply honor and respect the memory of him, knowing he was a true servant of God, and that he brought us a message that turned us from ritual to reality. God is going to shut the mouths of some critics eventually, because He is going to make them say with words that will humiliate their own attitude, This is a people that has walked with God. The early Church did not leave the testimony they did without first suffering rejection by the masses and much persecution. However they left a testimony that is vindicated in the scriptures. Even their critics, the law officials and so forth had to confess that they were dealing with a people that had been with Jesus. That is a wonderful testimony if you will just think about it. When it becomes obvious to people that you have been with Jesus, that in itself vindicates that what you believe and hold to be the true revelation of the word of God, stands out above all of this foolishness. Brother Branham is not here to take a stand against this element of idolaters that have taken from his many sermons such a vast number of quotes and put them together according to their own choosing, and made doctrines out of them; so it is up to those who do have a revelation of what his ministry was destined to do, to help those who want to follow God in truth. They use those quotes to belittle others who have also heard the message and received a proper understanding of it; and their very attitude about it all, is all the proof one should need to know they are not true servants of God. They will say of the teaching of those who do not go along with them in their perversion of the true message, That is antichrist, this and that and so forth; when the real fact of the matter is that what they are doing is what the Bible calls antichrist. All of that used to trouble me very much, knowing how wrong they were to do what they are doing; and I know Bro. William Branham himself, if he were still alive, would never have tolerated such nonsense; but God took him off the scene just exactly the way he was destined to go; and we can rest assured that all who are foreordained to walk by this truth will eventually hear the message the right way. God knew He would deal with the movement and the rest of the people by another means. We look at the scriptures, how that in the last day there is to be a great separation and so forth; but what we need to realize, is that there is a separation going on in this earth right now; and that separation is shaking people away from the continuity, the consistency of the flow of revelation that gives a true understanding, and that lifts people up and helps them to know how to live and walk in personal fellowship with their God. No. It is not shaking the true seed loose from anything they are supposed to have; it is shaking everything loose that has been hanging on to God’s true people; including many tares and such like. However I must admonish every one of you, Do not get to the place where you look to me saying, Bro. Jackson, what am I to believe today? You as a child of God, have got to reach a place spiritually, that you begin to have a little insight personally, of how the Lord can relate and commune with you. It is one thing to listen to me explain something; but it is another thing for you to get to the place where you just sit back and say, Let Bro. Jackson tell me what to do; and then you just give your mind over to something else without one thought about allowing the Spirit of God to lead you. Don’t do that! That is wrong! If we do not have a personal walk with God, we will never be able to overcome what Satan constantly bombards us with. Therefore it behooves us to make our personal commitment to God in every aspect of this life. Learn to recognize God’s true ministry; and allow them to feed you spiritual meat in due season; but above all else, do not become obsessed with some private interpretation of the word of God, and allow that thing to wreck your life. If what you receive is a true revelation, it will withstand all opposition and God will eventually vindicate it; so you do not have to do anything foolish. Just hold steady and allow God to do whatever needs to be done. Later on, toward the end of the message, I want to have some of the old timers, people that in years gone by have had their names mentioned in some of Bro. William Branham’s messages, say a few words. I am going to have them give a few words of their personal testimony concerning their acquaintance with Bro. William Branham. It will be on the video as well as the audio tape. I want the people around the world to know that there are some old timers here that remember Bro. William Branham in his person. They are not just here because they are filling space, but they are here because they were witnesses of something that took place in this area; and because of that, God led them here. I want to thank the Lord for His grace that has allowed me to have such a people here to support this ministry, knowing that they have come here because God led them to. I want you to know, it has not always been easy to stand for this truth, especially since it is a truth that has been known throughout the world; but has been very badly represented at times. Your name is like a target someone is always shooting at. It is shot full of holes; but I know it is something that must be done. As I began to hear some of the stuff that is going on, and especially after I received a certain letter from Africa, I said, That lets me know, I have to say something. I just pray that I can put everything together in the right way. There are people wanting God to do something; but they want Him to send that prophet back to do it. He is not sending that prophet back. His earthly job that he was called to fulfill, has been fulfilled already. Furthermore God is already doing something and they are too blind to recognize it. If any of them ever do get their lives straightened up before chaos hits the road they are traveling, it will be because God in His mercy sees fit to deal with them by some kind of circumstances. Maybe some of them will be dealt with in a very disastrous way, to wake them up and make them realize, they have played around with this message far too long. There is salvation in it, eternal life; but you do not just walk into it and keep going your same old way. As a matter of fact getting into it is sort of like a rabbit trying to get through a chain link fence: there is something in it that will not let you in unless you are first prepared for it. There is no way a rabbit can get through such a fence; and neither is there any way a person can get into this message of truth unless they are supposed to be there.


There is something else I have to be sure you understand also, as we deal with the subject of “MEAT IN DUE SEASON.” I want to first get the overall thought projected, of God’s true ministry giving the people meat in due season; because that is what we are dealing with; that and the opposite of it. I want to say emphatically, That Bro. William Branham is not the white horse rider of Revelation 19! There is no way Bro. William Branham could fulfill that scripture. It is completely obvious to anyone who has any spiritual understanding at all, that this white horse rider is none other than Jesus Christ coming back to earth with His Bride which is also seen on white horses. Keep in mind, from the first verse right on through the 9th and 10th verses, you see the Bride of Christ in heaven, clothed in fine linen. She is not on earth; she is in heaven. His bride is the Church; and the Church is in heaven. Then in verses 11 through 15, we see heaven opened and Jesus sitting on a white horse, and His wife also on white horses, all descending to earth. Rev. 19:15 “And out of His mouth goeth a sharp sword, that with it He should smite the nations: and He (Jesus) shall rule them with a rod of iron.” That is a picture of Jesus coming back to earth in a military fashion; but it is to execute judgment on the earth, to bring an end to sin and rebellion. That is when Isaiah 13, Isaiah 24, Matthew 24, and all of these scriptures will be fulfilled. That is when the mountains shake and move out of their places; and wicked and evil men of the earth cry out for the mountains and the rocks to fall on them and hide them from the face of Him that sitteth on the throne. “And from the wrath of the Lamb: For the great day of His wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?” God will use nature to express to the world how He looks upon the way they have been living; and at that same time Jesus is coming with His armies from heaven to execute the wrath of God upon the whole rotten mess. In all of that though, there will be a remnant of the mortal people from all nations saved alive, that will escape the catastrophic judgment God will judge this planet with. That is why we have to see Jesus in that scene. Those that are spared, are the ones He and His bride will rule over, on earth. It is true that Bro. William Branham was given a white horse symbolically; because God bestowed upon him the authority to use His (God’s) word with authority in his unique ministry. The power of the word in Bro. William Branham’s case, was in relationship to the gospel of Jesus Christ and his calling of God to proclaim it in a way that people would be delivered from the clutches of denominational systems of religion, and returned to the revelation the first apostles of Christ preached. In other words, The power of the word of God in the ministry of the gospel of Jesus Christ is altogether different than the power of the word of God in judgment of the wickedness of ungodly mankind. We can see a symbolic white horse in both instances; and there is nothing wrong with that; but when you start attributing to a man born into this world with a fallen nature just like all the rest of us, something that belongs only to deity, you have missed the boat. You have taken the wrong track. Only the begotten SON OF GOD can fulfill the picture seen in Revelation, chapter 19, where He is seen coming in judgment. I have no way of preventing that other element out there from presenting Bro. William Branham and his ministry the way they do; but I can show you scripturally the error of their ways, if you will allow me. When I have finished the message, some of you will know the truth about a lot of things that have been talked around; but I beg of you, Wait until you hear it all before you start telling it. I am warning every one of you in here, If you think for one minute that because you come to Faith Assembly you can take everything I say and run the streets yak, yak, yakking, just telling everything you think you know, without being sure of what you are presenting, God is going to trip you. You are somehow going to have to wake up and begin to realize that there are certain things you just do not tell until the right time. God has a purpose in everything; so let Him lead you. For now though, Please listen to me! I have to get some things said before a certain shaking takes place; a shaking that is going to make some people hang their heads in shame. That is why I said, Do not hit the road and start yakking until I am finished with this message, and you have a picture yourself of what is going on. It may be that you will not want to tell anyone anything, after you have been made aware of the whole picture. From July in 1965 to December 1964, was just about five months. Bro. William Branham was taken of the scene, coming back to Jeffersonville, in a car wreck. Therefore because there seems to be a misunderstanding as to what was meant in the statement, I’ll ride this trail one more time, there are a few things I want to point out to you. I want to try by the help of the Lord, to show you how this movement is handling the Bible in the light of the message. We will look again at Matthew 24:44, where Jesus said, “Therefore be ye also ready: for in such an hour as ye think not the Son of man cometh. (45) Who then is a faithful and wise servant, whom his lord hath made ruler over his household, to give them meat in due season? (46) Blessed is that servant, whom his lord when he cometh shall find so doing.” MEAT IN DUE SEASON, is what we are looking at, along with what Jesus said about an evil servant. We printed a message back in the earlier years when we first started printing titled, And Knoweth It Not. Within the ranks of those who claim to be in this message, people are saying that this wise servant is Bro. William Branham. Well I realize a lot of people might think, Bro. Jackson, you are walking on thin ice; but no, I know exactly where I am walking. In fact I do not have to give an inch of ground for any preacher or any person, no matter how important they may think they are, nor how much money they may have, nor anything else. The Bible will back me up. We can use a verse of scripture for the basis of a text many times; but remember, somewhere that verse of scripture may have an absolute point of time when it is applicable, and at no other time can it be rightly used, except to establish a point. I will show you why. First, they say this wise servant has to be the messenger to the age. I say to them, and I will say it as humbly as I know how, You are reading the Bible wrong, and I will show you why. We do not deny the fact that Bro. William Branham was a wise man. His life and ministry vindicated that; but keep in mind, he did not have to fulfill this particular passage of scripture to be a prophet of God. With Malachi 4:6, in its later fulfillment, and Revelation 10:7, pointing to him as a messenger, you do not have to have ten dozen other scriptures to prove that he was a man sent of God. No. There are certain scriptures in the Bible he definitely fulfilled; but when people start jumping around through the Bible trying to make him fit into a lot of others, that is where they begin to wrest, twist, and distort the scriptures, and lose the meaning. “Who then?” This is a question. “Who then, is a faithful and wise servant?” It is a question meaning, When the time comes for there to be such a thing as a wise servant, who then is wise? The very question and comment in that parable, lets us know that when that time does come, there will be conditions in the religious world, and pressures that will necessitate, that the true called out man of God prove himself to his God and to his people, that he is a wise servant. “Who then is a faithful and wise servant, whom his Lord hath made ruler over his household, (This really means he has been called into the ministry) to give them meat in due season?” In other words, a wise man will know exactly what people need in an hour of crisis and confusion, when things have been left hanging in the air. It was necessary for there to be a man come on the scene at the time when the whole religious world was heading for apostasy. There were already people in a minority realm beginning to wonder, Where are we headed? If God doesn’t do something, what will all of this come to? Because of that, God sent a man forth to sound an alarm and bring forth a message to turn those people around and get them heading back up the road of life, back to the same apostolic truth that the apostolic fathers established in the beginning, at the birth of the Church. Nevertheless we still have need of the wise servant Jesus was speaking of here, because that servant, or those servants will be busy feeding the church what she needs, right up to the hour Jesus comes for her. Notice this next verse. “Blessed is that servant, whom his Lord when he cometh shall find so doing.” Meaning when He comes to take the Church away, not coming in power to rule and reign. The preachers that will be coming back with Him then, will not be preaching. They will be riding white horses, coming with Jesus to execute God’s wrath on the earth. Therefore we have to separate the mystical coming for the Church, from the visible coming when the Church comes with Him. If we cannot see the mystical coming, we may not be a part of His visible coming. Be assured though, His mystical coming is what He is talking about in this parable. “Verily I say unto you, That He shall make him ruler over all His goods.” As I pointed out earlier, That will be in the Millennium; and it will not be just one man, but many. Here is the part that is going to catch a lot of so-called preachers off guard. “But and if that evil servant shall say in his heart, My Lord delayeth His coming; And shall begin to smite his fellow servants, and to eat and drink with the drunken; The lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looketh not for Him, and in an hour that he is not aware of, And shall cut him asunder, and appoint him his portion with the hypocrites: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth.” The key that unlocks the meaning of this, is this part that shows the evil servant has set a date for the Lord’s coming. He would not be saying, My Lord delayeth His coming, if he had not been holding to a fixed time that he thought He should be here; so to you who insist that Bro. William Branham was the wise servant of this parable, I ask this question, Who was the evil servant that had a prefixed date for the Lord’s return, running counterpart to Bro. William Branham? They both have to be on the scene at the same time, to fit the parable; because it speaks of the Lord returning and finding one wise and the other evil. I hope this helps some of you see that this parable is to be applied only in the days leading right up to an including the Lord’s return for The Church. Pentecost was certainly not setting dates for the Lord’s return. Who then were the date setters? After God had definitely done something to turn an element of people around and get them started in the right direction spiritually, it created such an expectancy within the heart’s of that realm, that once God saw fit to take His anointed instrument off the scene, these verses in this parable began to be applicable; because shortly after his death, certain one’s began to project their dates for the Lord’s return, based entirely upon statements made by Bro. William Branham in his sermons. Well those dates have come and gone; and the Lord has not returned yet; so who do you suppose is saying, THE LORD IS DELAYING HIS COMING? You certainly have NEVER heard me make any such statement. Neither have I ever agreed with any projection anyone else has made to that effect. Do you know why? My first reason is that we have no scriptural authority to do so; and secondly, I have never had any reason otherwise to set any certain time for the Lord’s return. I can only say, I do not believe it will be long now; because we have all the signs and conditions working in this hour of time we are living in, that Jesus said would precede His return. You that have been against me for 26 years because I would not agree with any of your date setting, where are your dates now? God has let Gentile time outlast every one of them. You know they have set the dates; and you know they were wrong; so where is your apology for all those things you said about me, simply because I said, I will not be surprised if we are all still here when those dates come and go? As for the disagreement about whether the Jews have 3 ½ or 7 years of time left, of the seventy weeks of Daniel, One of the men working for Spoken Word publishing back some years ago questioned me, Don’t you believe the prophet? I said, Yes. However because he has read our article on the seventy weeks of Daniel and the way we laid it out, he wanted to tell me, Bro. Jackson, you know the prophet said there were only three and one half years left. I said to him, I know all about that. He said, Well how do you feel about 1977, what Bro. William Branham said about that? I said, It would not surprise me one bit when 1977 has come and gone, if we are all still here. His reply was, Oh Bro. Jackson, I believe I would be careful. These are the words he said to me. If he should ever hear this tape or see this video, I want him to hear me say, I have been very careful since that time when we talked; but I see that we are both still here. My words have come to pass. Where have your words gone? I do not say these things just for the sake of being critical; but I do hope I can cause someone to put their thinking cap on and realize, There are things in God’s Bible that men have overlooked simply because some of you thought Bro. William Branham said enough that you did not need to read the Bible any more. He said enough to get you straightened out, if you could have heard it right; but it is obvious you did not. If you had heard it right you would be in the Bible, and by now you would know how to read it. Did not the apostle Paul in his epistle to Timothy write these words, (2nd Timothy 2:15) “Study to shew thyself approved unto (WHO?) God, (Not the world, and not the Branham movement, but God) a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.” When you rightly divide the word of truth, you know where to place certain things, and you keep them there. You do not constantly change them from place to place, from day to day, and from year to year. Therefore “THEN” is the future tense in the hour when God has sent a messenger, he has brought his message and left it here, and others have the responsibility of feeding the flock of God with the revelation. God took the man; but He left his message; and it left a movement with many questions in their mind, and they cry, Oh God, why did you do this? Because God, from right then on, was going to shake people and deal with people in a manner they had never been dealt with before. One thing you need to keep in mind though, This wise servant in the parable we have been looking at, was not William Marrion Branham; because there was no evil servant on the scene with him, to fulfill the other part of that parable; and scripturally they both have to be here at the same time, just prior to, and when the Lord comes for His bride Church.


Let us just see what this evil servant is doing. I beg you brothers that have been against me these many years, I plead with you, because this evil servant that is mentioned here in the scriptures does not apply to men like A.A. Allen, Oral Roberts, Jimmy Swaggart nor any of them; so wake up. It applies to some of you that have been so critical. You have been ready to justify every kind of interpretation of a quote. You hide behind the shield, The prophet said so. I know what the prophet said, and you know what he said; but do you know what he meant? If you do not know what he meant, then neither do you know exactly how to read your Bible. The evil servant says, My Lord delays his coming. Why would a man ever say such a thing if there had not been something come about some time, so unique it stimulated a thought of expectancy in the heart of an element of people. This expectancy as it would be stirred up in the heart of people, would cause them to begin to calculate. Because of what they have been given a chance to see and hear, they think they have all the answers; and away they go. Then God takes that instrument they have been depending on so completely; and they are left hanging in the air; so they cannot help but begin to set their times. No other movement on earth this side of the Reformation, has ever produced a category of men like the followers of Bro. William Branham. Time would not allow me to begin to mention names of individual; and what they have said and promoted, putting together calculations about the coming of the Lord. Every last one of those calculations has run its course and they are now out in a period of time way beyond their points they have set; but they still do not repent of their unscriptural ways. They are left hanging; but they are too proud to admit, I made a mistake. If their heart’s were right with God they would say, I was wrong brother, I missed God. Please forgive me Lord. Then they would apologize to the ones they have belittled, the one’s they treated as though they thought they were stupid and knew nothing. The one’s they treated as though they knew nothing, have kept their feet on a solid rock. That of course is the revelation of God’s word in its true understanding. God has always had a few somewhere. As for the evil servant of this parable, I will emphatically say to you once again, the evil servant has to be alive and actively fulfilling his part at the same time the wise servant is fulfilling his part; and that has to be right up until the hour the Lord comes for His bride Church. You just have to look at both of them in the plural; because there will be more than one of each. Just as there will be wise servants around the world, there will be the counterpart, the evil ones also, harassing, judging by their own carnal interpretations, doing just like Jesus said. Then when times runs out and they have nothing else to hang on to, sooner or later they have to begin to say, The Lord has delayed His coming; because it says right here, “But and if that evil servant shall say in his heart,” Thus and so on. He will not say publicly, It looks like the Lord is late. No. It is in his heart, that he says it. That is how a man thinks. When the whole picture has gotten away from him, he begins to go about saying within his heart, Well it looks like the Lord has delayed His coming. He is too proud to make it known in public. He only says it in his heart. When you meed that kind publicly, they will always try to avoid the conversation that would make them have to say a little more on the thought of Jesus’ coming. He will begin to avoid that. Therefore it is what he says in his heart, that the Lord hears. Feeling like that in his heart, watch what he does. He begins to mistreat his fellow servants. “But and if that evil servant shall say in his heart, My lord delayeth his coming; And shall begin to smite his fellow servants, and to eat and drink with the drunken; The Lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looketh not for Him, and in an hour that he is not aware of, And shall cut him asunder, and appoint him his portion with the hypocrites: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth.” Fellow servants is the word that links the evil ones with the wise ones. It means that at one time they were in the same fellowship, brought together in the same scope of the word, to fellowship and recognize one another; but we will say, Sooner or later conditions and understandings began to divide them and cause one to go that way, and the other this way. You have got to keep this whole picture in the future tense of time; and in the plural sense. There is no way it could have been applicable when Bro. William Branham was here because the counterpart was no where on the scene. The instruments involved were just as anxious to get where they could hear the word taught as anyone else; because at that time they did not even know they were destined to fulfill the part of the evil servant. No one back then even thought anything about setting dates for the coming of the Lord. Everything comes into focus at a precise time, according to the plan of God. That is how we ought to look at this, as well as other things. Do you think the pope or Rome is sitting over there in the Vatican plotting how he is going to go about fulfilling his role as The Antichrist that is destined to come upon the scene at the end time? I can assure you, he is not. Neither do these evil servants plan ahead of time how they will fulfill their role; time and circumstances just seem to go together to bring it all about. (49) And shall begin to smite his fellow servants, and to eat and drink with the drunken (50) The Lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looketh not for Him, and in an hour that he is not aware of.” He will begin to smite his fellow servants. Therefore he is not talking about the world. He is not running the president down. He is running down the guy he has formerly fellowshipped with, that has by the grace of God, been able to keep his feet on the ground and in the right paths, without calculating all this nonsense concerning the coming of the Lord. That kind just simply cannot stand to see the wise servant stand. He has to harass him and beat down his image wherever he goes. Every time he has his back turned, this character is taking shots at him. Only a dirty coward will act like that; but I hope you will believe me when I tell you there are plenty of them around. We always called that kind of people bushwhackers; because they do not have the backbone to come right out and state their case to your face. I have put my name to everything I have preached for the last number of years: not because I am proud of myself, but because I am thankful for the grace of God in my life. I am not ashamed of what He has called me to do; and I have no desire nor reason to do otherwise. It is one thing for God to call a man; but it is something else if that man does not remain in his calling. God does not call every preacher to the exact kind of ministry as ever other one. That is why the apostle Paul emphasized that the five fold ministry in the true Church: they each have a job to do; but their duties are not exactly the same. Also, I have stressed the fact that both the wise and the evil servants are to be thought of in the plural sense; but I may not have given you the reason why I say that. Even though Jesus spoke of them in the singular at first, verse 49 shows us there is a plural to consider. “And shall begin to smite his fellow servants, and to eat and drink with the drunken”, says to me that if wise servants are in the plural, so are the unwise. That one verse proves to you that the wise servant was in the plural; so you just read between the lines and see that the other is to be plural also. That will keep you from trying to single out just one man that is doing what that verse says; and allow you to see that there are many. The dirty rascal could not be against just one servant of God, he (those that are like that) has to be against all that are doing right. He begins to smite his fellow-servants, plural. That is why the movement cannot read their Bible right. They will take every scripture and try to pin it on Bro. William Branham, and ignore all other things that it would seek to bring out. The evil servants get sidetracked themselves for one reason or another, and then they start trying to destroy the image of those who are still true servants, men that they used to call fellow-servants. Because of that very thing, I say some of them will eventually end up going back to the world. God will force them back to the world, if they do not find a place of repentance. There is no middle ground. You cannot stand neutral forever, concerning the word of God. You are either right or wrong. This is the hour God is going to prove to this world that there are some that are right; no matter how many are exposed as deceivers and outright crooks. While I am on this point, let me say this, We have wondered for twenty some years, Why does God tolerate all this religious nonsense you see going on? Well saints, it is because God is merciful, and longsuffering, and as it says in the epistle of Peter, “Not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance.” Even when we deserve no mercy at all, if we can truly repent and turn from our former ways, God will forgive us and show us mercy. Then, when He finally does judge sinful man, no one can protest saying, You did not give me a chance. God is longsuffering, therefore He has allowed men to do what they have done, while He was not pleased with it, yet His Word will never return unto Him void; but for whatever purpose it has been preached, somewhere, some time God will get His end results out of it. Jesus revealed in the interpretation of the second parable of the 13th chapter of Matthew, that at the end of the world, (which is the harvest time, when God gathers all of His true one’s in, and the rest are bound together to await judgment) He will send forth His angels to gather together out of His kingdom all things that offend. Angels are ministering spirits, but these ministering spirits have to have earthly men to work through. They issue the authority and the earthly vessel carries it out. Everything that is contrary to the word of God, He is eventually going to eliminate it. That is why we are seeing Jim Bakker, Jimmy Swaggart, Oral Roberts, all these other guys, one by one, exposed, put to an open shame. God is coming down the line. He has a list of them all. He is going to check them off. He is making known their fallacies. It is going to be published abroad. (Matthew 13:41-43) “The Son of man shall send forth his angels, and they shall gather out of his kingdom all things that offend, and them which do iniquity; And shall cast them into a furnace of fire: there shall be wailing and gnashing of teeth. Then shall the righteous shine forth as the sun in the kingdom of their Father. Who hath ears to hear, let him hear.” No. These that are being bundled together for burning are not being burned right now; they are set aside, with this condemnation already assigned to them, and held in that state until the great white throne judgment is completed, then cast into the lake of fire. They will have to go right into that great tribulation hour and suffer here on earth first, before they are finally burned alive. What if they die first? Revelation 20:12-13, shows us that God is going to resurrect all of the wicked dead to stand before that judgment throne, just prior to being cast into the lake of fire. The Bible calls this the second death. After that, is when the righteous will shine forth as the sun in the kingdom of their Father. They that know their God, because they are the true seed, will remain when God separates the trash away. Using the threshing floor as our example, like Jesus did, when God blows the chaff away, He could not care less which way they go. He does not care which way the chaff goes, just as long as it leaves the seed. If they go back to the world, it is probably because they were still of the world. At least that is what the apostle John said of that kind. God’s true children are first going to shine down here, before they start shining in glory; because when the Church was born, (in the book of Acts) it shined. It was the beginning of what God wanted the Church to always be. The Devil was allowed to come in and do what he has done; but as the Lord brings it back to its original picture, we can expect house cleaning, shakings, disturbances, upheavals, every kind of thing one could image. God will use all of that if necessary, to eliminate everything that works offensive to His Word and His plan. These evil servants shall begin to smite, belittle, try to ruin the character and destroy the image and influence of the wise servants. They eventually end up eating and drinking with the drunken; therefore sooner or later they have to take up their abode back with the crowd of the world: because in the heart of such a person he will say, Well they have all missed it. If I have missed it, we have all missed it. Being without a true revelation, that is how such a person will rationalize their predicament.


According to the parable, (Matthew 24:50-51) “The Lord of that servant shall come in a day when he (the evil servant) looketh not for Him, and in an hour that he is not aware of, And shall cut him asunder, and appoint him his portion with the hypocrites: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth.” Time runs out for them. They have nothing left to calculate with. They will lose all interest: because they will have nothing left to work with. Therefore the only place he can go is to the world to hide. What does it say the Lord will do? “The Lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looketh not for Him, and in an hour that he is not aware of.” (To do what?) To cut him off and reserve him for the great tribulation. In the meanwhile that dirty rascal is going to keep on shooting at the wise servants, throwing mud balls, doing everything he can trying to ruin their name, until the day the Lord comes and takes you away. You will have to say, He had a chance to do right; just as good a chance as I did. He heard just as much as I heard; but something inside of him made him interpret it wrong; and that is the mess it got him in. That kind of servant will have no part in the rapture of the Church. No matter what the evil servants do though, the wise ones will keep right on giving the people of God meat in due season, right on up until the very hour the Lord comes for them. This is how we have to read the Bible. This wise servant was not William Branham. It is pointing beyond the hour of William Branham. It is pointing beyond the hour of William Branham when there would be a people that would fulfill both categories: both wise and foolish. You cannot have on time when the wise servant was here, and then when he leaves the evil servant comes on the scene. That is not the way the parable is written. Both categories have to be here at the same time, to fit the scripture. The wise servants have to be alive and on the job, so the evil ones have something to throw at. That is how we have to look at the scriptures; but the movement as a whole does not see the scripture that way. They have their own private interpretation of everything; and anyone who differs with them is headed straight to hell, if they could have their way.



Let me show you what those people who have not a complete revelation like to hear. We will look in Luke’s gospel, Luke 17:30. As I have said before, Luke was not a disciple as Matthew, John, Mark and Peter were at that interval of time. He was a historian, but a historian that claimed to have perfect understanding of the things he determined to write about, the things you read in his gospel. He wrote what Jesus said about the days of Noah and Lot and so forth, just like Matthew did; but keep in mind, Matthew was a disciple, walking with Jesus when those words were spoken; and Luke was not. He gathered his information from the reports of others. Nevertheless here is what Luke wrote. We will read verses 29 and 30 together. “But the same day that Lot went out of Sodom it rained fire and brimstone from heaven, and destroyed them all. Even thus shall it be in the day when the Son of man is revealed.” Many times people do not understand what it means where it says the Son of man is revealed. It certainly is not talking about us going to meet Him in the air. We have to realize here in the end time, the Lord is revealing Himself to the true Church through His Word. He does it in such a way it draws the attention of the predestinated children of God. As that revelation of Christ in His Word begins to enlarge and stand out, it creates an understanding. It creates an interest. It begins to excite an enthusiasm in the heart of the elect. The elect begins to see how the Lord is actually looking at them, and talking to them. They do not see His flesh though. By the Spirit, they see the spiritual character of the man called Jesus. Keep in mind, we Gentiles have never known Christ because we saw his fleshly person standing out there some place. We have had to believe on Him because of the spiritual revelation we have of Him through His Word. It is here at the end time while these other things are going on out there, things that to the Church are signs we are to watch for, that the Son of man image will begin to project itself. Therefore I want to show you something from the word of God. We understand that Malachi 4:5-6 has a two fold application: the first was John the Baptist; and the second was William Branham. John the Baptist was a forerunner of the first advent of Christ. We all know that. That is why it was spoken by the angel Gabriel to Zechariah in Luke’s writing, Chapter 1, that his wife would have a son in her old age; and that his name was to be called John, and how John would go before the Lord in the power and spirit of Elijah, to turn the heart of the fathers to the children and the disobedient to the wisdom of the just; to make ready a people prepared for the Lord. John, the forerunner, in that sense, stood as a man at the river; and everyone that went out to hear him saw only a man. The things he said to them prepared a way in their hearts. We can say, That was the spirit of Elijah in that manner. He was not a writing prophet. He was a preaching prophet. When I say he was not a writing prophet I mean, I could not get up here and say, Now we are going to turn to the epistle of John the Baptist for our text tonight, because he never left us an epistle. He never left us any writings. All we have of him is what someone else wrote about him. That is why, when we come to the last days where Malachi 4 was again to be effective, we need to link it with Revelation 10:7; because he was the angel messenger to the Laodicean age. We know it is the Holy Ghost in any man that causes the man to be anything. With that Holy Ghost out of the man, the man is nothing. He cannot say one thing to change the course of events. On the other hand, as God anointed this man with the measure of the Spirit He had imparted to him, He literally anointed him from one standpoint to fulfill Malachi 4:5-6 in its later fulfillment, just as John the Baptist was sent to forerun (announce) the coming of the Lord the first time, he would be used to prepare a people for the Lord’s next coming. It was said to him by the Spirit of God at the river in 1933 when he was baptizing, just like John was baptizing, almost an identical setting, As John the Baptist was sent to forerun my first coming, thou will take a message that will go around the world, that will prepare the way for my second coming. Keep in mind though, John the Baptist did not forerun a universal coming of Christ; his ministry was just to one nation. We can readily see how easy it was for one man to forerun the coming of Christ in the first advent; because it was just one nation of people in particular; and not to the whole world. In the last days, it is not to the Jewish nation a messenger was sent; it was to a universal Church. Therefore when the Spirit spoke to Bro. William Branham in 1933, it was expressly spoken in this fashion. His message is what would go around the world to prepare the way for the Lord’s return. Why would the Spirit put emphasis like that? All because it was utterly impossible for this man physically, to stand before every nation in the entire earth and fulfill it in the same manner as John the Baptist did to one nation. On the other hand though, if he speaks a message, then time will last long enough, and God will let time spread on long enough until that man’s message will penetrate the barriers of every nation, and break down every obstacle standing in the way of God getting His elect out of there. There was something else done in this man’s life that was not done in the ministry of John the Baptist. John the Baptist did not do any miracles, yet he saw things in the Spirit, things that were relative to his calling, and how he fulfilled prophecy for the hour. That is why he testified that the Spirit had already shown him, On whom you see the Spirit descend and remain, this is the one; so he had to see something in the Spirit that others did not see. In the Spirit, John recognized Jesus that day when He came walking down the river bank. He saw the sign of that anointing hanging there in the air. As Jesus stepped into the water with that sign hanging over Him, John knew that was the man he had been clearing the way for. John fulfilled what he was anointed to fulfill; and so did the prophet to this age fulfill what he was anointed to fulfill. They both had that God identifying spirit of Elijah upon them; but their way of ministering was different the one from the other. In the anointing upon Bro. William Branham, was a gift praying for the sick that John did not have. Also there was a gift of knowledge that actually penetrated the barriers of everything that is hidden from man’s carnal conscience. Just as Jesus demonstrated when His disciples were bringing Nathaniel to meet Him and He looked at him and said, “Behold an Israelite in whom is no guile,” Bro. William Branham kept his audience captivated the same way. Nathaniel looked at Jesus and said, “Whence knowest thou me? (In other words, How do you happen to know me?) Jesus answered and said unto him, Before that Philip called thee, when thou wast under the fig tree, I saw thee. (That was all Nathaniel needed to hear.) Nathaniel answered and saith unto Him, Rabbi, thou art the Son of God; thou art the King of Israel. Jesus answered and said unto him, Because I said unto thee, I saw thee under the fig tree, believest thou? Thou shalt see greater things than these.” What I am saying to you saints, is that this same anointing rested upon Bro. William Branham, giving him the ability to see things others could not see; but that in no way made him anything other than a servant of God. A lot of people today think he was more than a man born in sin and saved by the same means as the rest of us; but that does not make it so: it only proves that they are too blind spiritually, to understand the workings of the Spirit of God in a human vessel, without trying to attribute deity to that vessel. It is true, God had a special work for him to do; but he fulfilled that work being a sinner saved by grace: without any deity being attributed to him. You just have to realize, God can place that anointing upon any of His children at any time; but I personally have never witnessed it upon anyone else in the measure he had it. God does nothing without a purpose. His purpose in that anointing upon Bro. William Branham, was to vindicate him as the prophet messenger to this Laodicean age. Did it take that? Some may say. That was God’s way of giving His Gentile Church the same sign He gave to the Jews in the beginning of this dispensation. Why did He wait 1900 and some years to give that sign to the Gentiles? Because this is the closing years of this Gentile dispensation, when the true believers are to be restored back to the same faith and doctrine the first age believers had. In no other Gentile Church Age, were there any saints that would be alive to see Jesus, when He comes for the bride Church. They are all resting in Paradise, awaiting the time of their change into immortality; and their faithfulness to live according to what God revealed to them in their day, guaranteed their part in the next phase of the first resurrection. You do not have to be concerned, that Grand daddy, and Grand mommy were not baptized in the name of Jesus, if they obeyed according to what they knew to do in their hour of time. It is this present generation that must follow God according to the truth that has been revealed to this age. They are without excuse. God gave us the same sign He gave the Samaritan woman; but the sign was not the man himself. Oh no. It was what was manifested in the man. These are the things that when you begin to talk about them, some people get all shaken up. That is why they would rather believe he was the Messiah. They cannot separate the anointing of God from the flesh of the man. The flesh of the man was a sinner like anyone else. Keep in mind, Jesus was not a sinner. God dwelled in Him, in the fullness of His attributes; but in Bro. William Branham God dwelled only in a measure; but it was a measure greater than we have seen in any other man since the days Jesus walked upon earth. Through that man God manifested His power from coast to coast, and in the various nations he was privileged to go into. He would stand looking out over audiences and speak to individuals that were far beyond the human ability to see the features of those people; and tell them things about themselves he could not possibly, as a human person know.


I cannot tell you how many times I have heard Bro. William Branham say, You, sitting back there behind that post, thus and so. It might have been in an auditorium, where, if the person would have stood up, it would have been impossible for him by his own natural ability to describe how they were dressed: because that person was that far away. The Spirit speaking through that man would tell such a person where they came from, what ailment they had, or what the concern of their heart was; but when that anointing would leave him, he knew no more about anyone than anyone else would know. Many times, we have seen him stand in front of an audience just talking about first one thing and the other, and would finally say something like, I am waiting for Him. Why did he have to wait? Because without that anointing, he was just like any other man would be: limited to what he knew naturally. When that anointing came, you might hear, You, back there in the back row, you are from Seattle Washington. I see you from a mountain country, where a lot of blue spruce grow. He would describe the geographic background of the country they were from. I will never forget years ago in the Church of the Open Door. A man and his wife were sitting about three rows back from the front. On this particular night as Bro. William Branham was praying for the sick, he stopped praying for those in line and looked back there to them and said, You people sitting there: You are not from this country. I see ocean water. I see a boat. If I remember right, he said, You are from Sweden: Is that not right? That man’s hand went up in the air; and Bro. William Branham said to him, You are suffering from something like a bad liver condition. Even the doctors have said they cannot do any more for you. Is that right? The man began to weep. By this time his wife was screaming; because he told audibly what was wrong with the man. As the man put his hands in the air, he asked, Do you believe me to be God’s prophet? The man said yes. Then go on your way, may the Lord make you whole. And your wife there, she is suffering from gall bladder trouble. Do you believe that God can heal you? By this time she was screaming so loud, you can hardly hear a thing. This was not some hocus pocus trickery like you see on TV; this was the real thing. We have a lot of critics today that think this was concocted up by previous interviews and such, like you have seen exposed in other ministries; but I assure you saints, It absolutely was not. I am a witness of what was done by the Spirit of God working through that man. I went to his house one day, it was in the afternoon on a cloudy day with a fine mist of rain falling. As we began to talk, he said, you know, I got a letter today. (The man that wrote it did not sign his name to it.) He thinks I will not know who wrote it: but I know who it is. They are trying to get me into a trap. It was some kind of ministerial association that wanted to get him to agree to some kind of meeting and he refused to give any concrete conclusion to when, how, or anything. He said, they are always trying to get me to commit myself to something and I want to go by the leading of the Lord. Just then the telephone rang. He answered the telephone and talked a few minutes and I heard, Yes brother, that is right, yes. When he came back he said, He does not know that I know he was the one who wrote that letter. By the things he asked, I knew he was probing to see if I had already received that letter, and if I had an answer to it. Anyway, I tell these things just for the sake of saying to you, The Gentile Church had never seen the power of God manifested in that manner before this time. Now when we read the book of Acts, yes we know that Peter had certain manifestations like that, but see, it is not written in the book of Acts how often those things were done like that. It was mainly that God would manifest Himself like that from time to time; but from then on it was how those men prayed the prayer of faith, that deliverance was brought about, devils were cast out, and folks were healed. That is how we have to look at those things. But here at the end time as God sent this man, the person of the man himself was just like John the Baptist, he was a forerunner. Being that forerunner though, it took the anointing God placed upon him to make that applicable. Then, with that anointing was a gift that caused him to say things, to discern things, to expose things that had not been done in such a fashion since Jesus Himself ministered on earth. At least we have no record of such a ministry. Let me tell one other incident. Some of you older people can remember when Bro. David Faust from Canada, along about 1957, in the fall of the year, if I remember right, came through here on their way to Cuba. This was before the fall of Cuba. I remember meeting them at the Tabernacle. We were there that morning. The Faust family, Bro. And Sis. Faust, their son and daughter came; and they stayed in the area and fellowshipped with us for awhile before they went on to Cuba. The story behind it was, Bro. David Faust being from the upper part of western Canada, and he was a farmer that raised wheat and so forth. God had dealt with him for a long time about him going to the mission field to be a missionary. However because of his farming he just kept putting it off. Bro. William Branham was also up in the north country, up in the mountains on a hunting trip. Out in California there was a certain person that had take sick. To show you how the Spirit of God works, the people in California had called Jeffersonville to find out about Bro. William Branham. They told them he was in Canada, up in the northern part, back in the mountains somewhere in a hunting party and they had no way of reaching him. Nevertheless, those people called into Canada. They called the Canadian Mounted Police and asked, Can you help us locate this man. We want him to at least come to a phone somewhere and pray for this person. Bro. William Branham and the party had gone back to this hunting cabin for the night. One person had taken a small portable radio with him. So as they sat the radio up in the window and it was playing music, all of a sudden the station interrupted the music and said, We interrupt this program for just a moment. We have received a call from the Canadian Mounted Police to send this announcement out. If there is a man in the area that hears this announcement, please can you come to the nearest phone available and pray for such and such a person in California, you know the person. There, Bro. William Branham was, sitting out in the wilderness, in a little cabin, and all of a sudden that comes over the airways. The next day they had to ride out so far by horseback and get into a car. The closest place was like an old traders cabin, like a backwoods store, a general mercantile store. As Bro. William Branham makes his way to that point, in the meantime Bro. David Faust had something break on his combine, so he is making his way to that same place, knowing that they sold repair parts, groceries, and every other kind of supply. Bro. William Branham had already been in the store, used the telephone, prayed for the person and was coming out toward his car. David Faust pulled into the parking lot, started walking toward the store, and recognized Bro. Brahma even though he had a beard that had grown out since he had been in the mountains for several days. He stopped him and said, You are the Bro. William Branham. Bro. William Branham looked at him and said, You haven’t been obeying God, have you? Just like that, it hit him just like a ball pin hammer right between the eyes, you haven’t been obeying God. Your name is David Faust. You are a farmer. Things have not been going well for you, things have not been successful. By this time Bro. David Faust was all shook up; and Bro. William Branham said, They never will until you first obey God. So from that very event, he began to phase out the farming, and went to Cuba where he ministered until it fell to Communism. He did a wonderful work. Saints: I just say these things, knowing that the person fo the man was a forerunner; but the way the Spirit of God worked in him, was a sign to the Laodicean Age. That is why he himself was not the Son of man, but it was that ministry that worked in him, that made you feel you were sitting in the presence of the Lord Jesus Himself. All of this had to take place, and the Church restored back to the original truth the apostles of Christ taught, before the Son of man could be revealed. This Branham movement as a whole does not know where to place these favorite scriptures they like to use.